Manuel Airmux-400 - Ver 2.8.3 PDF

INSTALLATION AND
OPERATION MANUAL
Airmux-400
Broadband Wireless Multiplexer
Version 2.8.30
Airmux-400
Broadband Wireless Multiplexer
Version 2.8.30
Installation and Operation Manual

Notice
This manual contains information that is proprietary to RAD Data Communications Ltd. ("RAD").
No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form whatsoever without prior written
approval by RAD Data Communications.
Right, title and interest, all information, copyrights, patents, know-how, trade secrets and other
intellectual property or other proprietary rights relating to this manual and to the Airmux-400
and any software components contained therein are proprietary products of RAD protected
under international copyright law and shall be and remain solely with RAD.
The Airmux-400 product name is owned by RAD. No right, license, or interest to such trademark
is granted hereunder, and you agree that no such right, license, or interest shall be asserted by
you with respect to such trademark. The RAD name, logo, logotype, and the terms EtherAccess,
TDMoIP and TDMoIP Driven, and the product names Optimux and IPmux, are registered
trademarks of RAD Data Communications Ltd. All other trademarks are the property of their
respective holders.
You shall not copy, reverse compile or reverse assemble all or any portion of the Manual or the
Airmux-400. You are prohibited from, and shall not, directly or indirectly, develop, market,
distribute, license, or sell any product that supports substantially similar functionality as the
Airmux-400, based on or derived in any way from the Airmux-400. Your undertaking in this
paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
This Agreement is effective upon your opening of the Airmux-400 package and shall continue
until terminated. RAD may terminate this Agreement upon the breach by you of any term hereof.
Upon such termination by RAD, you agree to return to RAD the Airmux-400 and all copies and
portions thereof.
For further information contact RAD at the address below or contact your local distributor.
International Headquarters
RAD Data Communications Ltd.
North America Headquarters

RAD Data Communications Inc.
24 Raoul Wallenberg Street

Tel Aviv 69719, Israel
Tel: 972-3-6458181
Fax: 972-3-6498250, 6474436
E-mail: market@rad.com
900 Corporate Drive

Mahwah, NJ 07430, USA
Tel: (201) 5291100, Toll free: 1-800-4447234
Fax: (201) 5295777
E-mail: market@radusa.com
19882014 RAD Data Communications Ltd.
Publication No. 581-200-07/14
Front Matter
Limited Warranty
RAD warrants to DISTRIBUTOR that the hardware in the Airmux-400 to be delivered hereunder
shall be free of defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period
of twelve (12) months following the date of shipment to DISTRIBUTOR.
If, during the warranty period, any component part of the equipment becomes defective by
reason of material or workmanship, and DISTRIBUTOR immediately notifies RAD of such defect,
RAD shall have the option to choose the appropriate corrective action: a) supply a replacement
part, or b) request return of equipment to its plant for repair, or c) perform necessary repair at
the equipment's location. In the event that RAD requests the return of equipment, each party
shall pay one-way shipping costs.
RAD shall be released from all obligations under its warranty in the event that the equipment has
been subjected to misuse, neglect, accident or improper installation, or if repairs or
modifications were made by persons other than RAD's own authorized service personnel, unless
such repairs by others were made with the written consent of RAD.
The above warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied. There are no
warranties which extend beyond the face hereof, including, but not limited to, warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, and in no event shall RAD be liable for
consequential damages.
RAD shall not be liable to any person for any special or indirect damages, including, but not
limited to, lost profits from any cause whatsoever arising from or in any way connected with the
manufacture, sale, handling, repair, maintenance or use of the Airmux-400, and in no event shall
RAD's liability exceed the purchase price of the Airmux-400.
DISTRIBUTOR shall be responsible to its customers for any and all warranties which it makes
relating to Airmux-400 and for ensuring that replacements and other adjustments required in
connection with the said warranties are satisfactory.
Software components in the Airmux-400 are provided "as is" and without warranty of any kind.
RAD disclaims all warranties including the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
particular purpose. RAD shall not be liable for any loss of use, interruption of business or
indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages of any kind. In spite of the above RAD
shall do its best to provide error-free software products and shall offer free Software updates
during the warranty period under this Agreement.
RAD's cumulative liability to you or any other party for any loss or damages resulting from any
claims, demands, or actions arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the Airmux-400 shall
not exceed the sum paid to RAD for the purchase of the Airmux-400. In no event shall RAD be
liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential, special, or exemplary damages or lost profits,
even if RAD has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
This Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of
Israel.
Product Disposal
To facilitate the reuse, recycling and other forms of recovery of waste
equipment in protecting the environment, the owner of this RAD product is
required to refrain from disposing of this product as unsorted municipal waste at
the end of its life cycle. Upon termination of the units use, customers should
provide for its collection for reuse, recycling or other form of environmentally
conscientious disposal.
ii
Airmux-400 Ver. 2.8.30
Front Matter
General Safety Instructions

The following instructions serve as a general guide for the safe installation and operation of
telecommunications products. Additional instructions, if applicable, are included inside the
manual.
Safety Symbols
Warning
This symbol may appear on the equipment or in the text. It indicates

potential safety hazards regarding product operation or maintenance to
operator or service personnel.
Danger of electric shock! Avoid any contact with the marked surface while
the product is energized or connected to outdoor telecommunication lines.
Protective ground: the marked lug or terminal should be connected to the

building protective ground bus.
Warning
Some products may be equipped with a laser diode. In such cases, a label
with the laser class and other warnings as applicable will be attached near
the optical transmitter. The laser warning symbol may be also attached.
Please observe the following precautions:
Before turning on the equipment, make sure that the fiber optic cable is
intact and is connected to the transmitter.
Do not attempt to adjust the laser drive current.
Do not use broken or unterminated fiber-optic cables/connectors or look

straight at the laser beam.
The use of optical devices with the equipment will increase eye hazard.
Use of controls, adjustments or performing procedures other than those

specified herein, may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
ATTENTION: The laser beam may be invisible!
In some cases, the users may insert their own SFP laser transceivers into the product. Users are
alerted that RAD cannot be held responsible for any damage that may result if non-compliant
transceivers are used. In particular, users are warned to use only agency approved products that
comply with the local laser safety regulations for Class 1 laser products.
Always observe standard safety precautions during installation, operation and maintenance of
this product. Only qualified and authorized service personnel should carry out adjustment,
maintenance or repairs to this product. No installation, adjustment, maintenance or repairs
should be performed by either the operator or the user.
iii
Front Matter
Handling Energized Products

General Safety Practices
Do not touch or tamper with the power supply when the power cord is connected. Line voltages
may be present inside certain products even when the power switch (if installed) is in the OFF
position or a fuse is blown. For DC-powered products, although the voltages levels are usually
not hazardous, energy hazards may still exist.
Before working on equipment connected to power lines or telecommunication lines, remove
jewelry or any other metallic object that may come into contact with energized parts.
Unless otherwise specified, all products are intended to be grounded during normal use.
Grounding is provided by connecting the mains plug to a wall socket with a protective ground
terminal. If a ground lug is provided on the product, it should be connected to the protective
ground at all times, by a wire with a diameter of 18 AWG or wider. Rack-mounted equipment
should be mounted only in grounded racks and cabinets.
Always make the ground connection first and disconnect it last. Do not connect
telecommunication cables to ungrounded equipment. Make sure that all other cables are
disconnected before disconnecting the ground.
Some products may have panels secured by thumbscrews with a slotted head. These panels may
cover hazardous circuits or parts, such as power supplies. These thumbscrews should therefore
always be tightened securely with a screwdriver after both initial installation and subsequent
access to the panels.
Connecting AC Mains
Make sure that the electrical installation complies with local codes.
Always connect the AC plug to a wall socket with a protective ground.
The maximum permissible current capability of the branch distribution circuit that supplies power
to the product is 16A (20A for USA and Canada). The circuit breaker in the building installation
should have high breaking capacity and must operate at short-circuit current exceeding 35A (40A
for USA and Canada).
Always connect the power cord first to the equipment and then to the wall socket. If a power
switch is provided in the equipment, set it to the OFF position. If the power cord cannot be
readily disconnected in case of emergency, make sure that a readily accessible circuit breaker or
emergency switch is installed in the building installation.
In cases when the power distribution system is IT type, the switch must disconnect both poles
simultaneously.
Connecting DC Power
Unless otherwise specified in the manual, the DC input to the equipment is floating in reference
to the ground. Any single pole can be externally grounded.
Due to the high current capability of DC power systems, care should be taken when connecting
the DC supply to avoid short-circuits and fire hazards.
Make sure that the DC power supply is electrically isolated from any AC source and that the
installation complies with the local codes.
iv
Front Matter
The maximum permissible current capability of the branch distribution circuit that supplies power
to the product is 16A (20A for USA and Canada). The circuit breaker in the building installation
should have high breaking capacity and must operate at short-circuit current exceeding 35A (40A
for USA and Canada).
Before connecting the DC supply wires, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. Locate
the circuit breaker of the panel board that services the equipment and switch it to the OFF
position. When connecting the DC supply wires, first connect the ground wire to the
corresponding terminal, then the positive pole and last the negative pole. Switch the circuit
breaker back to the ON position.
A readily accessible disconnect device that is suitably rated and approved should be incorporated
in the building installation.
If the DC power supply is floating, the switch must disconnect both poles simultaneously.
Connecting Data and Telecommunications Cables

Data and telecommunication interfaces are classified according to their safety status.
The following table lists the status of several standard interfaces. If the status of a given port
differs from the standard one, a notice will be given in the manual.
Ports
Safety Status
V.11, V.28, V.35, V.36, RS-530, X.21,

10 BaseT, 100 BaseT, Unbalanced E1,
E2, E3, STM, DS-2, DS-3, S-Interface
ISDN, Analog voice E&M
SELV
xDSL (without feeding voltage),

Balanced E1, T1, Sub E1/T1
TNV-1 Telecommunication Network Voltage-1:

Ports whose normal operating voltage is within the
limits of SELV, on which overvoltages from
telecommunications networks are possible.
FXS (Foreign Exchange Subscriber)

Ports whose normal operating voltage exceeds the
limits of SELV (usually up to 120 VDC or telephone
ringing voltages), on which overvoltages from
telecommunication networks are not possible. These
ports are not permitted to be directly connected to
external telephone and data lines.
FXO (Foreign Exchange Office), xDSL

(with feeding voltage), U-Interface
ISDN

Ports whose normal operating voltage exceeds the
limits of SELV (usually up to 120 VDC or telephone
ringing voltages), on which overvoltages from
telecommunication networks are possible.
Safety Extra Low Voltage:

Ports which do not present a safety hazard. Usually
up to 30 VAC or 60 VDC.
Always connect a given port to a port of the same safety status. If in doubt, seek the assistance
of a qualified safety engineer.
Always make sure that the equipment is grounded before connecting telecommunication cables.
Do not disconnect the ground connection before disconnecting all telecommunications cables.
Some SELV and non-SELV circuits use the same connectors. Use caution when connecting cables.
Extra caution should be exercised during thunderstorms.
Front Matter
When using shielded or coaxial cables, verify that there is a good ground connection at both
ends. The grounding and bonding of the ground connections should comply with the local codes.
The telecommunication wiring in the building may be damaged or present a fire hazard in case of
contact between exposed external wires and the AC power lines. In order to reduce the risk,
there are restrictions on the diameter of wires in the telecom cables, between the equipment
and the mating connectors.
Caution
To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication
line cords.
Attention
Pour rduire les risques sincendie, utiliser seulement des conducteurs de

tlcommunications 26 AWG ou de section suprieure.
Some ports are suitable for connection to intra-building or non-exposed wiring or cabling only. In
such cases, a notice will be given in the installation instructions.
Do not attempt to tamper with any carrier-provided equipment or connection hardware.
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

The equipment is designed and approved to comply with the electromagnetic regulations of
major regulatory bodies. The following instructions may enhance the performance of the
equipment and will provide better protection against excessive emission and better immunity
against disturbances.
A good ground connection is essential. When installing the equipment in a rack, make sure to
remove all traces of paint from the mounting points. Use suitable lock-washers and torque. If an
external grounding lug is provided, connect it to the ground bus using braided wire as short as
possible.
The equipment is designed to comply with EMC requirements when connecting it with unshielded
twisted pair (UTP) cables. However, the use of shielded wires is always recommended, especially
for high-rate data. In some cases, when unshielded wires are used, ferrite cores should be
installed on certain cables. In such cases, special instructions are provided in the manual.
Disconnect all wires which are not in permanent use, such as cables used for one-time
configuration.
The compliance of the equipment with the regulations for conducted emission on the data lines
is dependent on the cable quality. The emission is tested for UTP with 80 dB longitudinal
conversion loss (LCL).
Unless otherwise specified or described in the manual, TNV-1 and TNV-3 ports provide secondary
protection against surges on the data lines. Primary protectors should be provided in the building
installation.
The equipment is designed to provide adequate protection against electro-static discharge (ESD).
However, it is good working practice to use caution when connecting cables terminated with
plastic connectors (without a grounded metal hood, such as flat cables) to sensitive data lines.
Before connecting such cables, discharge yourself by touching ground or wear an ESD preventive
wrist strap.
vi
Front Matter
FCC-15 User Information

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits of the Class A digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This
equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used
in accordance with the Installation and Operation manual, may cause harmful interference to the
radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful
interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own
expense.
Canadian Emission Requirements

This Class A digital apparatus meets all the requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing
Equipment Regulation.
Cet appareil numrique de la classe A respecte toutes les exigences du Rglement sur le matriel
brouilleur du Canada.
Warning per EN 55022 (CISPR-22)

Warning
This is a class A product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause

radio interference, in which case the user will be required to take adequate
measures.
Avertissement
Cet appareil est un appareil de Classe A. Dans un environnement rsidentiel,

cet appareil peut provoquer des brouillages radiolectriques. Dans ces cas, il
peut tre demand lutilisateur de prendre les mesures appropries.
Achtung
Das vorliegende Gert fllt unter die Funkstrgrenzwertklasse A. In

Wohngebieten knnen beim Betrieb dieses Gertes Rundfunkstrrungen
auftreten, fr deren Behebung der Benutzer verantwortlich ist.
vii
Front Matter
Franais
Mise au rebut du produit

Afin de faciliter la rutilisation, le recyclage ainsi que d'autres formes de
rcupration d'quipement mis au rebut dans le cadre de la protection de
l'environnement, il est demand au propritaire de ce produit RAD de ne pas
mettre ce dernier au rebut en tant que dchet municipal non tri, une fois que le
produit est arriv en fin de cycle de vie. Le client devrait proposer des solutions
de rutilisation, de recyclage ou toute autre forme de mise au rebut de cette
unit dans un esprit de protection de l'environnement, lorsqu'il aura fini de
l'utiliser.
Instructions gnrales de scurit

Les instructions suivantes servent de guide gnral d'installation et d'opration scurises des
produits de tlcommunications. Des instructions supplmentaires sont ventuellement
indiques dans le manuel.
Symboles de scurit
Ce symbole peut apparaitre sur l'quipement ou dans le texte. Il indique des
risques potentiels de scurit pour l'oprateur ou le personnel de service,
quant l'opration du produit ou sa maintenance.
Avertissement
Danger de choc lectrique ! Evitez tout contact avec la surface marque

tant que le produit est sous tension ou connect des lignes externes de
tlcommunications.
Mise la terre de protection : la cosse ou la borne marque devrait tre

connecte la prise de terre de protection du btiment.
viii
Avertissement
Front Matter
Certains produits peuvent tre quips d'une diode laser. Dans de tels cas,
une tiquette indiquant la classe laser ainsi que d'autres avertissements, le
cas chant, sera jointe prs du transmetteur optique. Le symbole
d'avertissement laser peut aussi tre joint.
Veuillez observer les prcautions suivantes :
Avant la mise en marche de l'quipement, assurez-vous que le cble de

fibre optique est intact et qu'il est connect au transmetteur.
Ne tentez pas d'ajuster le courant de la commande laser.
N'utilisez pas des cbles ou connecteurs de fibre optique casss ou sans

terminaison et n'observez pas directement un rayon laser.
L'usage de priphriques optiques avec l'quipement augmentera le

risque pour les yeux.
L'usage de contrles, ajustages ou procdures autres que celles

spcifies ici pourrait rsulter en une dangereuse exposition aux
radiations.
ATTENTION : Le rayon laser peut tre invisible !
Les utilisateurs pourront, dans certains cas, insrer leurs propres metteurs-rcepteurs Laser SFP
dans le produit. Les utilisateurs sont avertis que RAD ne pourra pas tre tenue responsable de
tout dommage pouvant rsulter de l'utilisation d'metteurs-rcepteurs non conformes. Plus
particulirement, les utilisateurs sont avertis de n'utiliser que des produits approuvs par
l'agence et conformes la rglementation locale de scurit laser pour les produits laser de
classe 1.
Respectez toujours les prcautions standards de scurit durant l'installation, l'opration et la
maintenance de ce produit. Seul le personnel de service qualifi et autoris devrait effectuer
l'ajustage, la maintenance ou les rparations de ce produit. Aucune opration d'installation,
d'ajustage, de maintenance ou de rparation ne devrait tre effectue par l'oprateur ou
l'utilisateur.
Manipuler des produits sous tension

Rgles gnrales de scurit
Ne pas toucher ou altrer l'alimentation en courant lorsque le cble d'alimentation est branch.
Des tensions de lignes peuvent tre prsentes dans certains produits, mme lorsque le
commutateur (s'il est install) est en position OFF ou si le fusible est rompu. Pour les produits
aliments par CC, les niveaux de tension ne sont gnralement pas dangereux mais des risques
de courant peuvent toujours exister.
Avant de travailler sur un quipement connect aux lignes de tension ou de tlcommunications,
retirez vos bijoux ou tout autre objet mtallique pouvant venir en contact avec les pices sous
tension.
Sauf s'il en est autrement indiqu, tous les produits sont destins tre mis la terre durant
l'usage normal. La mise la terre est fournie par la connexion de la fiche principale une prise
murale quipe d'une borne protectrice de mise la terre. Si une cosse de mise la terre est
fournie avec le produit, elle devrait tre connecte tout moment une mise la terre de
protection par un conducteur de diamtre 18 AWG ou plus. L'quipement mont en chssis ne
devrait tre mont que sur des chssis et dans des armoires mises la terre.
Branchez toujours la mise la terre en premier et dbranchez-la en dernier. Ne branchez pas des
cbles de tlcommunications un quipement qui n'est pas mis la terre. Assurez-vous que
tous les autres cbles sont dbranchs avant de dconnecter la mise la terre.
ix
Franais
Front Matter
Franais
Connexion au courant du secteur

Assurez-vous que l'installation lectrique est conforme la rglementation locale.
Branchez toujours la fiche de secteur une prise murale quipe d'une borne protectrice de mise
la terre.
La capacit maximale permissible en courant du circuit de distribution de la connexion alimentant
le produit est de 16A (20A aux Etats-Unis et Canada). Le coupe-circuit dans l'installation du
btiment devrait avoir une capacit leve de rupture et devrait fonctionner sur courant de
court-circuit dpassant 35A (40A aux Etats-Unis et Canada).
Branchez toujours le cble d'alimentation en premier l'quipement puis la prise murale. Si un
commutateur est fourni avec l'quipement, fixez-le en position OFF. Si le cble d'alimentation ne
peut pas tre facilement dbranch en cas d'urgence, assurez-vous qu'un coupe-circuit ou un
disjoncteur d'urgence facilement accessible est install dans l'installation du btiment.
Le disjoncteur devrait dconnecter simultanment les deux ples si le systme de distribution de
courant est de type IT.
Connexion d'alimentation CC
Sauf s'il en est autrement spcifi dans le manuel, l'entre CC de l'quipement est flottante par
rapport la mise la terre. Tout ple doit tre mis la terre en externe.
A cause de la capacit de courant des systmes alimentation CC, des prcautions devraient
tre prises lors de la connexion de l'alimentation CC pour viter des courts-circuits et des risques
d'incendie.
Assurez-vous que l'alimentation CC est isole de toute source de courant CA (secteur) et que
l'installation est conforme la rglementation locale.
La capacit maximale permissible en courant du circuit de distribution de la connexion alimentant
le produit est de 16A (20A aux Etats-Unis et Canada). Le coupe-circuit dans l'installation du
btiment devrait avoir une capacit leve de rupture et devrait fonctionner sur courant de
court-circuit dpassant 35A (40A aux Etats-Unis et Canada).
Avant la connexion des cbles d'alimentation en courant CC, assurez-vous que le circuit CC n'est
pas sous tension. Localisez le coupe-circuit dans le tableau desservant l'quipement et fixez-le
en position OFF. Lors de la connexion de cbles d'alimentation CC, connectez d'abord le
conducteur de mise la terre la borne correspondante, puis le ple positif et en dernier, le
ple ngatif. Remettez le coupe-circuit en position ON.
Un disjoncteur facilement accessible, adapt et approuv devrait tre intgr l'installation du
btiment.
Le disjoncteur devrait dconnecter simultanment les deux ples si l'alimentation en courant CC
est flottante.
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Manufacturer's Name:
RAD Data Communications Ltd.
Manufacturer's Address:
24 Raoul Wallenberg St.

Tel Aviv 6971920
Israel
Declares that the products:

Product Names:
Fixed Radio systems

Airmux-400/aaa/F24E/bbb, Airmux-400/aaa/F3XE/bbb,
Airmux-400/aaa/F54E/bbb, Airmux-400/aaa/F58E/bbb
(aaa,bbb - model characteristics suffixes)
in the following frequency bands respectively:
2.400-2483.5 GHz, 3.410-3.700 GHz, 5.470-5.725 GHz, 5.725-5.875 GHz
Product Options
All
Conform to the following standard(s) or other normative document(s) as applicable:
Radio
EMC
Safety
EN 300 328
V1.7.1
Electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wideband

transmission systems; Data transmission equipment operating in the 2.4 ISM band
and using wide band modulation techniques; Harmonized EN covering the
essential requirements of article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive.
EN 302 326-2
Fixed Radio Systems; Multipoin Equipment and Antennas; Part 2, Harmonized EN

covering the essential requirements of article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive for Digital
Multipoint Radio Equipment.
EN 301 893
V1.5.1
Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wideband

transmission systems; Data transmission equipment operating in the 2.4 GHz ISM
band and using wide band modulation techniques; Harmonized EN covering
essential requirements under article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive.
EN 302 502
V1.2.1
Broadnand Radio Access Networks (BRAN); 5.8GHz fixed broadband data

transmitting systems; harmonized EN covering the essential requirements of
Article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive.
EN 301 489-1
V1.8.1
Electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum Matters (ERM); ElectroMagnetic

Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment and services; Part 1: Common
technical requirements.
EN 301 489-4
V1.4.1
Electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum Matters (ERM); ElectroMagnetic

Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment and services; Part 4: Specific
conditions for fixed radio links and ancillary equipment and services.
EN 61000-3-2:2006
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-2: Limits Limits for harmonic current emissions (equipment input current 16A per phase)
EN 61000-3-3:2008
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-3: Limits Limitation of voltage changes, voltage fluctuations and flicker in public low-voltage
supply systems, for equipment with rated current 16A per phase and not subject
to conditional connection.
EN 60950-1:2006 +
A11:2009,A1:2010
A12:2011
Information technology equipment Safety Part 1:

General requirements.
EN 60950-22:2006
Information technology equipment Safety, Part 22, Equipment to be installed

outdoors.
PAGE 1 OF 2
Airmux-400 DoC.doc 03/13
Supplementary Information:
The products herewith comply with the requirements of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC, the Low Voltage
Directive 2006/95/EC, the R&TTE Directive 99/5/EC and the ROHS Directive 2011/65/EU. The products were
tested in typical configurations.
Airmux-400/F24E systems are classified as Class 1 subclass 22 equipment with no restrictions on their use.
Airmux-400/F54E systems are classified as Class 1 subclass 54 equipment with no restrictions on their use.
The frequency bands that are used by Airmux-400/F3XE and Airmux-400/F58E systems and their
characteristics are not fully harmonized within the EU. Potential restrictions on their use may be applicable in
one or more EU member states.
Tel Aviv, 04 March 2013
Nathaniel Shomroni
Homologation Team Leader
European Contact:
RAD Data Communications GmbH

Otto-Hahn-Str. 28-30, 85521 Ottobrunn-Riemerling, Germany
PAGE 2 OF 2
Airmux-400 DoC.doc 03/13
ContentsataGlance
Part1:BasicInstallation
Chapter1:AboutthisUserManual
Chapter2:Introduction
Chapter3:SiteSurvey
Chapter4:HardwareInstallation
Chapter5:GettingStartedwiththeAirmuxManager
Chapter6:InstallingtheLink
Chapter7:TheAirmuxManager:MainWindow
Chapter8:ConfiguringtheLink
Chapter9:SiteConfiguration
Chapter10:MonitoringandDiagnostics
Part2:SiteSynchronization
Chapter11:HubSiteSynchronization
Chapter12:SerialHubSiteSynchronization
Chapter13:HubSiteSynchronizationoverEthernet
Chapter14:UsingtheRADGSU
Part3:AdvancedInstallation
Chapter15:MonitoredHotStandbyInstallationProcedure
Chapter16:TheRADEthernetRing
Chapter17:VLANFunctionalitywithAirmux400
Chapter18:SoftwareUpgrade
Chapter19:FalseRadarMitigationFacilities
Chapter20:FCC/ICDFSConsiderations
Chapter21:QualityofService
Chapter22:CapacityUpgrade
Chapter23:ChangingtheFactoryDefaultBand
Chapter24:QuickInstallMode
Chapter25:BRS/EBSConsiderations
Part4:FieldInstallationTopics
Chapter26:PreloadinganODUwithanIPAddress
Chapter27:LinkBudgetCalculator
Chapter28:SpectrumView
Chapter29:UsingtheWebInterface
Part5:ProductReference
AppendixA:TechnicalSpecifications
AppendixB:WiringSpecifications
AppendixC:SmallFormfactorPluggableTransceiver
AppendixD:MIBReference
AppendixE:ExternalAlarmsSpecification
AppendixF:SettingAntennaParameters
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
vi
AppendixG:RFExposure
AppendixH:RegionalNotice:FrenchCanadian
Index
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
vii
TableofContents
Notice ..................................................................................................................................................i
RADHeadquartersandOperations ....................................................................................................ii
RegulatoryCompliance ..................................................................................................................... iii
Chapter1:AboutthisUserManual
ManualStructure ...................................................................................................................... 11
Terminology .............................................................................................................................. 12
Chapter2:Introduction
WelcometoAirmux400!.......................................................................................................... 21
WhatsnewinRelease2.8.30 ................................................................................................... 21
SupportedFrequenciesSummary ............................................................................................. 23
KeyFeaturesofAirmux400...................................................................................................... 24
ComponentsofaAirmux400Link............................................................................................ 28
Chapter3:SiteSurvey
PlanningtheLinkSite ................................................................................................................ 31
TheSiteSurvey.......................................................................................................................... 31
Stage1:PreliminarySurvey....................................................................................................... 32
Stage2:PhysicalSurvey ............................................................................................................ 33
Stage3:RFSurvey ..................................................................................................................... 34
RFPlanningforDenseInstallationsandCollocatedSites ......................................................... 34
Chapter4:HardwareInstallation
Whatsinthebox ...................................................................................................................... 42
Toolsrequiredforinstallation................................................................................................. 411
SafetyPractices ....................................................................................................................... 412
BeforeFieldInstallingODUs.................................................................................................... 413
HardwareInstallationWorkflowforaAirmux400Link ......................................................... 414
ConnectingandAligningODUs/Antennas............................................................................. 436
Chapter5:GettingStartedwiththeAirmuxManager
InstallingtheAirmuxManagerApplication............................................................................... 51
GettingStartedwiththeAirmuxManager................................................................................ 52
TheAirmuxManagerlogonConcept ....................................................................................... 53
LogonErrorsandCautions ....................................................................................................... 57
Firststeps ................................................................................................................................ 510
UsingAirmuxManagerSpectrumView .................................................................................. 511
Chapter6:InstallingtheLink
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 61
Installation................................................................................................................................. 63
Chapter7:TheAirmuxManager:MainWindow
TheMainWindowoftheAirmuxManager............................................................................... 71
TheAirmuxManagerToolbar .................................................................................................. 72
MainMenuFunctionality .......................................................................................................... 72
ElementsoftheAirmuxManagerMainWindow...................................................................... 75
Chapter8:ConfiguringtheLink
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 81
Configuration ............................................................................................................................ 83
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
viii
Chapter9:SiteConfiguration
ConfiguringtheSite................................................................................................................... 91
ViewingSystemDetails ............................................................................................................. 93
ViewingAirInterfaceDetails..................................................................................................... 94
ChangingtheTransmitPower ................................................................................................... 94
HubSiteSync............................................................................................................................. 96
IPAddress,VLANandProtocol ................................................................................................. 97
DisplayingtheInventory ......................................................................................................... 912
SecurityFeatures..................................................................................................................... 913
SettingtheDateandTime....................................................................................................... 919
EthernetProperties................................................................................................................. 923
TDMMHSStatus ..................................................................................................................... 938
SettingExternalAlarmInputs ................................................................................................. 939
Resetting ................................................................................................................................. 940
IDUDetection.......................................................................................................................... 942
Backup/RestoreofODUSoftwareFiles................................................................................... 942
Mutingthealignmenttonebuzzer ......................................................................................... 944
ConfigurationwithTelnet ....................................................................................................... 944
Chapter10:MonitoringandDiagnostics
RetrievingLinkInformation(GetDiagnostics) ........................................................................ 101
LinkCompatibility.................................................................................................................... 103
TDMLoopbacks ....................................................................................................................... 104
ReinstallingandRealigningaLink ........................................................................................... 109
TheLinkBudgetCalculator...................................................................................................... 109
ThroughputChecking .............................................................................................................. 109
PerformanceMonitoring....................................................................................................... 1010
Events,AlarmsandTraps ...................................................................................................... 1016
RevertingAlertMessages...................................................................................................... 1022
OtherAdvancedPreferences ................................................................................................ 1023
RemotePowerFailIndication ............................................................................................... 1023
Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................... 1024
ReplacinganODU.................................................................................................................. 1025
RestoringFactorySetup ........................................................................................................ 1025
OnlineHelp............................................................................................................................ 1025
CustomerSupport ................................................................................................................. 1026
Chapter11:HubSiteSynchronization
WhatisHubSiteSynchronization(HSS).................................................................................. 111
RADHSS................................................................................................................................... 111
HSSConcepts:RadioFramePattern(RFP) .............................................................................. 113
HSSStatusLEDontheIDUEandIDU ..................................................................................... 117
HSSErrorNotification ............................................................................................................. 118
Chapter12:SerialHubSiteSynchronization
RADSerialHSS......................................................................................................................... 121
HardwareInstallation.............................................................................................................. 121
ODU/HSSUnitConnectionPinout........................................................................................... 125
LinkConfigurationandHSS ..................................................................................................... 126
SiteConfigurationandSHSS.................................................................................................... 129
Chapter13:HubSiteSynchronizationoverEthernet
RADEthernetHSS.................................................................................................................... 131
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
ix
InstallingCollocatedHSSoEODUs........................................................................................... 132
LinkConfigurationandHSSoE ................................................................................................. 133
SiteConfigurationandHSSoE................................................................................................ 1310
MixingHSSoEandSHSSenabledODUs................................................................................. 1311
Chapter14:UsingtheRADGSU
Whatisitfor............................................................................................................................ 141
GSUFunctionality.................................................................................................................... 141
TypicalGSUScenarios ............................................................................................................. 141
GSURedundancy..................................................................................................................... 143
GSUKitContents ..................................................................................................................... 144
GSUInstallation....................................................................................................................... 145
GSUMonitoringandDiagnostics .......................................................................................... 1415
GSUTelnetSupport............................................................................................................... 1415
SoftwareUpgradeforGSUs .................................................................................................. 1416
Chapter15:MonitoredHotStandbyInstallationProcedure
WhatisaRADMonitoredHotStandby................................................................................... 151
WhatRADMHSprovides......................................................................................................... 152
PurposeofthisChapter........................................................................................................... 153
WhoShouldReadthis ............................................................................................................. 153
RADMHSKitContents ............................................................................................................ 153
InstallingaRADMHS............................................................................................................... 153
MaintainingaRADMHSLink................................................................................................... 159
SwitchingLogic ...................................................................................................................... 1511
Chapter16:TheRADEthernetRing
Scope....................................................................................................................................... 161
WhatisanEthernetRing......................................................................................................... 161
RADEthernetRing................................................................................................................... 162
EthernetRingTopologiesSupportedbyRAD.......................................................................... 164
ProtectionSwitching ............................................................................................................... 166
HardwareConsiderations........................................................................................................ 166
SpecialCase:1+1EthernetRedundancy ............................................................................... 167
UsingAirmuxManagertoSetupaRing.................................................................................. 168
Chapter17:VLANFunctionalitywithAirmux400
VLANTaggingOverview ........................................................................................................ 171
VLANAvailability ..................................................................................................................... 176
VLANConfigurationUsingtheAirmuxManager..................................................................... 177
Chapter18:SoftwareUpgrade
WhatistheSoftwareUpgradeUtility? ................................................................................... 181
UpgradinganInstalledLink ..................................................................................................... 181
SoftwareUpgradeforGSUs .................................................................................................... 185
Chapter19:FalseRadarMitigationFacilities
Whoneedsit ........................................................................................................................... 191
DFSandFalseRadarMitigation .............................................................................................. 191
FCC/IC5.4/5.3GHzLinks:Background .................................................................................... 192
ConfiguringFalseRadarMitigation ......................................................................................... 195
FCC/ICRequirements .............................................................................................................. 196
Chapter20:FCC/ICDFSConsiderations
FCC5.4GHzDeviceRegistration .............................................................................................. 201
RegisteringtheDevice............................................................................................................. 201
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
TDWRTable............................................................................................................................. 205
Chapter21:QualityofService
Availability............................................................................................................................... 211
QoSOverview........................................................................................................................ 211
SettingupQoS......................................................................................................................... 212
DisablingQoS .......................................................................................................................... 215
Chapter22:CapacityUpgrade
WhatisCapacityUpgrade ....................................................................................................... 221
Applicability............................................................................................................................. 221
DataGathering ........................................................................................................................ 221
Acquisition............................................................................................................................... 222
Application .............................................................................................................................. 222
Chapter23:ChangingtheFactoryDefaultBand
WhythisisNeeded ................................................................................................................. 231
RequiredEquipment ............................................................................................................... 231
Theprocedure ......................................................................................................................... 231
ChangingBandforDFS ............................................................................................................ 235
SpecialProductsorFeatures:EnteringaLicenseKey ............................................................. 235
ProvisionsforLicensed3.Xand2.5GHzBands....................................................................... 237
Chapter24:QuickInstallMode
EnablingQuickInstall .............................................................................................................. 241
UsingQuickInstall ................................................................................................................... 242
Chapter25:BRS/EBSConsiderations
WhatisBRS/EBS...................................................................................................................... 251
BRS/EBSBands ........................................................................................................................ 251
SettingupaBRS/EBSlinkusingAirmux4002.5GHzBand...................................................... 255
Chapter26:PreloadinganODUwithanIPAddress
RequiredEquipment ............................................................................................................... 261
Theprocedure ......................................................................................................................... 262
Tip:HowtoRecoveraForgottenODUIPAddress .................................................................. 268
Chapter27:LinkBudgetCalculator
Overview ................................................................................................................................. 271
Calculations ............................................................................................................................. 272
AbouttheFresnelZone........................................................................................................... 273
RunningtheLinkBudgetCalculator ...................................................................................... 275
Chapter28:SpectrumView
WhatisSpectrumView? ......................................................................................................... 281
RunningSpectrumView .......................................................................................................... 281
UnderstandingtheSpectrumViewDisplay............................................................................. 285
Chapter29:UsingtheWebInterface
WhatisitFor ........................................................................................................................... 291
WhoNeedsit........................................................................................................................... 291
HowitWorks........................................................................................................................... 291
WhatitProvides...................................................................................................................... 292
Prerequisites ........................................................................................................................... 292
SpecialConsiderationsWorkingwiththeWI .......................................................................... 292
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
xi
ScopeofthisChapter .............................................................................................................. 294

Loggingon ............................................................................................................................... 294
UsingtheConfigurationWizard .............................................................................................. 296
SiteConfiguration.................................................................................................................. 2913
AppendixA:TechnicalSpecifications
ScopeoftheseSpecifications.................................................................................................... A1
ODU ........................................................................................................................................... A1
IDU............................................................................................................................................. A8
IDUE ....................................................................................................................................... A10
AirmuxIDUH/2ETH(AggregationUnit)................................................................................... A12
GbEPoEDeviceIndoor,AC ................................................................................................... A13
PoEDeviceOutdoor,DC........................................................................................................ A14
GSU.......................................................................................................................................... A15
LightningProtector.................................................................................................................. A16
FastEthernetCAT5ecablerepeater ...................................................................................... A17
AntennaCharacteristics .......................................................................................................... A18
AppendixB:WiringSpecifications
ODUIDUCable.......................................................................................................................... B1
ODU/HSSUnitConnectionPinout............................................................................................. B1
UserPortConnectors ............................................................................................................... B2
DCPowerTerminals .................................................................................................................. B5
UnbalancedModeforE1Interface ........................................................................................... B5
AppendixC:SmallFormfactorPluggableTransceiver
IDUESFPSupport ..................................................................................................................... C1
AppendixD:MIBReference
Introduction ..............................................................................................................................D1
InterfaceAPI..............................................................................................................................D2
PrivateMIBStructure................................................................................................................D2
MIBParameters ........................................................................................................................D4
AppendixE:ExternalAlarmsSpecification
ExternalAlarmsSpecification.................................................................................................... E1
AppendixF:SettingAntennaParameters
AntennaIssues .......................................................................................................................... F1
AboutSingleandDualAntennas............................................................................................... F1
ConsiderationsforChangingAntennaParameters ................................................................... F4
AppendixG:RFExposure
AppendixH:RegionalNotice:FrenchCanadian
Procduresdescurit..............................................................................................................H1
Installationsurpylneetmur ...................................................................................................H3
Index
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
xii
ListofFigures
FIGURE41STANDARDODUFORMFACTORSALLSERIESOTHERTHANAANDB ........................... 42
FIGURE42SMALLFORMFACTORODU:AANDBSERIESONLY .................................................... 43
FIGURE43IDUFRONTVIEW ................................................................................................ 44
FIGURE44IDUEPACKAGECONTENTSTHEIDUE,ETHERNETONLY .......................................... 44
FIGURE45IDUEPACKAGECONTENTSTHEIDUE,16E1/T1PORTS ........................................ 44
FIGURE46IDUEPACKAGECONTENTSTHEMOUNTINGKITANDDCPOWERPLUGS ...................... 45
FIGURE47GBEPOEDEVICE .................................................................................................. 45
FIGURE48RUGGEDIZEDDCPOEDEVICE ................................................................................ 45
FIGURE49AIRMUXIDUH/2ETHFRONTPANEL ....................................................................... 46
FIGURE410DCTHREEPINPOWERPLUG ................................................................................. 46
FIGURE411AIRMUXIDUH/2ETHFRONTVIEWSINGLECONFIGURATION.................................... 47
FIGURE412AIRMUXIDUH/2ETHFRONTVIEWDOUBLECONFIGURATION .................................. 47
FIGURE413ODUWITHINTEGRATEDFLATPANELANTENNA ....................................................... 48
FIGURE414EXTERNALANTENNASFORUSEWITHAIRMUX400 .................................................. 48
FIGURE415HSSINTERCONNECTIONUNIT ............................................................................... 49
FIGURE416GENERALGSUCONFIGURATION .......................................................................... 410
FIGURE417RADLIGHTNINGPROTECTOR .............................................................................. 410
FIGURE418USINGANETHERNETREPEATERWITHLIGHTNINGPROTECTORS ................................. 411
FIGURE419STANDARDFORMFACTORSTANDARDMOUNTINGKIT ............................................. 415
FIGURE420LARGECLAMP .................................................................................................. 415
FIGURE421SMALLCLAMP .................................................................................................. 415
FIGURE422ARM............................................................................................................... 415
FIGURE423ATTACHINGTHEMOUNTINGKITTOTHEPOLE ........................................................ 416
FIGURE424MOUNTINGKITINPLACEONTHEPOLE ................................................................. 416
FIGURE425MOUNTEDCONNECTORIZEDODU ....................................................................... 417
FIGURE426MOUNTEDODU:INTEGRATEDANTENNA.............................................................. 417
FIGURE427ODU:GROUNDINGLUG .................................................................................... 417
FIGURE428SMALLFORMFACTORODUREAR,METALTIE...................................................... 418
FIGURE429MOUNTINGADAPTER ........................................................................................ 418
FIGURE430SECURINGTHEMOUNTINGADAPTER .................................................................... 419
FIGURE431ATTACHINGASTANDARDMOUNTINGKIT .............................................................. 419
FIGURE432AIRMUXIDUH/2ETHFRONTPANEL ................................................................... 420
FIGURE433AIRMUXIDUH/2ETHPOWERCONNECTORS,GROUNDINGLUGANDPOWERPLUG....... 421
FIGURE434AIRMUXIDUH/2ETHFRONTPANEL ................................................................... 421
FIGURE435IDU:REARPANEL ............................................................................................. 422
FIGURE436IDUPOWERCONNECTOR,GROUNDINGLUGANDPOWERPLUG ................................. 422
FIGURE437IDUEPACKAGECONTENTSTHEIDUE,16E1/T1PORTS .................................... 423
FIGURE438IDUEFRONTPANEL ......................................................................................... 423
FIGURE439IDUEFRONTPANELLEDS ................................................................................ 424
FIGURE440IDUFRONTPANELLEDS ................................................................................... 424
FIGURE441FLATPANELANTENNAMOUNTINGKITADAPTER...................................................... 426
FIGURE442FLATPANELANTENNAREARWITHMOUNTINGKITADAPTER ................................... 427
FIGURE443FLATPANELANTENNAMOUNTED ...................................................................... 427
FIGURE444POLECLAMPSFOREXTERNALANTENNAS ............................................................... 428
FIGURE445RADLIGHTNINGPROTECTIONKIT ....................................................................... 429
FIGURE446BASICUSEOFLIGHTNINGPROTECTORS ................................................................. 430
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
xiii
FIGURE447EXPOSINGTHETACKSIDEOFTHESEALINGTAPE...................................................... 432
FIGURE448STARTANDENDPOINTSFORPROTECTIVETAPINGTHEUNIT ..................................... 433
FIGURE449PROTECTINGTHEUNITJOINTSWITHVINYLTAPE ..................................................... 433
FIGURE450MOUNTEDANDSTRAPPEDTOTHEPOLE................................................................ 434
FIGURE451SINGANETHERNETREPEATERWITHLIGHTNINGPROTECTORS .................................... 435
FIGURE452BEEPSEQUENCEFORANTENNAALIGNMENT .......................................................... 437
FIGURE51LANPORTSONTHEFRONTPANELOFTHEIDUE....................................................... 52
FIGURE52PINGINGANUNINSTALLEDANDUNCONFIGUREDLINK .................................................. 53
FIGURE53FIRSTTIMELOGONWINDOW ................................................................................. 53
FIGURE54LOGONWINDOWEXPOSINGTHEUSERTYPES............................................................. 54
FIGURE55UNSUPPORTEDDEVICEMESSAGE ............................................................................. 57
FIGURE56UNREACHABLEDEVICEMESSAGE .............................................................................. 57
FIGURE57INVALIDPASSWORDMESSAGE ................................................................................. 58
FIGURE58LOGGINGONTOANOVERTHEAIRSITE .................................................................... 58
FIGURE59OPENINGAIRMUXMANAGERWINDOWPRIORTOINSTALLATIONUSINGIDUES ........ 510
FIGURE510SPECTRUMVIEWOPENINGDISPLAYONANUNINSTALLEDLINK ............................... 512
FIGURE61LINKINSTALLATIONWIZARD ................................................................................... 63
FIGURE62INSTALLATIONWIZARD,SYSTEMDIALOGBOX ............................................................ 64
FIGURE63INSTALLATIONWIZARD,SYSTEMDIALOGBOXFILLEDOUT ............................................ 65
FIGURE64CHANGELINKPASSWORDDIALOGBOX ..................................................................... 66
FIGURE65LOSTORFORGOTTENLINKPASSWORDRECOVERY ....................................................... 66
FIGURE66CHANNELSETTINGSAUTOMATICCHANNELSELECTION .............................................. 67
FIGURE67CHOOSINGPREFERREDCHANNELS ............................................................................ 68
FIGURE68CHANNELSETTINGSSHOWINGAVAILABLEINSTALLATIONRATES................................... 68
FIGURE69CHANNELSETTINGSSHOWINGAVAILABLECHANNELBANDWIDTHS .............................. 69
FIGURE610TRANSMISSIONPOWERANDANTENNAPARAMETERS .............................................. 610
FIGURE611ANTENNACONFIGURATIONDIALOG ...................................................................... 611
FIGURE612ANTENNATYPECHANGEWARNING ...................................................................... 612
FIGURE613ANTENNAPARAMETERSCHANGEWARNING ........................................................... 613
FIGURE614TXPOWERLIMITS ............................................................................................. 613
FIGURE615ANTENNASCONFIGUREDFORTWODUALANDTXPOWER5DBM ............................. 614
FIGURE616HSSSETTINGS ................................................................................................. 615
FIGURE617SERVICESANDRATESAIRMUX400100MONLY ................................................. 616
FIGURE618SERVICESANDRATESFORAIRMUX400COLLOCATEDASACLIENT ............................ 617
FIGURE619SERVICESANDRATESAIRMUX400100MMASTER,AIRMUX400CLIENTS ............. 619
FIGURE620TDMTYPESELECTION ....................................................................................... 620
FIGURE621TDMSERVICEPORTSELECTION ........................................................................... 620
FIGURE622TDMSERVICEPORTSELECTIONSEVENSERVICESSELECTED ..................................... 621
FIGURE623SERVICESANDRATESSERVICESCHOSEN.............................................................. 622
FIGURE624SERVICESANDRATESDIALOG:AVAILABLERATES .................................................... 623
FIGURE625CHOOSINGHOTSTANDBYMODE ........................................................................ 624
FIGURE626TDMJITTERBUFFERCONFIGURATION ................................................................. 625
FIGURE627TDMJITTERBUFFERCONFIGURATIONTBFREVALUATIONBAR .............................. 626
FIGURE628SERVICESANDTDMDELAYSETLINKREADYFOREVALUATION................................. 626
FIGURE629TDME1PARAMETERSCONFIGURATION(1) ......................................................... 627
FIGURE630TDMPARAMETERSCONFIGURATION(2).............................................................. 628
FIGURE631TDMPARAMETERS........................................................................................... 629
FIGURE632UNBALANCEDE1ADAPTERCABLE(YSPLITTER)...................................................... 630
FIGURE633TDMT1PARAMETERSCONFIGURATION .............................................................. 630
FIGURE634INSTALLATIONWIZARDEXITSUMMARY ................................................................ 631
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
xiv
FIGURE635MAINWINDOWOFTHEMANAGERAFTERINSTALLATIONWITHLOADEDTRUNKS .......... 632

FIGURE636INSTALLATIONWITHASYMMETRICCAPACITYALLOCATIONNOHSS .......................... 633
FIGURE637INSTALLATIONWITHASYMMETRICCAPACITYALLOCATIONHSSENABLED ................... 634
FIGURE638USINGGBEIDUES.200MBPSINBOTHDIRECTIONS. ........................................... 635
FIGURE71MAINWINDOW,WIRELESSLINKISACTIVE ................................................................ 71
FIGURE81LINKCONFIGURATIONWIZARD ............................................................................... 83
FIGURE82CONFIGURATIONWIZARD,SYSTEMDIALOGBOX......................................................... 84
FIGURE83CHANNELSETTINGSDIALOGBOXAUTOMATICCHANNELSELECTION ............................. 85
FIGURE84SEARCHINGFORTHEBESTOPERATINGCHANNEL ......................................................... 86
FIGURE85CHANNELSETTINGSWITHOUTAUTOMATICCHANNELSELECTION.................................... 87
FIGURE86CHANNELFREQUENCYOPTIONS ............................................................................... 88
FIGURE87CHOOSINGANOTHEROPERATINGCHANNELFREQUENCY ......................................... 89
FIGURE88TRANSMISSIONPOWERANDANTENNAPARAMETERS ................................................ 810
FIGURE89ANTENNACONFIGURATIONDIALOGWITHOPENEDTYPESELECTION ............................. 811
FIGURE810HSSSETTINGS ................................................................................................. 813
FIGURE811SERVICESANDRATESDIALOG .............................................................................. 814
FIGURE812TDMPARAMETERSCONFIGURATION ................................................................... 815
FIGURE813CONFIGURATIONWIZARDEXITSUMMARY ............................................................ 816
FIGURE814MAINWINDOWOFTHEMANAGERAFTERCONFIGURATION....................................... 817
FIGURE91CONFIGURATIONDIALOGBOX ................................................................................ 92
FIGURE92CHANGINGTHEANTENNATYPEANDTRANSMITPOWER .............................................. 95
FIGURE93HSSSTATUS:HSSDISABLED .................................................................................. 96
FIGURE94MANAGEMENTADDRESSESSITECONFIGURATIONDIALOGBOX ................................... 98
FIGURE95CONFIGURINGMANAGEMENTTRAFFICVLANSETTINGS............................................. 910
FIGURE96SUPPORTEDPROTOCOLS ...................................................................................... 911
FIGURE97INVENTORYWINDOW .......................................................................................... 913
FIGURE98AVAILABLESECURITYFEATURES ............................................................................. 914
FIGURE99CHANGINGTHECOMMUNITYSTRINGS/PASSWORDS ................................................. 916
FIGURE910ALTERNATIVECOMMUNITYDIALOGBOX ............................................................... 917
FIGURE911DATEANDTIMECONFIGURATION ........................................................................ 921
FIGURE912CHANGEDATEANDTIME ................................................................................... 922
FIGURE913DATEANDTIMECONFIGUREDFROMANNTPSERVER ............................................. 922
FIGURE914BRIDGE,VLANANDMIRCONFIGURATIONUSINGANIDUE................................... 924
FIGURE915BRIDGE,VLANANDMIRCONFIGURATIONUSINGAPOEDEVICE ............................. 925
FIGURE916GBELANPORTWITHCRCERRORWARNINGANDCRCCOUNTTOOLTIP................... 927
FIGURE917ODUVLANCONFIGURATION ............................................................................ 928
FIGURE918VLANTAGSETTINGS ......................................................................................... 930
FIGURE919ETHERNETCONFIGURATIONSITECONFIGURATIONDIALOGBOX .............................. 936
FIGURE920ETHERNETMIRTHROUGHPUTSELECTION ........................................................... 937
FIGURE921AIRINTERFACEDETAILS ...................................................................................... 937
FIGURE922TDMMHSSTATUS .......................................................................................... 939
FIGURE923EXTERNALALARMSCONFIGURATION .................................................................... 940
FIGURE924SITECONFIGURATIONRESETTOFACTORYDEFAULTS ............................................. 941
FIGURE925ALIGNMENTTONEBUZZERSTATES........................................................................ 944
FIGURE926TELNETSESSIONLOGON .................................................................................... 945
FIGURE101GETDIAGNOSTICSDIALOGBOX .......................................................................... 102
FIGURE102LOOPBACKCONFIGURATIONBOX ......................................................................... 104
FIGURE103LOOPBACKCONFIGURATIONBOXWITHONESITEAPORTSELECTED ........................... 104
FIGURE104LOOPBACKOPTIONS .......................................................................................... 105
FIGURE105LOOPBACKDEFINED ........................................................................................... 105
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
xv
FIGURE106SITEAPORT2SETTOLOOPBACK......................................................................... 106
FIGURE107LOCALLINELOOPBACK ...................................................................................... 107
FIGURE108REMOTEREVERSELOOPBACK .............................................................................. 107
FIGURE109REMOTELINELOOPBACK ................................................................................... 108
FIGURE1010LOCALREVERSELOOPBACK............................................................................... 108
FIGURE1011PREFERENCESDIALOGBOX.............................................................................. 1011
FIGURE1012BASICPERFORMANCEMONITORINGREPORT ..................................................... 1012
FIGURE1013TYPICALPERFORMANCEMONITORINGREPORTBASEDON15MINUTEINTERVALS .... 1012
FIGURE1014PERFORMANCEMONITORINGREPORTSHOWINGTHEEFFECTOFARESET ............... 1013
FIGURE1015THRESHOLDCONFIGURATIONDIALOGBOX ......................................................... 1015
FIGURE1016EVENTSLOGDISPLAY .................................................................................... 1017
FIGURE1017PREFERENCESDIALOGBOXEVENTTAB ............................................................ 1020
FIGURE1018ACTIVEALARMSSUMMARY ............................................................................ 1021
FIGURE1019RECENTEVENTSUPTOLAST256EVENTSATSITEA......................................... 1022
FIGURE1020ADVANCEDPREFERENCES ............................................................................... 1023
FIGURE111INTERFERENCECAUSEDBYCOLLOCATEDUNITS ....................................................... 112
FIGURE112COLLOCATEDUNITSUSINGHUBSITESYNCHRONIZATION(1) .................................... 112
FIGURE113COLLOCATEDUNITSUSINGHUBSITESYNCHRONIZATION(2) .................................... 112
FIGURE114RADIOFRAMEPATTERN ..................................................................................... 114
FIGURE115AIRMUX400100MHSMANDHSC.................................................................. 115
FIGURE116AIRMUX400100MHSMANDHSCEXTREMEASYMMETRICALLOCATION .............. 116
FIGURE117ODUBEEPFORHSSERROR ............................................................................... 118
FIGURE121HSSINTERCONNECTIONUNIT ............................................................................. 122
FIGURE122HSSWIRINGSCHEMATIC ................................................................................... 123
FIGURE123HSSSYNCSIGNALPATHWITHODU1ASHSSMASTER .......................................... 123
FIGURE124CASCADINGTWOHSSUNITS .............................................................................. 124
FIGURE125CASCADINGTHREEHSSUNITS ............................................................................ 124
FIGURE126HSSSETTINGS:LEFTCLIENT,RIGHTMASTER ..................................................... 126
FIGURE127HUBSITECONFIGURATIONDIALOG ...................................................................... 128
FIGURE128SITECONFIGURATION:SHSSTOPCLIENT,BOTTOMMASTER.............................. 129
FIGURE131HSSSETTINGSWINDOW .................................................................................... 134
FIGURE132HSSCONFIGURATIONWINDOW .......................................................................... 135
FIGURE133HSSCONFIGURATIONDOMAINNAME,VLANIDANDDISCOVERY ............................ 136
FIGURE134SITECONFIGURATION:HSSOETOPCLIENT,BOTTOMMASTER ......................... 1311
FIGURE141GSUSCENARIOINDEPENDENTDISTRIBUTEDSITES ................................................ 142
FIGURE142GSUSCENARIOCOMMUNICATINGDISTRIBUTEDSITES ........................................... 142
FIGURE143PHASESHIFTEDTRANSMISSIONPHASESHIFTIS1/2THERFD ................................. 143
FIGURE144MAKETHEGSUSTHEFIRSTTWOCOLLOCATEDUNITS.............................................. 144
FIGURE145GENERALGSUCONFIGURATION .......................................................................... 145
FIGURE146GSUMAINWIDOWATSTARTUP ......................................................................... 146
FIGURE147SITECONFIGURATION:SYSTEM ........................................................................... 147
FIGURE148SITECONFIGURATION:GPSSYNCUNIT ................................................................ 148
FIGURE149SITECONFIGURATION:MANAGEMENT................................................................ 1410
FIGURE1410SITECONFIGURATION:INVENTORY ................................................................... 1411
FIGURE1411SITECONFIGURATION:SECURITY ..................................................................... 1412
FIGURE1412SETTINGTHEDATEANDTIMEFORTRAPREPORTING ............................................ 1413
FIGURE1413SITECONFIGURATION:OPERATIONS ................................................................. 1414
FIGURE1414SITECONFIGURATION:OPERATIONS ................................................................. 1415
FIGURE151RADMONITOREDHOTSTANDBY ........................................................................ 151
FIGURE152RADYCONNECTIONPATCHPANEL..................................................................... 153
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
xvi
FIGURE153HOWTOCONNECTTHEIDUSTOTHEPATCHPANEL ............................................... 154

FIGURE154SERVICESCONFIGURATIONPANEL:HOTSTANDBYMODESELECTION .......................... 155
FIGURE155THEPRIMARYLINKUNDERNORMALOPERATION ..................................................... 156
FIGURE156THESECONDARYLINKUNDERNORMALOPERATION ................................................. 157
FIGURE157PRIMARYLINKAFEWSECONDSBEFOREREGULARNOLINKDISPLAY ........................... 158
FIGURE158SECONDARYLINKOPERATINGASTHEHOTSTANDBYLINK ........................................ 159
FIGURE159PRIMARYLINKAFTERTHESWITCHOVERTOSECONDARYLINK .................................. 1511
FIGURE1510SECONDARYLINKOPERATINGAFTERTHESWITCHOVERTOSECONDARY .................. 1512
FIGURE1511PRIMARYLINKOPERATINGAFTERTHESWITCHBACKFROMSECONDARY .................. 1513
FIGURE1512SECONDARYLINKOPERATINGAFTERTHESWITCHBACKTOPRIMARY ...................... 1514
FIGURE161RINGPROTECTIONMECHANISM .......................................................................... 162
FIGURE162NODEWITHIDUANDPOEDEVICE ...................................................................... 167
FIGURE1631+1ETHERNET ................................................................................................ 167
FIGURE164USINGIDUEORIDUWITHPOESFORTHERPL ................................................... 168
FIGURE165SERVICESWINDOWWITHRINGSELECTED .............................................................. 168
FIGURE166RINGOPTIONS ................................................................................................. 169
FIGURE167CONFIGURINGRINGLANVIDS ........................................................................... 169
FIGURE168CONFIGURINGRPLVIDS ................................................................................. 1610
FIGURE171TWONETWORKUSINGTHESAMELINKWITHTAGGING ............................................ 172
FIGURE172SEPARATINGCLIENTDATASTREAMSUSINGDOUBLETAGGING ................................... 172
FIGURE173VLANTAGSETTINGS ......................................................................................... 178
FIGURE174VLAN:INGRESSMODES..................................................................................... 179
FIGURE175VLAN:INGRESSMODESETTINGVLANIDANDPRIORITY ...................................... 179
FIGURE176VLAN:EGRESSMODES ...................................................................................... 179
FIGURE177UNTAGGINGSELECTEDVIDS ............................................................................. 1710
FIGURE178PROVIDERPARAMETERS ................................................................................... 1710
FIGURE181SOFTWAREUPGRADEUTILITYMAINWINDOW ..................................................... 182
FIGURE182ADDSITEOPTIONS ............................................................................................ 182
FIGURE183ADDINGASINGLESITEFORUPGRADE ................................................................... 183
FIGURE184SOFTWAREUPGRADESITEOPTIONS ..................................................................... 184
FIGURE185SOFTWAREUPGRADEINPROGRESSNOTETHESTOPBUTTON .................................. 185
FIGURE186SOFTWAREUPGRADECOMPLETEDSUCCESSFULLY .................................................... 185
FIGURE191CHANNELSELECTDIALOGBOXACSPERMANENTLYENABLED .................................. 193
FIGURE192FALSERADARMITIGATION ................................................................................. 195
FIGURE211SERVICESWINDOWWITHQOSSELECTED .............................................................. 212
FIGURE212ETHERNETQOSCONFIGURATIONMODESELECTION ............................................. 213
FIGURE213TOP:VLANALLOCATION.BOTTOM:DIFFSERVALLOCATION ..................................... 214
FIGURE214MIRCHOICEPERQUEUE .................................................................................. 215
FIGURE231BECOMINGINSTALLER ....................................................................................... 232
FIGURE232OPENINGMANAGERWINDOWPRIORTOBANDCHANGE(DEFAULTCIRCLED) ............... 233
FIGURE233CHANGEBANDDIALOG ...................................................................................... 233
FIGURE234ADIFFERENTBANDSELECTED .............................................................................. 234
FIGURE235CHANGEBANDCONFIRMATION ........................................................................... 234
FIGURE236MAINWINDOWAFTERBANDCHANGENEWBANDCIRCLED .................................... 235
FIGURE237USINGTHEOPERATIONSWINDOWTOENTERALICENSEKEY ..................................... 236
FIGURE241PREFERENCES:QUICKINSTALL ............................................................................. 242
FIGURE242NEWINSTALLMODEBUTTONFORQUICKINSTALLMODE ........................................ 242
FIGURE243CHANGETOINSTALLATIONMODECAUTIONARYMESSAGE ........................................ 243
FIGURE244SERVICEMODEBUTTONTORESUMELINKSERVICETRAFFIC ...................................... 243
FIGURE245RESUMPTIONOFSERVICESCAUTIONARYMESSAGE .................................................. 243
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
xvii
FIGURE251BRS/EBSBANDSSCHEMATIC ............................................................................. 252

FIGURE261LOGONWINDOWFORLOCALCONNECTION.......................................................... 262
FIGURE262OPENINGAIRMUXMANAGERWINDOWPRIORTOINSTALLATION ............................... 263
FIGURE263CONFIGURATIONDIALOGBOX ............................................................................ 264
FIGURE264MANAGEMENTADDRESSESSITECONFIGURATIONDIALOGBOX ............................... 265
FIGURE265ODUWITHIPADDRESSINGCONFIGURED ............................................................. 266
FIGURE266CONFIRMATIONOFIPADDRESSCHANGE .............................................................. 266
FIGURE267MAINWINDOWAFTERIPADDRESSCHANGE ......................................................... 267
FIGURE268EXISTINGIPADDRESSDISPLAYEDAFTERLOGONWITHLOCALCONNECTION ................ 268
FIGURE271FRESNELZONE .................................................................................................. 274
FIGURE272ACCESSINGTHELINKBUDGETCALCULATOR ........................................................... 275
FIGURE273LINKBUDGETWINDOW ..................................................................................... 276
FIGURE274BANDSELECTOR ............................................................................................... 277
FIGURE275AIRMUX400SERIESSELECTOR............................................................................ 277
FIGURE276AIRMUX400CHANNELBANDWIDTHSELECTOR ..................................................... 278
FIGURE277RFPSELECTOR ................................................................................................. 278
FIGURE278RFPSELECTIONGUIDE ...................................................................................... 278
FIGURE279RATESELECTOR ................................................................................................ 279
FIGURE2710CALCULATIONOFDISTANCEFROMSITECOORDINATES......................................... 2710
FIGURE2711CLIMACTICCFACTORS ................................................................................... 2711
FIGURE2712CLIMACTICCFACTORDESCRIPTION .................................................................. 2711
FIGURE2713WORLDMAPSHOWINGCFACTORCONTOURS ................................................... 2712
FIGURE2714LBCRESULTSSECTION ................................................................................. 2712
FIGURE281STARTINGTHEANALYSIS ..................................................................................... 282
FIGURE282SITEA(MANAGINGSITE)DONE ........................................................................... 283
FIGURE283SITEB(OVERTHEAIRSITE)DONE,SHOWINGCURRENTCHANNEL ............................. 284
FIGURE284AIRMUX400SPECTRUMVIEWANNOTATEDDISPLAY ............................................ 285
FIGURE285SELECTINGANAREAOFINTERESTTOZOOMWITHTHERIGHTMOUSEBUTTONDOWN ... 286
FIGURE286REQUESTEDSECTIONZOOMED ............................................................................ 287
FIGURE287SPECTRUMVIEWSYSTEMMENU ......................................................................... 287
FIGURE288EFFECTOFSETTINGSHOWMAX .......................................................................... 288
FIGURE289EFFECTOFSETTINGSHOWAVERAGE .................................................................... 288
FIGURE2810FURTHERVIEWINGOPTIONS.............................................................................. 289
FIGURE2811ANTENNAASELECTED ..................................................................................... 289
FIGURE291WEBINTERFACEATYPICALWIZARDWINDOW ..................................................... 293
FIGURE292WEBINTERFACELOGON.................................................................................. 294
FIGURE293WEBINTERFACEMAINWINDOW ....................................................................... 295
FIGURE294WEBINTERFACEMAINWINDOW,INSTALLATIONMODE ........................................ 295
FIGURE295WEBINTERFACECONFIGURATIONSYSTEMWINDOW ............................................. 296
FIGURE296WEBINTERFACECONFIGURATIONCHANNELSETTINGS........................................... 297
FIGURE297WEBINTERFACEINSTALLATIONCHANNELSETTINGS .............................................. 297
FIGURE298WEBINTERFACEANTENNASETTINGS .................................................................. 299
FIGURE299WEBINTERFACECHANNELBANDWIDTHSETTINGS .............................................. 2910
FIGURE2910WEBINTERFACECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETED ................................................. 2913
FIGURE2911WEBINTERFACESITECONFIGURATIONBUTTONMENU ...................................... 2913
FIGURE2912WEBINTERFACESITECONFIGURATIONACTIONBUTTONS................................... 2914
FIGURE2913WEBINTERFACESITECONFIGURATIONSYSTEMWINDOW .................................. 2914
FIGURE2914WEBINTERFACESITECONFIGURATIONRECENTEVENTSLIST .............................. 2915
FIGURE2915WEBINTERFACESITECONFIGURATIONAIRINTERFACE ...................................... 2916
FIGURE2916WEBINTERFACESITECONFIGURATION,ANTENNADETAILS ................................ 2917
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
xviii
FIGURE2917WEBINTERFACESITECONFIGURATION,INVENTORY.......................................... 2918
FIGURE2918WEBINTERFACESITECONFIGURATION,MANAGEMENT .................................... 2919
FIGURE2919WEBINTERFACESITECONFIGURATION,ETHERNETPORTSCONFIGURATION ........... 2920
FIGURE2920WEBINTERFACESITECONFIG.,ETHERNETPORTSCONFIGURATION,DETAIL ........... 2920
FIGURE2921WEBINTERFACESITECONFIG.,ETHERNETPORTSCONFIGURATION,GBE.............. 2920
FIGURE2922MONITORPANELFORAIRMUX400100MLINK:ETHERNETONLY,GBESUPPORT ... 2921
FIGUREB1EXAMPLEFORCONNECTINGTHEALARMCONNECTOR .................................................. B4
FIGUREB2UNBALANCEDE1ADAPTERCABLE(YSPLITTER).......................................................... B5
FIGUREB3UNBALANCEDE1ADAPTERCABLE(YSPLITTER)SCHEMATIC ....................................... B6
FIGURED1TOPLEVELSECTIONSOFTHEPRIVATEMIB............................................................... D3
FIGURED2PRODUCTMIBFORAIRMUX400........................................................................... D3
FIGUREH1GRANDECLAME .................................................................................................... H3
FIGUREH2PETITECLAME ...................................................................................................... H3
FIGUREH3BRAS .................................................................................................................. H3
FIGUREH4MONTAGESURUNPYLNE .................................................................................... H4
FIGUREH5MONTAGESURUNMUR ........................................................................................ H5
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
xix
ListofTables
TABLE11USERMANUALGENERALLAYOUT .......................................................................... 11
TABLE21HSSOESUPPORTMINIMUMHARDWARELEVELS ...................................................... 22
TABLE22FREQUENCIESFORAIRMUX400FAMILIES(OTHERTHAN6.4GHZ)............................... 23
TABLE41BILLOFMATERIALS:STANDARDMOUNTINGKIT........................................................ 415
TABLE42MOUNTINGADAPTERKITFORSMALLFORMFACTORODUS ........................................ 418
TABLE43AIRMUXIDUH/2ETHLEDINDICATORS ................................................................. 422
TABLE44COMPONENTSOFANIDUEFRONTPANEL .............................................................. 423
TABLE45IDUEFRONTPANELLEDS .................................................................................. 424
TABLE46IDUEANDIDUFRONTPANELLEDSFORHSS........................................................ 425
TABLE47LPUKITCONTENTS ............................................................................................. 429
TABLE51PCREQUIREMENTSFORTHEAIRMUXMANAGERAPPLICATION ..................................... 51
TABLE52USERTYPES,DEFAULTPASSWORDSANDFUNCTION...................................................... 55
TABLE53DEFAULTANDILLUSTRATIVESETTINGS ...................................................................... 59
TABLE61LINKINSTALLATIONWIZARD .................................................................................... 62
TABLE71AIRMUXMANAGERTOOLBAR ................................................................................. 72
TABLE72AIRMUXMANAGERMAINMENUFUNCTIONALITY ........................................................ 73
TABLE73STATUSBARINDICATORS......................................................................................... 78
TABLE81LINKCONFIGURATIONWIZARD ................................................................................ 82
TABLE91SITECONFIGURATIONTABS ..................................................................................... 92
TABLE92SITECONFIGURATIONMENUBUTTONS ...................................................................... 93
TABLE93ODUMODECONFIGURATIONFORCOMMONSCENARIOS ............................................ 926
TABLE94TELNETDISPLAYCOMMANDS .............................................................................. 945
TABLE95TELNETSETIMMEDIATECOMMANDS .................................................................... 946
TABLE96TELNETSETCOMMANDSREQUIRINGRESET ............................................................ 947
TABLE101GETDIAGNOSTICSDATAANDDESCRIPTION ........................................................... 102
TABLE102LINKCOMPATIBILITYTRAPMESSAGES................................................................... 103
TABLE103EXPLANATIONOFPERFORMANCEDATA................................................................ 1013
TABLE104ACTIONOFTHETOOLBARBUTTONS .................................................................... 1015
TABLE105AIRMUXMANAGERTRAPMESSAGES .................................................................. 1018
TABLE106ACTIVEALARMSCOMMANDBUTTONS................................................................. 1021
TABLE107LEDFAULTINDICATORS .................................................................................... 1024
TABLE108SYSTEMTROUBLESHOOTING .............................................................................. 1024
TABLE111RADIOFRAMEPATTERNTABLEAIRMUX5000BS................................................ 114
TABLE112RADIOFRAMEPATTERNTABLEAIRMUX400 ...................................................... 114
TABLE113LEGENDFORRADIOFRAMEPATTERNTABLES ......................................................... 114
TABLE114ASYMMETRICALLOCATIONWITHCOLLOCATEDLINKSSCENARIOS ............................. 117
TABLE115IDUEANDIDUFRONTPANELLEDSFORHSS...................................................... 117
TABLE121EXTERNALPULSESTATUS .................................................................................... 127
TABLE131LINKSETTINGSTODEMONSTRATEHSSOE.............................................................. 133
TABLE161TOPOLOGIESSUPPORTEDBYRADETHERNETRING.................................................. 164
TABLE171PORTSETTINGSINGRESSDIRECTION .................................................................... 174
TABLE172PORTSETTINGSEGRESSDIRECTION ..................................................................... 174
TABLE201LATITUDEANDLONGITUDELOCATIONSOFTDWRS ................................................. 205
TABLE211DEFAULTPRIORITIESANDALLOCATIONBYVLANIDANDDIFFSERV ........................... 211
TABLE221AIRMUX400LCODUCAPACITYUPGRADELINKLIST ............................................. 221
TABLE231FCC/ICCOMPLIANCEBYANTENNAANDTRANSMISSIONPOWER ................................ 238
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
xx
TABLE232HIGHERTRANSMISSIONPOWERLIMITS ................................................................. 239

TABLE233AVAILABILITYFORFCC/ICANDUNIVERSAL3.XGHZ ............................................ 2310
TABLE234BANDSPLITFORETSI3.43.7GHZ .................................................................... 2310
TABLE251BRS/EBSLOWERBANDSEGMENT(LBS) ............................................................. 253
TABLE252BRS/EBSMIDDLEBANDSEGMENT(MBS)........................................................... 253
TABLE253BRS/EBSTOAIRMUX400CBWMAPPINGANDMAXTXPOWER ............................ 253
TABLE254BRS/EBSUPPERBANDSEGMENT(UBS) ............................................................. 254
TABLE281SPECTRUMVIEWSITEA................................................................................. 2810
TABLE282SPECTRUMVIEWSITEB ................................................................................. 2811
TABLEB1ODUIDURJ45CONNECTORPINOUT ....................................................................B1
TABLEB2ODU/HSSUNITCONNECTIONPINOUT ....................................................................B1
TABLEB3FASTETHERNETCONNECTORPINOUT .......................................................................B2
TABLEB4TRUNKPORTSE1/T1RJ45PINOUT .......................................................................B2
TABLEB5HOTSTANDBYRJ11PORTPINOUT .........................................................................B2
TABLEB6IDUALARMCONNECTOR(DRYCONTACT) ................................................................B3
TABLEB7TERMINALBLOCK3PIN48VDC ............................................................................B5
TABLEB8TERMINALBLOCK2PIN48VDC ............................................................................B5
TABLEB9E1YSPLITTERPINOUTFORUNBALANCEDMODE .......................................................B6
TABLED1SUPPORTEDRFC1213VARIABLES ..........................................................................D5
TABLED2PRIVATEMIBPARAMETERS ....................................................................................D6
TABLED3MIBTRAPS .......................................................................................................D36
TABLEE1IDUEANDIDUOUTPUTALARMSDESCRIPTION ...................................................... E1
TABLEE2IDUEINPUTALARMSDESCRIPTION....................................................................... E2
TABLEF1MIMODIVERSITYSETTINGS .................................................................................. F3
TABLEF2AIRMUX400AIRRATES ......................................................................................... F3
TABLEG1SAFETYDISTANCESFORAIRMUX400FCCANDICPRODUCTS .....................................G1
TABLEG2SAFETYDISTANCESFORAIRMUX400ETSIPRODUCTS ...............................................G1
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
xxi
USERMANUAL
Release2.8.30
Chapter1:
AboutthisUserManual
ManualStructure
ThisUserManualisdividedintofivefunctionallydistinctsectionsreflectingtheactivities
requiredtosetupaAirmux400link.Thedivisionisshowninthefollowingtable:
Table11:UserManualGenerallayout
Section
GeneralContent
Purpose
BasicInstallationand Coreinformationtophysicallyinstallalink:Site
Configuration
preparationandhardwareInstallation
SiteSynchronization
IntrasitewithHubSiteSynchronization,intersitewiththe
GPSSynchronizationUnit
Advanced
InstallationTopics
Softwareupgrade,VLAN,QoS,RadarMitigation,Dynamic
FrequencySelection(Radaravoidance),Capacityupgrade
FieldInstallation
Topics
LinkBudgetCalculator,SpectrumView,Webinterface
ProductReference
Technicalspecifications,wiringtables,MIBreference
TypographicalConvention
Whereatermisdefinedorintroducedforthefirsttime,itisshowninBoldface.
ViewingandPrinting
ThismanualisoptimizedforviewingonlineasaPDFfile.Tothisenditusesan11point
Tahomatypefaceformaintext.Tablesformostpart,use7or8pointfonts.Hereareafew
pointersforhardcopyprinting:
Thetextandtabletypefacesusedarelargeenoughtoprintthemanualattwopagesper
sheet
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
11
Notifications
Forgoodlegibility,useacommercialgradelaserprinter.Acolorprinterisofcoursebest,
howeveramonochromeprintersettousegrayscalegivesacceptableresults
Betterqualityinkjetprintersalsogivegoodoutput
Notifications
NotificationsconsistofWarnings,CautionsandNotes.
Note
Warning
Caution
ThepurposeofaNoteisto
Drawyourattentiontosomethingthatmaynotbeobviousorcounter
intuitive
EmphasizeaspecialfeatureorpeculiarityoftheAirmux400
Offeranexternalreferenceforadditionalinformation
AddacaveatthatwouldnotqualifyasafullCautionorWarning(see
below)
Provideadditionalbackgroundtowhatfollows
Offerarecommendation
Highlightanindicationofsomethingtowatchoutfor
Adviseyouifanactionhassideeffectsi.e.itmaydisturbsomething
elsethatwouldbebestleftundisturbed
Remindyouofsomethingthatshouldbekeptinmind
AWarningisanotificationofriskofdangertopersonsoperatingnearthe
equipment
ACautionisanotificationofriskofdamagetoequipmentorofservice
degradation
OccasionallyweuseaNoteasaTip:
Thisisaboutausefulshortcutormethodnototherwiseobvious.
Tip
Terminology
UniversalbandsrefertoRADUniversalbands.
3.Xor3.XGHzreferstothefrequencyrange3.33.8GHz
BRSreferstothe2.5GHzbandsubjecttotheFCCBRSregulations
A3.XODUisanODUpreconfiguredtooperateinthe3.XGHzlicensedbands
A3.XLinkinaAirmux400linkusingapairof3.XODUs
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
12
Terminology
HighResolutionBandsChannelminimumstepis250KHz.appliesto3.4753.650GHz
IC,3.43.7GHzETSIandthe3.33.8GHzUniversalband.
LowResolutionBandsChannelminimumstepis1MHz.AppliestoFCCregulationsin
the3.6503.675GHzband.
Inthefield,alinktypicallyhasalocalorheadquarterssite.Typically,aserviceprovider
isthelocalorheadquarterssite.Theservicerecipientistheremotesite.
Wherethelinkiscompletelyinternaltoacorporation,thechoiceofthelocaland
remoteisjustamatterofconvenience.
Alinkthen,consistsoftwosites.
InBroadbandWirelessterminology,thelocalandremotesitesaresometimesreferred
toasnearandfar,HQandremoteandsoon.
Thesitewhichisclosertothenetworkcore(oftenthelocalsite)willbereferredtoas
siteA,andtheoppositesideofthelink,usuallyclosertotheenduser,assiteB.
Thischoiceisapplicationneutralandwillbeusedthroughoutthemanualbothto
describethesitesandtheirnamesasintheexamples.
ThelinkisconfiguredandmanagedusingaPC,themanagingcomputerconnectedto
siteA.(Thepreciserequirementsforthemanagingcomputeraresetoutonpage41).
Wewilloccasionallyneedtodistinguishbetweenthesitetowhichthemanaging
computerisconnected,andthesecondsite,whentheyarenotnecessarilyAorB.The
formerwillbecalledthemanagingsiteandthelatter,theovertheairsite.Whichis
which,isalwaysdeterminedbythelocationofthemanagingcomputer.
Airmux400supportsthreeconnectionmethodsforthemanagingcomputer:
LocaladirectpeertopeerconnectionbetweentheEthernetportsonthemanaging
computerandtheIDUorPoEdevice.Localconnectionisalwaysreadwrite.
NetworkthemanagingcomputerandthesiteAIDUorPoEdevicebelongtoaLAN
andcommunicatethrougharouterorswitch
OvertheairthemanagingcomputerconnectstositeBviatheairinterface
ThemanagingcomputermaybeconnectedtothelinkthroughanIDUoraPoEdevice.
Inwhatfollows,whereeverwerefertoanIDUitincludesPoEdevicesunlessstatedoth
erwise.Typically,ifweneedtorefertoanIDUassuch,wewilluseamodelnamesuch
asIDUE.
Thetermsuplinkanddownlink,originatefromthefieldofSatellitecommunications.In
abackhaulorISPcontext,uplinkisfromtheusertothenetworkanddownlinkisfrom
thenetworktotheuser.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
13
Chapter2:
Introduction
WelcometoAirmux400!
Airmux400isaportfolioofcarrierclasswirelessbroadbandradiosinthesub6GHzrange.
Theseradiosofferunmatchedperformanceandrobustness.
TheAirmux400portfolioconsistsoffourproductseries:
Airmux400LCSeriessupportingeitherof:
25and50Mbpsaggregatenetthroughputwithupto4E1s/T1sandEthernet
10Mbpsaggregatenetthroughputwithupto2E1/T1sandEthernet
Airmux400LSeriessupporting50MbpsaggregatednetthroughputandUpto8E1/T1
Airmux400100MSeriessupporting200Mbpsaggregatenetthroughputandupto16
E1s/T1s
Airmux40010MSeriessupporting20Mbpsaggregatenetthroughputandupto3E1s
or4T1s
WhatsnewinRelease2.8.30
GA2.8.30 releaseisavailableasasoftwareupgradeforeligibleproductsassetoutinthe
Compatibilitysectionofthe2.8.30ReleaseNote.
ThemainchangesinGArelease2.8.30sincethelastGArelease,2.8.20are:
Newproducts:
5.xGHzASeriesproductswith300x300mmintegratedantenna
2.xGHzASeriesproductswith300x300mmintegratedantenna
CosteffectiveAC/DCPOEdevicesforAirmux400LCproducts
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
21
Newfeatures:
Newfeatures:
SupportfortwoTDMinterfacesforASeries10Mproducts
SupportforaRadarSignalMitigationmechanismtodealwithfalseradarsignaldetec
tion
EthernetHubSiteSynchronization(HSSoE)
HSSoEmaybeusedtocollocateseveralAirmux400radioswithoutuseofHSScablesandan
externalHSSunit.Theconditionsforitsuseare:
TheODUhardwarelevelsmustbeasinthefollowingtable:
Table21:HSSoESupportMinimumHardwarelevels
Family
Hardware
Level
Airmux400LC
Airmux400L
Airmux400100M 9
Airmux40010M
EthernetconnectivityisrequiredbetweencollocatedunitsusinganyoneofanIDUE,
IDUorAirmuxIDUH/2ETH.
SomeHSSoEhighlightsare:
HSSoEsupportsbothEthernetandTDMservices
HSSoEconfigurationusingtheAirmuxManagerissimilartothatoftheexistingSerial
HSS(SHSS)
HSSoEusesVLANtoseparateHSSoEsyncsignalsfromtraffic
HSSoEenabledODUswithaSyncportmaybecollocatedwithSerialHSSenabledunits
SNMPv3Support
ConfidentialityEncryptionofpacketstopreventunauthorizedsnooping
IntegrityEnsurethatpacketshavenotbeentamperedwithintransitincludingan
optionalpacketreplayprotectionmechanism
AuthenticationValidationofmessagesource
SecurityDESsecuritylevel
AppliestoAirmux400LC,Airmux400LandAirmux400100M.series
SNMPv1supportisretainedforcustomersrequiringit.Further,thenewestreleasesof
theAirmuxManagerwillcontinuetosupportSNMPv1forODUsnotupgradedtothe
currentrelease.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
22
BackupandRestoreConfigurationBetweenDifferentODUs
BackupandRestoreConfigurationBetweenDifferentODUs
TheBackup/RestorefacilityenablesyoutobackuptheODUsoftwareandcarryouta
configurationonlyorfullsoftwarerestore.Subjecttocertainlimitations,youmayalso
restoretoanotherODUofthesametype.
NewRegulations
5.8GHzETSIfor40MHzchannelbandwidthisavailable.Youshouldensurethatitispermitted
foryourlocation.
SupportedFrequenciesSummary
Table22:FrequenciesforAirmux400families(Otherthan6.4GHz)
Airmux400
Series
ASeries
CSeries
Channel
Bandwidth
(MHz)
Frequencybands
5.xGHzand2.xGHzFCC,5.xGHzETSI,
Universal,WPC
3.4ETSI,3.5ETSI,3.6ETSI(*)
3.5IC,Universal,3.6FCC/IC
5.0GHzperJapaneseregula
tions
5.8GHzFCC/IC
5.9GHzUniversal
5.7GHzUniversal
5.8GHzMIIChina
5.8GHzWPCIndia
5.4GHzFCC(20MHz)
5.4GHzIC
5.4GHzUniversal
5.4ETSI
5.3GHzIC
5.3GHzFCC(20MHz)
5.3GHzUniversal
4.9GHzUniversal
4.9GHzFCC/IC
4.9GHzperJapaneseregula
tions
4.8GHzUniversal
4.8GHzperArgentinaRegulations
Capacity(Mbps)
TDMs
25,aggregatenet
throughput
10,aggregatenet
throughput
5/10/20b
100,aggregatenet
throughput
16E1/T1
5/10/20/40b
200,aggregatenet
throughput
16E1/T1
5/10/20
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
23
KeyFeaturesofAirmux400
Table22:FrequenciesforAirmux400families(Otherthan6.4GHz)(Continued)
Airmux400
Series
Channel
Bandwidth
(MHz)
Frequencybands
Capacity(Mbps)
TDMs
50,aggregatenet
throughput
8E1/T1
4.9GHzFCC,multifrequency5.xGHz
5.8GHzFCC/IC,multifrequency5.xGHz
5.4GHzETSI,multifrequency5.xGHz
5/10/20
5.4GHzUniversal,multifrequency5.xGHz
BSeries
6.0GHzUniversal
5.8GHzWPC
2.4GHzETSI
5/10/20/40
2.4GHzUniversal
4.9GHzperJapaneseregulations
BSeries
XSeries
5.0GHzperJapaneseregulations
3.4ETSI,3.5ETSI,3.6ETSI
3.5IC,Universal,3.6FCC/ICc
10/20
50,aggregate
net
8E1/T1
throughput
5/10/20
20,aggregatenet
throughput
3E1/4T1
a. Supportsrestrictedmodeonly
b. ForJapaneseregulations,seetheJapaneseRegulationtableinAppendixA.EachCBWhaspredeterminedfrequencyalloca
tions.
c. Supportsrestrictedmodeonly
Note
Table11appliesbothtointegratedandconnectorizedODUs.
TheBSeriesproductincludesmallformfactorintegratedmodels,con
nectorizedforalternativeusewithexternalantennas
(*)ETSIusesasplitbandasfollows.
3.4033.490GHzupto16dBm
Seealsopage219.
E1/T1+EthernetinoneSolution
Airmux400systemsdelivercarrierclassnativeE1/T1+Ethernetinasingleplatform,
makingthemidealforarangeofbackhaulandaccessapplications.Upto16E1/T1
servicesaresupported,dependingonmodel.
GbEsupport
GbEsupportisavailableforEthernetservicesonlyusingaGbEPoEdeviceorIDUE
withoutTDMports.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
24
HighCapacity
TheAirmux400systemprovidesahighcapacitylinkofupto200Mbpsnetaggregate
throughput
SuperiorSpectralEfficiency
BuiltonadvancedMIMOandOFDMtechnologies,theAirmux400systemprovidesa
highcapacitylinkatchannelbandwidthsof5,10and20MHz.Thesechannel
bandwidthssupportshighrobustnessoftheairinterfaceunderinterferenceandharsh
conditions.
MultibandProducts
EveryAirmux400Multibandradiosupportsmultiplefrequencybands.TheAirmux
400MultibandproductssupporttheregulationsofFCC,ICCanada,ETSIandWPC
India.DFSissupportedwhererequiredbyregulation.
Telcograde
Extremelyrobustperformanceunderharshweatherconditions
OperatesinnLOS/NLOSanddenseenvironments
AdvancedAirInterface
TheAirmux400systemprovidesanadvancedairinterfacebasedonMIMO,antenna
diversityandOFDMtechnologies,resultinginanexceptionallyrobustairinterfaceand
highfrequencybandgranularity.
Usingthefollowingtechnologies,theAirmux400airinterfaceisdesignedtoensure
nonstop,highqualitytransmission,evenunderinterferenceandharshconditions:
AutomaticAdaptiveRate(AAR)isamechanismthatdynamicallyadaptstheairinter
faceratebychangingboththesignalmodulationandcoding.
AutomaticChannelSelection(ACS)choosesthebestchannelbymonitoringtheavail
ableradiochannelsanddynamicallyselectingachannelwhichisbestsuitedfortrans
missionatanygiventime.
AutomaticRepeatRequest(ARQ)isamechanismforerrorcontrolduringdatatrans
mission.Whenthereceiverdetectsanerrorinthereceivedinformation,itautomati
callyrequeststhetransmittertoresendtheinformation.Thisprocessisrepeated
untilthetransmissioniserrorfreeortheerrorcontinuesbeyondapredetermined
numberofmaximumtransmissions.Airmux400'sARQmechanismisoptimizedfor
timecriticaltraffic.
ForwardErrorCorrection(FEC)withverylowoverheadandalgorithmsspecifically
designedforthevaryingconditionsoflicenseexemptfrequencybands,ensuringfast,
robustanderrorfreecommunications.
Hightransmission(Tx)power
TheAirmux400systemsupportshighTxpower,compliantwithradioregulations.High
Txpowerincreasesthesystem'savailabilityandrange,andenablesthehigh
performancewithsmallerantennas,thusreducingthetotalcostofthesolution(lower
CAPEX),installationandtowerrentcosts(lowerOPEX).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
25
The5GHzbandssupportamaximumTxpowerof25dBmwhereasthe2.4GHzband
supportsamaximumTxpowerof26dBm.
MaximumallowableTxpowermaybelimitedbylocalregulations.
Note
Superiorrangeperformanceupto120Km/75miles
TheAirmux400systemsupportshighcapacityatsuperiorranges.TheLinkBudget
Calculator(Chapter20)isusedtodeterminethecapacityandrangeaccordingtothe
choiceofproduct,antenna,typeofserviceandenvironmentalconditions.
HSSInteroperabilitybetweenAirmux400andotherRADradioproducts
InadditiontothelegacySerialHSS,Airmux400nowsupportsEthernetHSS,requiring
nothingmorethanEthernetconnectivitybetweencollocatedODUs.EthernetHSS
supportismodeldependent.
MonitoredHotStandby(1+1):
TheRADMonitoredHotStandby(MHS)protectsuptosixteenE1/T1serviceswith
Airmux400.ItisdesignedtoprovidehighreliabilityhighcapacityPointtoPointLinks.
TheRADMHSis
Designedtoprovideredundancyandhighreliabilityforcarrierclassoperators
Optimizedforhighcapacitylinksoperatinginlicensefreebands
Acomprehensivesolutionprovidingprotectionagainstbothequipmentfailureand
lossofairinterface,bysimpleconnectivitybetweenaprimarylinkandasecondary
link
Abletouseadifferentbandformaximumprotectiontotheairinterface
ThemainfeaturesoftheRADMHSare
Cutoverfromtheprimarytothesecondarylinkcompletelyautomatic
Cutovertimenomorethan50ms
Automaticrestoretoprimarylinkassoonasitbecomesavailable
AmajorbenefitofRADMHSisthatiscanunderpinanaffordableServiceLevelAgree
mentstructure.
MHSsupportsTDMservices;Ethernetservicesarecarriedbybothlinksindepen
dently.
SpectrumView
SpectrumViewdisplaysavisualrepresentationofspectrumavailabilityduringthelink
installation.ItisanRFsurveytoolsupportingthelinkinstallationpriortoserviceacti
vation.
UseSpectrumViewtoassistyoutochoosetheoperatingchannel.
Diversity
Airmux400linksusingdualpoleantennasmaybeconfiguredtotransmitthesame
datathroughbothradios.Thisfeatureprovidesaddeddatatransmissionintegrity
underharshconditions.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
26
Simpleinstallationandmanagement
Airmux400systemsareextremelysimpletoinstallandmaintain.Theyaretypicallyup
andrunninginlessthananhour.
TheAirmuxManagerapplicationhasfulllocalandremotemanagementcapabilities.
TheuserfriendlySNMPbasedmanagementtoolprovidesfullendtoendconfiguration,
eventlogging,andperformancemonitoringcapabilities.
EnhancedSecurity
ThesecurityfeaturesofAirmux400include:
Airmux400AES128bitintegratedadvancedencryptionsupportprovidesenhanced
airinterfacesecurityforcarriersandprivatenetworks.Itensuresuserdataprotection
withoneofthemostsophisticatedcommerciallyavailablecombinedencryptionand
authenticationtechniques,CCM/AES.Thistechniquecombinesmessageauthentica
tion(preventingantispoofingandreplayprotection)withcommercialencryption,
andcomplieswiththeIEEE802.11i(phaseiii)recommendations.
CCM/AESusesasymmetric128bitencryptionkey(EK),andanonce,andpro
videsbothmessageencryptionandauthenticatingsignature.Thenonceenables
thereceivertorememberalreadyreceivedgenuinemessagesandrejectall
replayedmessages.
Initialencryptionandauthenticationisbasedonauserdefinedmasterkey(Link
Password).WhilestandardWirelessLANencryptsonlytheEthernetPayload,theAES
encryptsboththesourceanddestinationMACaddresses.
Inadditiontonormallogonaccess,ReadorWriteCommunityaccessisavailableat
logon
LinkLockisapartoftheAirmux400securityconcept.Itisdesignedtodiscourage
physicaltheftofunitsandpiggybackingusinganotherwiseidenticalODUtosteal
bandwidthorinformation.ItlocksapairofsynchronizedODUsformutuallyexclusive
communication.
SupportsSNMPv3
SFPsupportintheIDUEandAirmuxIDUH/2ETH
StandardSFPmodulesareused,enablinganytypeofEthernetphysicalconnectivity
includingvariousfiberconnections.E3/T3orE1/T1overEthernetSFPscanbeusedas
well.
SeparatemanagementandtrafficVLANsupport
EthernetRingTopology
QoSSupport(Airmux400100Mbasedlinks)
QoSenablesOperatorandServiceProviderstoofferdelaysensitiveservicessuchas
VoIP,IPTV,timecriticalapplicationsandonlinegames.
WebbasedManagement
ManageandcontrolaRADlinkusingaWebbrowser(MSInternetExplorer,Mozilla
Firefox,GoogleChrome)orfromasmartphone.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
27
ComponentsofaAirmux400Link
ComponentsofaAirmux400Link
MajorComponents
Alinkconsistsofapairofhardwareidenticalsites.ThemajorelementofeachsiteistheODU
radiotransceiver.TheODUactuallycontainstworadios,whichmaybeconnectedtoadual
poleintegratedorexternalantenna.TheODUitselfisconnectedtoaPoEdeviceoranIDU
thatprovidespowerandL2ethernetdatatransport.ThePoEorIDUprovidesanEthernet
LANconnectiontouserequipment(typicallyaswitch).
Accessories
RADprovidesavarietyofaccessoriestosupporttheAirmux400system:
PoEdevicesBothGigabitand100Mbps
HSSunitCollocationunitforintrasitesynchronization
AirmuxIDUH/2ETHAggregationunitforacollocatedhubsiteinsteadofmultiplePoE
devices
GSUforintersitesynchronization
Antennas
ACPowerAdaptors
ODUandantennamountingkits
LightningprotectorforusewithallRADoutdoorproducts
EthernetrepeaterenablesyoutoextendnonGbEPoEODUcablesbeyondthe100m
limit
CAT5ecablesofvariouslengthsspecificallyforusewithRADradiosandPoEdevices
Groundingcables
LinkManagementTools
AirmuxManager
TheAirmuxManagerisanSNMPbasedmanagementapplicationwhichmanagesacomplete
linkoverasingleIPaddress.Itcanalsomanageeachsideofthelinkseparately.
Theintuitive,easytouseAirmuxManagerhasaconventionalgraphicalMicrosoftWindows
interface,andcanberunlocallyandremotely.
TheAirmuxManagerprovides:
InstallationWizard
Frequencybandselection
Onlinemonitoringofairinterfacequalityallowingtheadministratortomonitorthe
serviceandstatusofeachlink
Onlinemonitoringofequipmentalarms
Localandremoteloopbacktesting
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
28
DocumentationsuppliedwithAirmux400
ConfigurationWizardandsitesettings
Integratedsoftwareupgradeutility
SpectrumViewutility
QoSmanagement
VLANmanagement
Onlineusermanualandhelpfiles
LinkBudgetCalculatorforcalculatingtheexpectedperformanceoftheAirmux400
wirelesslinkandthepossibleserviceconfigurationsforaspecificlinkrange.
TheAirmuxManagercaneasilybeintegratedwithanySNMPv1andSNMPv3basedNMS
system.
TheWebInterfaceenablesyoutocarryoutbasiclinkmanagementfunctionsusingaWeb
browser.Itisaneasywaytorapidlyconfigureandsetupalink.
Itmaybeusedto
EstablishalinkonaminimalbasisforEthernetonly
Checklinkparametersandmakebasicchanges
ViewthelinkInventory
InspecttheRecentEventslogs
FulldetailsaresuppliedinChapter26.
DocumentationsuppliedwithAirmux400
ThetechnicaldocumentationsuppliedwithaAirmux400,islocatedontheproductCD.It
includesthefollowingitems:
AQuickInstallationGuideforexperiencedinstallers(alsohardcopy)
AfullUserManualthedocumentwhichyouarereading
AHelpfileaccessiblefromtheAirmuxManager
LinkBudgetCalculator
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
29
Chapter3:
SiteSurvey
PlanningtheLinkSite
Overview
Linksiteplanningconsistsofasetofsurveys,whichmustbecarriedoutbeforeany
equipmentisbroughttothesite.Ifforsomereason,theoutcomeofanyofthesesurveysis
negative,siterelocationwillneedtobeconsidered.
ASiteSurveyconsistsofthreestages:
1. PreliminarysurveyTheproposedlinkisanalyzedintheofficeusingatopographicmap.
2. PhysicalsurveyThelocationsoftheindoorandoutdoorequipmentaredeterminedon
site.
3. RadioFrequency(RF)surveyItisrecommendedthattheinstallationareabescanned
withaspectrumanalyzer,toidentifyRFinterferencesoastodetermineaclearchannelfor
radioinstallation(onsite).
TheSiteSurvey
Introduction
RADwirelesslinksmustbeplannedbeforeinstallation.Thedesignatedinstallationsitemust
beappraisedtodeterminethatthewirelesssystemisabletooperateefficientlyandprovide
connectivitywithoutsignaldegradation.
Airmux400offersawideoperatingfrequencyrange.Afreefrequencychannelmustbe
determinedwithintheoperatingrange,foroptimumperformance.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
31
RecommendedEquipment
RecommendedEquipment
Stage1:PreliminarySurvey
Topologicalmapofthearea
Urbanmapofthearea
Compass
Stage2:PhysicalSurvey
100metertapemeasure
Ohmmeter,tocheckgroundconnection
Binoculars
Map
Digitalcamera
Paper,pencil,andaclipboard
GPSdevice(optional)
Compass(optional)
Stage3:RFSurvey
SpectrumAnalyzerwithMaxHoldfunctionandscreencapturefacilitythatcanstore
multipleimages,fordocumentationpurposes
RFaccessories(connectorsandcables)
Communicationdevices(forexample,cellularphones,orasetofwalkietalkies)
Apreliminarysurveyisnecessarybeforevisitingpotentialinstallationsites.Asmuchdetailas
possibleshouldbeobtainedaboutthetwodesignatedODUinstallationsitesandthearea
betweenthem.
Toperformapreliminarysurvey:
1.Markthetwodesignatedinstallationsitesonatopographicmapofthearea.
2.Measurethedistancebetweenthesites;checkthatitiswithinthespecifiedrangeof
theequipment.
3.Ontheurbanmap,checkfordevelopedareassituatedbetweenthetwoinstallation
sites.Payattentiontotheseareaswhenperformingthephysicalsitesurvey;there
maybetallbuildings,RFtowers,ortransmitters,whichcouldcauseinterferenceto
thelink.
4.Checktheareabetweenthetwositesforobstructionssuchas:
Highgroundhillsormountains
Lakesorlargebodiesofwater.WaterhasareflectioneffectonRFsignalslikeabuilding.
Thistypeofreflectioncausesthereceivedamplitudetobereduced.Asaruleofthumb,
thepresenceofalargebodyofwaterbetweenthelinksitesmaydoubletherequired
antennaheight.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
32
5.DetermineandrecordthecompassbearingsbetweenbothODUs,relativetonorth.
6.Ifthereareobstructionsbetweenthetwosites,calculatetheFresnelZone(see
Chapter27fordetails).
7.Ifthesitechosendoesnotmeetrequirements,consideralternativesites.
8.UsetheLinkBudgetCalculator(ontheCDsuppliedwiththeequipmentorusingthe
AirmuxManager)todeterminetheexpectedperformance.
Thephysicalsitesurveyreviewstheenvironmentoftheproposedinstallationlocation,to
ensurethatthelinksitesaresuitableforthewirelessnetwork.Theresultsofthephysicalsite
surveyshouldberecorded.
Itisadvisabletogoonaclearday,soyoucanmoreeasilyseeany
obstructionsbetweenthetwosites.
Note
Toperformaphysicalsurvey:
1.Fromthecompassreadingstakeninthepreliminarysurvey,findtheazimuth(hori
zontalposition)thattheODUshouldfacetowardsthesecondODU.
2.Usingbinoculars,locateanyobstructionssuchastalltrees,highbuildings,hillsor
mountains.LookforotherRFtowersbetweenthetwosites.Markthelocationsof
theobstructionsonthemap.
3.DeterminethelocationfortheODU(havingregardforexistingrooftopinstallations
andtowerspace).Itshouldbeaboveanyobstructions,consideringtheFresnelzone
(seeChapter27).
4.IfyouneedtoinstalltheODUonatower,makesurethatthetowerisfarawayfrom
overheadelectricpowerlines.
5.Determinealocationfortheindoorequipment;itshouldbeascloseaspossibleto
theODU.Atanexistingsite,thereisprobablyanequipmentroomwithcablerouting
channels.
TheIDUODUcablelengthlimitis100m,inaccordancewith10/100BaseT
interface.
Note
6.MeasureandrecordthepathlengthofthecablefromtheODUpositiontotheindoor
equipmentroom.
7.Determinethegroundandlightningconnectionpointsoftheinstallation.TheODU
andIDUmustbothbegrounded.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
33
AdditionalOutdoorSiteRequirements
8.UsingtheOhmmeter,measureandrecordtheresistanceoftherequiredinstallation
tothegroundingpoint.Theresistancemustbelessthan1Oohm.
9.Reviewtheresultsofthephysicalsitesurvey.Decideifthesiteissuitableforthe
wirelessnetworkinstallation.
Ifthesiteissuitable,continuewithstage3,theRFsurvey
Ifthesiteisnotsuitable,surveyanothersite
AdditionalOutdoorSiteRequirements
Theambientoutdooroperatingtemperatureshouldbe35to60C(31to140F).
AdditionalIndoorSiteRequirements
Thefollowingrequirementsguaranteeproperoperationofthesystem:
ForIDUEunits,allowatleast90cm(36)offrontclearanceforoperatingandmainte
nanceaccessibility.Allowatleast10cm(4)clearanceattherearoftheunitforsignal
linesandinterfacecables
Theambientoperatingtemperatureshouldbe0to50C(32to122F)atahumidityof
upto90%,noncondensing
Stage3:RFSurvey
TheRFsurveyexaminesthewirelessenvironmentoftheinstallationsite,todetermine
whetherthereareavailablechannelswithintheradiooperatingfrequencyband.AnRF
surveyisperformedusingaspectrumanalyzer.
Itisadvisabletofamiliarizeyourselfwiththespectrumanalyzerbeforegoingoutonsite,
specificallytheMaxHoldandMarkerfunctions.
YoushouldperformtheRFsurveyatbothproposedlinksites.
Thesurveyshouldbecarriedoutduringabusytimeofday,tobestjudgetheworstcaseradio
interference.Allow24hoursdurationforagoodRFsurvey.
Note
ItispossibletoinstallthelinkandusetheAirmuxManagertofindaclear
channel.Eachfrequencychannelcanbeevaluatedinturn.Achievementofa
clearchannelisindicatedbythemarkerintheQualitybarontheChannel
Settingwindow(seeFigure66)movingintothegreenarea.
RFPlanningforDenseInstallationsand
CollocatedSites
Interferencemayarisefrom
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
34
RFPlanningforDenseInstallationsandCollocatedSites
SelfinterferencefromcollocatedRADradios
Othercollocatedradiodevicesinstalledonthesamesite.
Toavoidorminimizeinterference,followtheserecommendations:
ForcollocatedRADunits,useanHSSunittosynchronizebetweenthem.Selectadiffer
entoperatingchannelsforeachcollocatedRADunit.
IfoneormorecollocatedunitsarenotRADunits,ensurethatthereisaphysicalsepara
tionofatleastthreemetersbetweenaRADunitandanyothercollocatedradioonthe
site.
Usethelargestpossiblefrequencygapbetweentheseunits.
Choosethebestfrequencychannel(asclearaspossibleforminterference).Youmay
havetousetheChangeBandfacilityavailableforallAirmux400products.
Toselectafrequencychannel,movethelinktoInstallationMode(usingSiteconfigura
tion)andstarttheInstallationwizard.IntheChannelSettingswindow,usethequality
baratthebottomtohelpyouchooseabetterchannel(clearerofinterference).
UsetheSpectrumViewtooltofindthebestworkingchannel(Tools|SpectrumView).
DecreasingtheTxPowerofalinkwillreducecollocationinterference(SiteConfigura
tion|AirInterface).
UsetheLinkBudgetCalculatortodeterminetheminimumTxPower
requiredtomaintainlinkstability.
Note
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
35
Chapter4:
HardwareInstallation
Thischaptersetsouttherequirementsandproceduresforthehardwareinstallationand
alignmentofaAirmux400linkinaccordancewiththepriorplanningassetoutinChapter3.
Itisintendedtoguidequalifiedfieldtechnicians.
ThematerialinthischapterisgenerictoallRADradiolinkproductsunless
statedotherwise.
Note
Warning
OutdoorunitsandantennasshouldbeinstalledONLYbyexperienced
installationprofessionalswhoarefamiliarwithlocalbuildingandsafety
codesand,whereverapplicable,arelicensedbytheappropriate
governmentregulatoryauthorities.Failuretodosomayexposetheend
userortheserviceprovidertolegalandfinancialliabilities.RADanditsre
sellersordistributorsarenotliableforinjury,damageorviolationof
regulationsassociatedwiththeinstallationofoutdoorunitsorantennas.
Thischaptercoversthefollowingtopics:
Unpackingandcheckingsuppliedequipment:
ODUs
IDUs
PoEdevices
AirmuxIDUH/2ETHaggregationunit
Antennas
Accessories
Toolsrequiredforinstallation
Safetypractices
MountinganODU
ConnectinganODU
GroundingandlightningprotectionforanODU
Networkconnection
Poweringup
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
41
Whatsinthebox
Establishingaradiolink
Whatsinthebox
UnpackingandChecking
Foreachoftheitemsbelow,dothefollowing:
1.Removetheequipmentfromthebox.
2.CheckthateverythinglistedontheincludedBillofMaterialsorProformaInvoiceis
present.
3.Ifanyitemismissing,contactCustomerService.Youwillbeadvisedwhetherto
returnthepackageforreplacement,orwhetherthemissingitemcanbesupplied
separately.
4.Donotdisposeofthepackaginguntiltheunitisinstalledandoperational.
ODURadios
AAirmux400ODUpackageincludesthefollowingitems:
OneODUseethenextfigureforfrontandrearview
Rear
IntegratedAntenna
Connectorized
Front
Figure41:StandardODUFormFactorsAllseriesotherthanAandB
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
42
ODURadios
Rear
IntegratedAntenna
Connectorized
Front
Figure42:SmallformfactorODU:AandBseriesonly
AnODUmountingkit
ACDcontaining
TheAirmuxManager
QuickStartGuide
UserManualthedocumentyouarereading
AselfadhesivelabelshowingtheMACaddressandthealternativeCommunitystring.
Youshouldkeepthislabelinasafeplace
Cableglands(tobeusedwiththeODUIDUcable)
QuickStartGuideleaflet
FurthertoFigure42above:
IntegratedAntennaODU
ThisODUhasanintegrated370mm(1.2ft)flatpanelantenna.TheODUcontainsboth
theradioandtheantennaasasingleunithousedinaweatherproof(IP67)case.
ConnectorizedODU
ThisODUhas2xNtypeconnectorsforconnectinganexternalantenna
Embedded(Connectorized)ODU
TheEmbeddedODUhastwoNtypeconnectorsforanexternalantennaandabuiltin
lowgainantenna.
ThesmallformfactorODUpackage
Italsocontainsaspecialmountingkitadapterandtwometalties.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
43
IDUPackageContents
IDUPackageContents
IDU
AC/DCConverter
IDUwallmountingdrillingtemplate
SelfadhesivelabelshowingtheIDULEDoperation
Figure43:IDUfrontview
IDU:Rearpanel
IDUEPackageContents
TheIDUEpackagecontains:
IDUEseeFigure44below.
19rackmountingkitseeFigure46below
TwoDCpowerplugsforpowercablesseeFigure46below
Figure44:IDUEPackagecontentstheIDUE,Ethernetonly
Figure45:IDUEPackagecontentstheIDUE,16E1/T1ports
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
44
PoweroverEthernet(PoE)Devices
Figure46:IDUEPackagecontentsthemountingkitandDCpowerplugs
PoweroverEthernet(PoE)Devices
RADsGigabitPoweroverEthernet
(GbEPoE)deviceprovidesdataand
powertoAirmux400outdoorunits.
ThePoEdeviceisavailablewitha
varietyofACcableswithdifferent
plugtypes.
ThisistherecommendedPoEdevice
forusewithallRADradios.
TheunitcomeswithaVACcable.The
cablelengthandplugareregion
dependent.
Figure47:GbEPoEdevice
TheOutdoor(Ruggedized)DCPoEDevicemaybeusedforall
RADradios.ItwillnotsupportGigabitperformance.Two
modelsareavailableusingpowerinputof20to60VDCor10
to30VDC.Theunitmaybeinstalledinavehicleusing
respectively24VDCor12VDCpowercircuits.
Figure48:RuggedizedDCPoEDevice
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
45
TheAirmuxIDUH/2ETHprovidesaggregationformultipleRADODUsatahubsite.Itsupports
allRADODUs.Itfeatures
SixPoEports(PoElegacymode/RADPoE)
Upto25WperPoEport
2LANInterfaces10/100/1000Mbps;autonegotiation
SFPInterfaces:2xSFPportsof1000Mbps(standardMSA)
Itis19rackmounted,1Uandhalfwidth.Powerfeedingis44VDC56VDC,Dualredundant
inputsthroughstandardIDUEtypeadapters.
Figure49:AirmuxIDUH/2ETHfrontpanel
TheAirmuxIDUH/2ETHpackagecontains:
OneAirmuxIDUH/2ETH
Oneshortmountingear
Onelongmountingear
Onedualconnectortojointwounitsmountedsidebyside
TwoDCpowerplugsforpowercablesseeFigure410below
Figure410:DCthreepinpowerplug
Thepowerconnectorsare3pininlinefemale,withpolarities(lefttoright)minus,ground,
plus.Ifrequired,anAC/DCpoweradaptershouldbeorderedseparately,dependingonyour
region.
TheAirmuxIDUH/2ETHmaybeinstalledinsingleordoubleconfigurations:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
46
Antennas
Figure411:AirmuxIDUH/2ETHfrontviewsingleconfiguration
Figure412:AirmuxIDUH/2ETHfrontviewdoubleconfiguration
Antennas
Anantennaistheradiatingandreceivingelementfromwhichtheradiosignal,intheformof
RFpower,isradiatedtoitssurroundingsandviceversa.Theantennagainandtransmitting
powermaybelimitedbycountryregulations.
TheAirmux400maybeoperatedwithanintegratedantennathatispartoftheODUunit,or
withexternalantennasconnectedtotheODUviaNtypeconnectors.Allcablesand
connectionsmustbeconnectedcorrectlytoreduceRFlosses.Therequiredantenna
impedanceis50.
The5.xGHzIntegratedAntennaODUisprovidedwith370mm(1.2ft)flatpanelantenna,with
againof23dBi(5.xGHz)/19dBi(4.9GHz)and8beamwidth.The2.xGHzIntegrated
AntennaODUisprovidedwith370mm(1.2ft)flatpanelantenna,withagainof16dBiand16
beamwidth.Theradioandtheantennaarehousedinaweatherproofcaseasasingleunit.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
47
ExternalAntennas
Figure413:ODUwithintegratedFlatPanelantenna
ExternalAntennas
ExternalantennasareavailablefortheAirmux400radios,varyinginoperatingfrequencies,
formfactor,sizeandgain,dualorsinglepolarization.
TheFlatPanelantennashownbelowcanbeusedeitherasanintegratedorexternalantenna.
Figure414:ExternalAntennasforusewithAirmux400
AntennaKits
ExternalantennasareavailablefortheAirmux400radios,varyinginoperatingfrequencies,
formfactor,sizeandgain.
SeetheRADproductscatalogforamoredetailedofferingofexternalantennas.External
Atypicalantennakitcontains
Anantenna
TwoRFcables1.2m(4)long
Mountingkit
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
48
Accessories
Accessories
HubSiteSynchronization(HSS)Unit
TheHSSunitsynchronizescollocatedODUstopreventselfinterference.Itisparticularly
usefulatamultisectorbasestationemployingseveralODUs.
AsingleHSSunitsupportsuptotencollocatedODUs.Inadditiontoeachunitbeing
connectedtoitsPoEdevice,thecollocatedunithasanadditionalcablethatisconnectedto
theHSSUnit.TheHSSUnitisacompact,weatherproof(IP67)connectorboxthatisinstalled
onthesamemastastheODUs.AllcollocatedunitsconnecttothisboxusinganHSScable.
Cablesinpreparedlengthsareavailableforpurchase.
TheHSSunitissuppliedwithtenprotectivecovers;anyportnotinusemustbeclosedwitha
protectivecover.
Figure415:HSSInterconnectionUnit
SeeChapter11andChapter12forfurtherdetailsabouttheuseofHSS.
AirmuxGSU
TheGPSbasedsynchronizationunit(GSU)isdesignedtohandleintersiteinterferences
underlargescaledeploymentscenarios.
TheAirmuxGSUisanoutdoorunitconsistingofGPSantennaandaPoEdevice.
TheAirmuxGSUisconnectedtotheHSSUnitusingastandardHSScable.Itsynchronizesthe
transmissiontimingofmultipleHubSitestothesameclocksourcethuseliminatingself
interference(seeChapter14).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
49
Accessories
Figure416:GeneralGSUconfiguration
LightningProtectorUnit(LPU)
Theuseoflightningprotectionisdependentonregulatoryandenduserrequirements.The
Airmux400ODUisdesignedwithsurgelimitingcircuitstominimizetheriskofdamagedueto
lightningstrikes.ItisdesignedforusewithRADproducts.
Figure417:RADLightningProtector
Thelightningprotectorincorporateshighpowergasdischargetubeandcurrenttransistor
protectioninasingleprotectorunit.TechnicalspecificationsareshowninAppendixA.
EthernetcableRepeater
TheRADEthernetrepeaterenablesyoutoextendthePoEtoODUcablebeyondthe100m
limit(butnomorethan200m).Theunitlooksphysicallylikethelightningprotectiondevicein
Figure417.Itsuseisverysimpleasshowninthefollowingschematic:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
410
Figure418:UsinganEthernetrepeaterwithlightningprotectors
TheEthernetrepeatercannotbeusedwithGbEIDUODUcables.
Note
ThefollowingisalistoftheequipmentandmaterialsrequiredtoinstallAirmux400
hardware.
ToolsandMaterials
CrimpingtoolforRJ45(iftheODUPoEcableiswithoutconnectors)
Spanner/wrench13mm()
Drill(forwallmountingonly)
Cableties
Sealingmaterial
WaterproofingtapesuchasScotch23Tapewide,from3MtoensureIP67compliant
protectionagainstwateranddust
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
411
Cablesandconnectors
Cablesandconnectors
ODUgroundingcable10AWG
ODUPoEcable(outdoorclass,CAT5e,4twistedpairs,24AWG):
Upto100m.for100BaseTconnection.
Fora1000BaseTconnection(HBSonly)useanODUPoEcablenolongerthan75m.
Note
For1000BaseT,youshoulduseRADsuppliedODUPoEcables,which
guarantees1Gbperformance.RADcannotguarantee1Gbperformanceif
youusethirdpartycables.
ExternalCAT5ecablediametershouldbebetween79mmtoensurewaterproof
sealing.
SafetyPractices
PreventingOverexposuretoRFEnergy
ToprotectagainstoverexposuretoRFenergy,installtheODUssoastoprovideandmaintain
minimalseparationdistancesfromallpersons.
Whenthesystemisoperational,avoidstandingdirectlyinfrontoftheantenna.StrongRF
fieldsarepresentwhenthetransmitterison.TheODUmustnotbedeployedinalocation
whereitispossibleforpeopletostandorwalkinadvertentlyinfrontoftheantenna.
Grounding
AllRADproductsshouldbegroundedduringoperation.Inaddition:
AllODUsshouldbeearthedbyawirewithdiameterofatleast10AWG.
Airmux400ODUsmustbeproperlygroundedtoprotectagainstlightning.Itisthe
user'sresponsibilitytoinstalltheequipmentinaccordancewithSection810ofthe
NationalElectricCode,ANSI/NFPANo.701984orSection54oftheCanadianElectrical
Code.Thesecodesdescribecorrectinstallationproceduresforgroundingtheoutdoor
unit,mast,leadinwireanddischargeunit.Italsolaysdownthesizeofgrounding
conductorsandconnectionrequirementsforgroundingelectrodes.Airmux400ODUs
mustbegroundedtoaProtectiveEarthinaccordancewiththeLocalElectrical
Regulations.
TheearthlugonanyIDUshouldbeconnectedtotheprotectiveearthatalltimes,bya
wirewithadiameterof18AWGorwider.Rackmountedequipmentshouldbe
mountedonlyinearthedracksandcabinets.
Further,youshould
Alwaysmakethegroundconnectionfirstanddisconnectitlast
Neverconnecttelecommunicationcablestoungroundedequipment
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
412
ProtectionagainstLightning
Ensurethatallothercablesaredisconnectedbeforedisconnectingtheground
ProtectionagainstLightning
Theuseoflightningprotectionisdependentonregulatoryandenduserrequirements.Allof
RADoutdoorunitsaredesignedwithsurgelimitingcircuitstominimizetheriskofdamage
duetolightningstrikes.RADrecommendstheuseofadditionallightningprotectordevicesto
protecttheequipmentfromnearbylightningstrikes.
General
Itisrecommendedthatinstallationoftheoutdoorunitbecontractedtoaprofessional
installer.
Beforeworkingonequipmentconnectedtopowerlinesortelecommunicationlines,
youshouldremovejewelryoranyothermetallicobjectthatmaycomeintocontact
withenergizedparts.
Useextremecarewheninstallingantennasnearpowerlines.
Useextremecarewhenworkingatheights.
WhenusinganACpowersourceforRADdevices,alwaysusetheACpoweradaptersup
pliedbyRAD.
Usetherighttools!
DonotmountanODUupsidedownorhorizontally.Doingthismayvoidyouproduct
warranty.
InternalESDProtectioncircuits
RADequipmentisdesignedtomeettheETSI/FCC/Aus/NZ/CSAEMCandSafetyrequirements.
Tofulfilltheserequirements,thesystem'sTelecomlinesattheODU/PoEareTransformer
isolatedandincludeinternalESD(ElectroStaticDischarge)Protectioncircuits.
BeforeFieldInstallingODUs
PriortoinstallingODUsinthefield,youmightliketoconsiderpreloadingthemwiththeir
intendedIPaddresses.Inalargedispersednetworkthiswouldbedoneinthewarehouse
aheadofdeployment.Todothis,seeChapter26fordetails.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
413
HardwareInstallationWorkflowforaAirmux400Link
HardwareInstallationWorkflowforaAirmux
400Link
InstallingaLink
SiteSurvey
TheSiteSurveyiscarriedoutasdescribedinSiteSurvey.RecallthattheSiteSurveyhasthree
mainsteps:
Stage3:RFSurvey
Sitepreparation
SitePreparationincludes
Obtaininganynecessarylegalandstatutorypermitsforinstallationofradioequipment
Clearingphysicalobstructionsasfaraspossible
Erectingamastortowerifrequired.AmastsitedODUtypicallyusesapoleattachedto
themast.
Installingapoleonabuildingwallifrequired
ConstructingaweatherproofcabinettohouseaPoEdeviceorotherIDUifitisnotto
behousedindoors
Ensuringavailabilityofpower,typicallystandardlocalACpower
EnsuringthatthereisaLANcableinplacefromtheusersswitchtothePoE/IDUloca
tion
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
414
InstallingaLink
MountingaStandardFormFactorODU
UseamountingkittomounttheODUonapoleasshowninthefollowingfigures:
Figure419:StandardformfactorStandardMountingkit
Figure420:LargeClamp
Figure421:SmallClamp
Figure422:Arm
Table41:BillofMaterials:Standardmountingkit
Item
Description
No.
Quantit
y
LargeClamp(seeFigure420)
SmallClamp(seeFigure421)
Arm(seeFigure422)
ScrewhexheadM8x40
ScrewhexheadM8x70
WasherflatM8
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
415
InstallingaLink
Table41:BillofMaterials:Standardmountingkit(Continued)
Item
Description
No.
Quantit
y
WasherspringM8
M8Nuts
Figure423:Attachingthemountingkittothepole
Figure424:Mountingkitinplaceonthepole
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
416
InstallingaLink
Figure425:MountedconnectorizedODU
Figure426:MountedODU:Integratedantenna
Thepurposeofthearm(Figure422),istoenablesinglepoleantennas(deprecated)tobe
rotatedthrough90forcorrectverticalalignmentorsimplytodistancetheantennaorODU
fromthepole.
GroundingtheODU
ThereisagroundinglugontherearoftheODUasshowninFigure427.Connectittoground
using10AWGwire.Groundingisoftencarriedoutinconjunctionwithlightningprotection.
Figure427:ODU:Groundinglug
MountingaSmallFormFactorODU
AsmallformfactorODUmountingkithasamountingkitadapterandtwometalties:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
417
InstallingaLink
Figure428:SmallformfactorODURear,metaltie
Themountingtiesarethreadedthroughthemountingslotsprovidedandtheunitmounted
onapole.
Figure429:Mountingadapter
Table42:MountingadapterkitforsmallformfactorODUs
Item
Description
No.
Quantity
Metalties
Mountingadapter
ScrewM5x10,CSK,Phillips,
stainlesssteel
ThemountingadapterisusedwiththestandardmountingkitshowninFigure419.Itisnot
includedintheODUpackageandmustbeorderedseparately.
TomountasmallformfactorODUusingamountingkit:
1.ReferringtoFigure430below:Securetheadapter(3)totherearoftheODU(2)
usingthetwoscrewsprovided(4).UseaPhillipsscrewdriversettoatorqueof2.0
NM.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
418
InstallingaLink
Figure430:Securingthemountingadapter
2.ReferringtoFigure431below:AttachtheODUmountingkit(1)tothemounting
adapterear(4)andproceedasabove,forastandardODU.
Figure431:Attachingastandardmountingkit
Note
WhenmountinganODUonapoleorwall,ensurethattheunitisori
entedsothatthecableconnectorsareatthebottom.
DonotmountanODUhorizontally
ForanODUwithanintegratedantenna:DonottightentheODUtoits
mountingbracketuntiltheantennaalignmentprocessiscomplete.
EnsurethattherearenodirectobstructionsinfrontoftheODUor
interferencefrommanmadeobstacles.
InstallingaPoEdevice
ThePoEdevice(Figure47)isaverysimplepieceofequipment.IthasarecessedthreepinAC
powerplug,amatchingpowercable,aLANInport(fromaswitch),aLANOutport(tothe
ODU)andapowerLED,greenundernormaloperation.Itistypicallystrappedintoanetwork
equipmentrackusingplasticties.Itmayalsositfreeonatrayortabletop.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
419
TheAirmuxIDUH/2ETH:AnAlternativetoPoEDevices
ConnectingtheODUtothePoEdevice
ConnecttheODUtotheLANOutportonly.ItwillnotworkontheLANInport.
ConnectingthePoEDevicetoaNetwork
ConnectthePoEtonetworkequipmentsuchasaswitchfromtheLANInport.Connecting
networkequipmenttotheLANOutportmaydamageit.
PoweringuptheODUfromaPoeDevice
ConnectingtheODUportlabelledIDUtoapoweredupPoEissufficient.Ifyouhavenot
alreadyclosedandweathersealedtheODUIDUport,theninsideityoucanseeanamber
coloredpowerLEDwhichturngreenwhentheODUisconfigured.(SeeChapter6.)
UsinganAirmuxIDUH/2ETHinsteadofseveralPoEdevices
TheAirmuxIDUH/2ETHisanaggregationswitchwiththefunctionalityofsixPoEdevices.Itis
idealforuseatasitehavingseveralcollocatedODUs.Italsoaffordstheconnectivityrequired
touseEthernetHSSforcollocation(seeChapter13).
InstallinganAirmuxIDUH/2ETH
TheAirmuxIDUH/2ETHcansitonatabletop,butisbestinstalledinarackusingthesupplied
earsasinFigure411andFigure412.
ConnectingtheODUtoanAirmuxIDUH/2ETH
ConnecttheODUIDUporttoanyofthesixPoEportsoftheAirmuxIDUH/2ETH.
ConnectingtheAirmuxIDUH/2ETHdevicetoanetwork
TheAirmuxIDUH/2ETHhastwoLANports,eitherofwhichmaybeusedfornetwork
connection.
GroundingandPoweringUptheAirmuxIDUH/2ETH
TheAirmuxIDUH/2ETHhasredundantpowerconnectioncircuits.Anenlargedviewofthe
powerconnectorsisshowninbelow:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
420
Figure433:AirmuxIDUH/2ETHpowerconnectors,groundinglugandpowerplug.
FordirectDCconnection:Theconnectorsare3pininlinefemale,withpolarities(leftto
right)minus,ground,plus.
ForACconnection:ToavoiddamagetotheAirmuxIDUH/2ETH,alwaysuseanAC/DC
adapterandpowerplugsuppliedbyRAD.
Groundtheunitwitha10AWGwirebeforeapplyingpower.
Warning
AirmuxIDUH/2ETHFunctionalOverview
Thefrontpanelisverystraightforward:TheSFPportsarestandard.TheLANportsare
EthernetandsupportGbE.ThesixODUWANportsfunctionidenticallytotheLANOutport
onaPoEdevice.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
421
InstallinganIDU
TheAirmuxIDUH/2ETHLEDs
Table43:AirmuxIDUH/2ETHLEDIndicators
Port
Green
Yellow
WAN(2xRJ45LEDs)
Link/Activity
DuplexorPortsPoEstatus(configurable)
LAN(2xRJ45LEDs)
Link/Activity
Duplex
SFP(2panelmountedLEDs)
Link/Activity
Duplex
InstallinganIDU
TheIDUcanbewallmounted,placedonadesktoportakeuponehalfofa1Urackslot.The
unitlooksdeceptivelylikeasimpledomesticrouter:Itisnot.Itmustbeproperlygrounded,
cabledtotheODUandconnectedtopowerusingthesuppliedAC/DCadapter.
Figure435:IDU:Rearpanel
AlthoughthethreepinpowerplugisphysicallysimilartothatoftheotherIDUs,thepower
requirementsarequitedifferent:
Figure436:IDUpowerconnector,groundinglugandpowerplug
FordirectDCconnection:Theconnectorisa3pininlinefemale,withpolarities(leftto
right)minus,ground,plus.
ForACconnection:ToavoiddamagetotheAirmuxIDUH/2ETH,alwaysuseanAC/DC
adapterandpowerplugsuppliedbyRAD.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
422
MountinganIDUE
IDULEDs
TheIDULEDssharethesamefunctionalityasthecorrespondingIDUELEDs.Theyare
describedinthenextsection.
MountinganIDUE
Figure437:IDUEPackagecontentstheIDUE,16E1/T1ports
IDUEsareallrackmountable,asshowninFigure438.Afrontpanelkeyedschematicofa
rackmountedIDUEisshowninthefigurebelow.
Figure438:IDUEfrontpanel
FurtherdescriptionofthekeyeditemsinFigure438isshowninTable44below:
Table44:ComponentsofanIDUEfrontpanel
Key
Label
Remarks
IndicatorLEDs
SeeFigure439.
ODUPort
RJ45connector,seeTableB1.
LANRJ45Ports
Ethernet,RJ45connector,seeTableB3.
LANSFPPortandStatusLEDs
SeeAppendixC.
AlarmPorts
StandardDB25femaleconnector,seeTableB7.
Labelindent
Placeforadhesiveidentificationlabels.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
423
MountinganIDUE
Table44:ComponentsofanIDUEfrontpanel(Continued)
Key
Label
Remarks
Primary3pinPower
Connector
Secondary3pinPower
Connector
GroundingLug
Rackmountingholes
DetachableRackmounting
brackets
0,4,8or16E1/T1Ports
SeeTableB4.
StandbyPort
HotStandbyready:HSBcablesocket,seeTableB5.
Standard3pinsinlinepowerconnector,see
TableB8.
Usethelugsupplied.
TheIndicatorLEDs(ItemAinTable44above)areshowninmoredetailbelow:
Figure439:IDUEFrontPanelLEDs
TheIDUFrontPanelLEDSlooklikethisandarefunctionallythesameastheIDUELEDs.
Figure440:IDUFrontPanelLEDs
ThepurposeoftheLEDsisshowninTable45below:
Table45:IDUEFrontPanelLEDs
Name
Color
Function
IDU
Green
Blinking
Green
Red
Blinking
Orange
IDUoperational
Duringpoweruponly
Failure
Duringpowerup;continuesifODUfailstoloadIDUfirmware.
Also,whenusinganIDUEtoreplaceaPoEdeviceinwhichcase
allotherLEDsoff.
ODU
Green
Red
ODUtoIDUcommunicationlinkisoperating
ODUtoIDUcommunicationlinkisdisrupted
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
424
MountinganIDUE
Table45:IDUEFrontPanelLEDs(Continued)
Name
AIRI/F
Color
Function
Green
Orange
Wirelesslinkissynchronized
Duringinstallationmode;alsosignalssoftwaremismatchon
someidenticalODUs
Wirelesslinklostsynchronization
Red
SVC
HSS
Green
Orange
Blinking
Orange
Red
Off
E1orT1lineissynchronized
Alarmdetectedattheoppositesiteinterface;NormalorLOSS
Localorremoteloopback
Alarmdetectedatthissiteinterface
EthernetonlyIDUorE1/T1notconfigured
SeesupplementaryTable46following.
Green
Blinking
Green
Red
Orange
Off
STBY
HotStandbyModeforusewith
Trunksonly
LinkState
Primary
Secondary
Active
Notactive
Primary
Secondary
Off
Notactive
Active
HSMnotactivated
HotStandbyModeForusewith
Ethernetonlyina1+1Ring
LinkState
application)
Green
Blinking
Green
Red
Orange
Off
Hardwareready
Table46:IDUEandIDUFrontPanelLEDsforHSS
Color
Function
Green
ThisODUisHSSmaster,generatingsignal,andHSSSyncisOK
Blinking
Green
ThisODUisaHSSclientandinSync
Red
HSSnotoperationalduetoimpropersignaldetection.ThisODUisnot
transmitting
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
425
MountingExternalAntennas
Table46:IDUEandIDUFrontPanelLEDsforHSS(Continued)
Color
Function
Orange
HSSisoperational.Oneofthefollowingconditionsapply:
ThisODUisamasterthatisgeneratingsignalsanddetectingsignals
ThisODUisamasterthatisgeneratingsignalsbutdetectedimpropersig
nals
ThisODUisaclientContinueTxbutisnotdetectingsignals
ThisODUisaclientDisableTxandisdetectingsignalsfrommultiple
sources
Allorangecasestransmit.
Off
HSSisnotactivated
DisconnectionbetweenODUandIDU
TorackmountanIDUE(ThekeysrefertoFigure438):
1.Attachtherackmountingbrackets(K)totheIDU.
2.BolttheIDUintoanemptyslotintherack,ensuringthatitsitssecurely.
3.GroundtheIDUtotherackusinggroundinglugI.TheIDUshouldbeleftpermanently
grounded.
Insteadofusingtherackmountingbrackets,theIDUmayberailmounted
usingthefourscrewholesoneachofitssides.
Note
MountingaFlatPanelExternalAntenna
Typically,aflatpanelantennasuchasthatshowninFigure414isused.Ithasfourboltsfora
mountingkitadapter.
Figure441:Flatpanelantennamountingkitadapter
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
426
ItismountedonapoleinexactlythesamemannerastheODUitselfusingtheadaptershown
inFigure441.Thelefthandviewinshowstheknurledsurfaceadjacenttothemountingkit
ear.Therighthandviewshowstherecessforthemountingkitholdingnut.
Figure442:FlatPanelantennarearwithmountingkitadapter
Figure443:FlatPanelantennamounted
OtherAntennaTypes
ManyoftheantennasofthetypesshowninFigure414usethestandardmountingkitof
Figure419.Somethirdpartyantennasusepoleclamps,similartothoseshownbelow:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
427
MountingtheLightningProtectionDevices
Figure444:Poleclampsforexternalantennas
GroundinganExternalAntenna
ExternalantennasshouldbeindividuallygroundedusingasuitableGroundingKitsuchasan
AndrewType2231582(http://www.commscope.com).
Donotstandinfrontofaliveantenna.
Warning
Theuseoflightningprotectionisdependentonregulatoryandenduserrequirements.The
Airmux400ODUisdesignedwithsurgelimitingcircuitstominimizetheriskofdamagedueto
lightningstrikes.RADrecommendstheuseofadditionallightningprotectordevicesto
protecttheequipmentfromnearbylightningstrikes.
Inwhatfollows,ODUmaybeanytypeofRADoutdoorradiounitandIDUmaybeanytypeof
RADIDUusedwithsuchproducts(PoEs,AirmuxIDUH/2ETH,IDUEetc.)
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
428
Figure445:RADLightningProtectionKit
Table47:LPUKitcontents
Item
Quantity View/Remarks
LPU(shown
wrapped)
Uwallclamp
RJ45
connectors
(shown
wrapped)
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
429
Table47:LPUKitcontents(Continued)
Item
Quantity View/Remarks
0.5mCAT5e
cable
Metaltie
Quick
Installation
Guide
Pamphlet
ForanytypeofIDUODUconnection,lightningprotectionunits(LPUs)areinstalledinpairs,as
showninthenextfigure:
Figure446:Basicuseoflightningprotectors
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
430
ToinstallaLPUonapoleadjacenttoanODU(HBSorHSU):
1.MountoneLPUonthe
ODUpole,ascloseas
possibletotheODU.
2.GroundtheLPUtothe
poleusingthegrounding
lug.
3.Connectthe0.5meter
CAT5ecabletotheIDU
portoftheODU.
4.Connecttheotherendof
thecabletothetopof
theLPU.
5.TightenthetopcableLPU
glandcap.
6.ConnectthemainODU
IDUcablefromtheIDUtothebottomendoftheLPU.
7.TightenthebottomcableLPUglandcap.
8.RunthemainODUIDUcabletowardstheIDUlocation.
9.InsulatebothLPUconnections.Seethenextsection,AdditionalConsiderationfor
Waterproofing below.
ToinstallaLPUonawalladjacenttoanIDU(PoEorAirmuxIDUH/2ETH):
1.Usethesuppliedwall
clamptomountthe
secondLPUasclose
aspossibletothe
indooraccesspoint
totheIDU.
2.GroundtheLPUto
anearthstripusing
thegroundinglug.
3.Removethetop
cableLPUglandcap
togetherwiththe
rubbersealingtube.
4.ThreadtheIDUcable
fromtheupperLPU,throughtheremovedcapfromthepreviousstep.
5.PlugitintothetopoftheLPU.
6.ScrewdownandtightentheLPUcap.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
431
7.Connectthe0.5mCAT5ecabletotheBottomoftheLPU.
8.Connecttheotherend(viatheindooraccesspoint)totheIDU.
9.InsulatebothLPUconnections.Seethenextsection,AdditionalConsiderationfor
Waterproofing below.
AdditionalConsiderationforWaterproofing
LightningProtectorsandEthernetRepeaters
Iftheseunitsareinstalledatlocationsheavilyexposedtoheavydust,rainorcorrosive
moisture(forexample,closetothesea),youshouldprotectthemfurtherasinthefollowing
procedure.Intheremainderofthissection,unitreferstoeitheraLightningProtectionUnit
oraRepeater.
Tosealaunitagainstexcessivedustandmoisture:
1.ObtainahighqualitysealingmaterialsuchasScotch23Tapewide,from3Mto
ensureIP67compliantprotectionagainstwateranddust.
2.Cuttwopieceseach25cmlong,ofScotch23splicingtape.Removetheplasticcover
toexposethetackysideofthesealingtapeasshowninFigure447.
Figure447:Exposingthetacksideofthesealingtape
3.AfterconnectingtheshortCAT5IDU/ODUcable(providedinthebox)fromtheODU
totheunit,tightenthecableglandcapfirmlyandusetheinsulationtapescotch23
tofullycoverbothofthecableglands.
4.ConnectthetapewithtackysideuponthecableglandcapandtheCAT5cable.Start
atStartPointatthebottomofthecableglandasshowninFigure448.FinishatEnd
PointoftheCAT5cable,2.5cmaftertheendoftheshrinktubing.Stretchthetape
andapplyhalfoverlappedtoformgapfreejoint.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
432
Figure448:StartandEndpointsforprotectivetapingtheunit
5.Wraptwolayersofanyscotchvinylplasticelectricaltype(e.gScotchSuper88Vinyl
PlasticTapefrom3M)toprotectthejointsasshowninFigure449.Ensurethatthe
bottomofthecableglandandtheendoftheCAT5cablearecoveredwiththe
sealingsplicingtapeandwithvinylplastictape.
Figure449:Protectingtheunitjointswithvinyltape
6.MounttheunitonthepoleusingthemountingringasshowninFigure450.Ground
theunitusingtheGNDscrew.Forlightningprotection,repeatthesameprocedureto
installthesecondunitconnectedtotheIDU.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
433
Figure450:Mountedandstrappedtothepole
ExternalPortsforCAT5eCables
AllexternalODUportsshouldbewatersealed.Usethesamematerialsandmethodasforthe
LPUcableglands.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
434
MountingtheEthernetRepeater
MountingtheEthernetRepeater
TheRADEthernetrepeaterenablesyoutoextendthePoEtoODUcablebeyondthe100m
limit(butnomorethan200m).Theunitlooksphysicallylikethelightningprotectiondevicein
Figure417.Itsuseisverysimpleasshowninthefollowingschematic:
Figure451:singanEthernetrepeaterwithlightningprotectors
TheEthernetrepeatercannotbeusedwithGbEIDUODUcables.
Note
ConnectinganODUtoanIDU
TheODUIDUcableconductsalltheusertrafficbetweentheIDUandtheODU,andalso
providespowertotheODU.ThemaximumlengthoftheODUIDUcableis100m(328ft)in
accordancewith10/100BaseTstandards.
TheODUIDUcableissuppliedpreassembledwithRJ45connectors,atthelengthspecified
whenordering,orasacabledrumwithspareconnectors.IftheODUIDUcablewasnot
ordered,useanoutdoorclass,CAT5e24AWGshieldedcable.SeeAppendixBforWiring
Specifications.
ToconnecttheODUtotheIDU,routethecablefromtheODUtotheIDU,securethecable
alongitspathandconnectthecabletotheODURJ45connectorontheIDU(seeitemBin
Figure438above).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
435
ConnectingUserEquipment
ConnectingUserEquipment
ToconnectuserequipmenttoanIDU:
1.Connectuserswitch/routeroranyothercompatibledevicetooneoftheIDUpanel
RJ45portsdesignatedLAN.(ForanIDUE,seeitemCinFigure438above.Foran
AirmuxIDUH/2ETHseeFigure49above.)
2.ConnectuserE1/T1traffictotheIDUpanelRJ45portsdesignatedTRUNKS.(Foran
IDUE,seelabeleditemLinFigure438above.)
3.IDUEandAirmuxIDUH/2ETHonly:TousetheSFPPort(s)(seeFigure438and
Figure49above),insertanSFPpluginmoduleintotheportandconnecttheuser
switch/routeroranyothercompatibledevicetotheSFPpluginmodule.
RefertoAppendixBforconnectorpinouts.
DonotconnecttwoLANportstothesamenetwork,orfloodingmayoccur.
Note
ForTDMUsers
YoumayuseSFPunitsconfiguredforTDMwiththeAirmuxIDUH/2ETH.Beawarehowever,
thantheTDMperformancewillbelimitedtoTDMoverEthernet.Ifyourequirenativemode
TDMperformance,youshoulduseanIDUoranIDUE.
ConnectingandAligningODUs/Antennas
YouperformantennaalignmentusingtheODU'sbuzzer.
Tospeeduptheinstallationtime,alignmentofaAirmux400systemshouldbeperformedby
twoteamssimultaneously,atsiteAandatsiteB.
ToalignODUswithintegratedantennasorexternaldualpoleantennas:
1.Forexternaldualpoleantennas:UsingacoaxcablewithNTypeconnectors,connect
theverticalpolarizationconnectoroftheantennatotheANT1connectorofthe
ODU.
2.Forexternaldualpoleantennas:UsingacoaxcablewithNTypeconnectors,connect
thehorizontalpolarizationconnectoroftheantennatotheANT2connectorofthe
ODU.
3.EnsurethatpowerisconnectedtotheIDUsatbothsites.
4.EnsurenormaloperationoftheIDUsbytheLEDindicationsonthefrontpanel.
ProvidedthatsiteAdetectsthesignalfromsiteB,theODUstartsbeeping20sec
ondsafterpowerup,andcontinuesbeepinguntiltheODUsarealigned,andthe
installationiscomplete.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
436
ConnectingandAligningODUs/Antennas
Inthefollowingsteps,antennarefersbothtoanexternalantennaandaninte
gratedantenna.
5.DirecttheantennaofsiteBinthedirectionofsiteA.Thisissimplifiedifaprevious
sitesurveyhasbeencompletedandazimuthsareknown.
Whenaligningtheantennas,donotstandinfrontofaliveantenna.
Warning
6.Makeahorizontalsweepof180degreeswiththesiteAantennasothatthestrongest
signalfromsiteBcanbedetected.
7.SlowlyturnthesiteAantennabacktowardsthepositionofsiteB,listeningtothe
toneuntilthebestsignalisreached.Seethefollowingfigureforaudiblesignal
variations.
Figure452:BeepSequenceforantennaalignment
Note
Threebeepsandapauseis'bestsignalsofar'
Twobeepsandapauseis'signalqualityincreased'
Onebeepandpauseis'nochangeinsignal'
Longbeepandshortpauseis'signalqualitydecreased'
Onebeepandalongpauseis'noairlink'
Anyothersignaldoesnotrelatetoantennaalignment
8.SecurethesiteAantennatothepole/wall.
9.Repeatsteps4to8forsiteB.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
437
Chapter5:
GettingStartedwiththe
AirmuxManager
InstallingtheAirmuxManagerApplication
MinimumSystemRequirements
TheAirmuxManagerapplicationisdistributedonaCD.OperatingsystemspecificPC
resourcesrequiredbytheapplicationaresetoutinTable51below:
Table51:PCRequirementsfortheAirmuxManagerApplication
WindowsVersion
Vista/7
XPPro
32bit
Memory
512Mb
1Gb
Processor PIV
64bit
2Gb
PIVDualCore
Requirementscommontoallsystemsare:
Harddisk:1GBfreespace
Network:10/100BaseTNIC
Graphics:1024x768screenresolutionwith16bitcolor
MicrosoftExplorerversion5.01orlater
InstallingtheSoftware
AnyPCrunningtheAirmuxManagerapplicationcanbeusedtoconfigureaAirmux400link.
ToinstalltheAirmuxManagerprogram:
1.InserttheCDROMintoyourCDROMdrive.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
51
GettingStartedwiththeAirmuxManager
Theinstallationstartsautomatically.
2.Followtheonscreeninstructionsoftheinstallationwizardtocompletesetupofthe
AirmuxManagerprograminthedesiredlocation.
GettingStartedwiththeAirmuxManager
Ifyourlinksarewithineasyreach,youcanconfigurethemusingtheproceduredescribed
below.Ifhowever,yourlinksaretobegeographicallyscattered,itmaybeconvenienttopre
loadeachODUwithitsnetworkaddresspriortophysicalinstallation.Theprocedureisquite
straightforward,andsetoutinChapter26.
Note
EachODUrequiresastaticIPaddress,sincepartofthelinkdefinitionisthe
IPaddresspairofbothODUs.NetworkManagersshouldensurethatthese
addressesareoutsideoftheautomaticallocationrangesusedbytheir
networkDHCPserver.
TostarttheAirmuxManager:
1.ConnectthemanagingcomputertooneofthetwoLANportsasshowninFigure51
below:
Figure51:LANportsonthefrontpaneloftheIDUE
Note
ForIDUusers:TheLANportsarelocatedontherearpanelontheunit.
Fromrelease2.6andhigher,LANportssupportGbE(10/100/1000
Mbps)
Ifyouarenotusingadirectconnectionasabove,ensurethatyouhaveIDUtoman
agingcomputerconnectivity(e.g.throughaLAN).
2.CheckthatyouhaveconnectivitytotheODU.Youcandothisbyopeningupa
commandlinesession(Start|Runandthentype,cmd).Atthecommandprompt,
type
ping10.0.0.120
Youshouldseesomethinglikethis:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
52
TheAirmuxManagerlogonConcept
Figure52:Pinginganuninstalledandunconfiguredlink
AnyotherresponsefrompingmeansthattheODUisnotresponding.Checkyour
EthernetconnectionandthatboththeIDUandODUareswitchedonandthentry
again.Ifyoudonotsucceed,seekassistancefromRADCustomerSupport.
3.Dismissthecommandlinesession.
4.DoubleclicktheAirmuxManagericononthedesktop,orclick
Start|Programs|AirmuxManager|AirmuxManager.
TheLogondialogboxappears.
Figure53:Firsttimelogonwindow
Airmux400supportsSNMPv1andSNMPv3eitherseparatelyortogether.Thelogon
procedurediffersslightlybetweenoperationunderSNMPv1andSNMPv3.Inwhatfollows
below,weassumethatSNMPv1isinuse.InTable52below,weshowthedifferencebetween
SNMPv1andSNMPv3atlogontime.
TheAirmuxManagerprovidesthreelevelsofaccessinoneoftwoentrymodes.Toseethem,
clickOptionsandSettingsatanytimeintheLogonwindow(Figure53above).Youare
offeredanextendedlogonwindow:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
53
ExtendedlogonwindowAttheUserTypefield,clickthelistbutton:
Figure54:Logonwindowexposingtheusertypes.
Therearethreeusertypes:
AnObserverhasreadonlyaccesstothelink.AnObservercanmonitorthelink,gener
atereports,butmaynotchangeanylinkparameters.
AnOperatorcaninstallandconfigurethelink.
AnInstallercan,inadditiontofunctioningasanOperator,alsochangetheoperating
band.Thelatterfunctionhaslegalramifications,requiringfamiliaritywithlocalregula
tions.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
54
IfyouareusingTrapAuthentication,entertheUserandPassword.Leavingthesefieldsblank
orincorrect,willnotpreventyoufromloggingon.Youwillnotbeabletoseetrapmessages
directedtothetrapmessageaddressassociatedwithadefineduser.Theallocationand
associationofatrapaddresswithauserisdescribedinChapter9,IPAddress,VLANand
Protocol.
Thefollowingtablesummarizestheseoptions:
Table52:Usertypes,defaultpasswordsandfunction
SNMPv1
Default
Password
Function
Observer
admin
Operator
Installer
UserType
SNMPv3
Community
Community
Password
String
Default
Value
Monitoring
ReadOnly
public
ReadOnly
public
admin
Installation,
configuration
ReadWrite
netman
ReadWrite
netman
wireless
Operatorplus
setband
ReadWrite
netman
ReadWrite
netman
TheNetworkManagershouldchangethedefaultpasswordsassoonaspossible,particularly
ifSNMPv3istobeused.
Continuingthelogonprocedure:
5.TypeanIPaddressfortheODU(ifyouconnectthroughaLAN),orclickLocal
Connection(ifyouareconnecteddirectlytotheIDUport).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
55
TheLocalConnectionmethodusesbroadcastpacketstodiscover
theattachedODU
IfyoulogonusingLocalConnection,butyourphysicalconnectionis
notlocal(i.e.anythingotherthanadirectconnectionbetweenthe
managingcomputerandtheIDU),thenanyconfigurationyoucarry
outmayaffectotherlinksinthenetwork.Donotdothis!
Donotcarryoutthisprocedureusingamultihomedmanagingcom
puteralsoconnectedtoanetwork.Itwillfloodthenetworkwith
broadcastpackets.Further,itwillthrowanyotherlinksonthenetwork
intoInstallationorInactivemode.
Warning
Note
Inanyevent,asaprecaution,defaultlogonoverLocalConnectionis
readonlymode.ChecktheRead/Writeenableboxtocarryoutinstal
lationprocedures.
Networklogon(IPaddresstotheODU)isrecommended.
IfyoulogonviaanovertheairIPaddress,youwillreceiveawarning.
Ifyouresetthesitetowhichyouareconnectedtofactorysettings,you
canlockyourselfoutofthelink.
ThedefaultIPaddressfortheODUis10.0.0.120.Thesubnetmaskis
255.0.0.0.
TheactualIPaddressisdefinedduringlinkconfiguration(seeIP
Address,VLANandProtocolonpage97.Seealso,Chapter26).
6.IfyourUserTypeisnotOperator,thenchooseitnow.
7.Enterthepassword.
8.IfyouareauserwithReadWritepermission,clickOptionstoentertheCommunity
optionsifrequired
9.Forinitiallogon:
LeavethedefaultCommunitypasswords,netmanforreadwrite,andpublicforread
only
IfCommunityvalueswerepreviouslydefined,enterthemunderCommunityinthe
ReadOnlyorReadWriteboxes
Ifyouareauserwithreadonlypermission,thenyoumayonlylogonasObserver
TheAirmuxManagermainwindowisdisplayed(seeFigure59).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
56
LogonErrorsandCautions
LogonErrorsandCautions
UnsupportedDevice
AttemptingtoconnecttoanunsupporteddeviceonanotherwisevalidIPaddress(for
example,aLANprinter)willresultinthefollowingerrormessage:
Figure55:Unsupporteddevicemessage
IncorrectIPAddressorInvalidRead/WriteCommunity
Strings
IftheIPaddresschosenisinvalid,thecommunitystringsareincorrectorthelinkis
unreachable,thefollowingerrormessagewillbedisplayed:
Figure56:Unreachabledevicemessage
TodealwithlostorforgottenCommunityStrings:
1.SendanemailrequestfortoRADCustomerSupportforanalternativekey.Youremail
mustincludetheODUserialnumbershownontheadhesivestickeronrearofoneof
yourODUs.
2.Thereplywillcontainanalternativekey,whichfunctionsasatemporarymaster
CommunityString.Copy/pastethesuppliedalternativekeytoboththeReadOnly
andReadWritefieldsinthelogonwindow(Figure).ThisgetsyoutotheAirmux
Managermainwindow.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
57
IncorrectPassword
3.Usetheprocedureonpage914toenternewCommunityStrings.
IncorrectPassword
IfyoutypeanincorrectpasswordintheLoginwindow,thefollowingmessagewillbe
displayed:
Figure57:Invalidpasswordmessage
LoggingintotheOvertheAirSite
Youcanlogontotheovertheairsiteofanestablishedlink(SiteBinourexample).However,
youwillbefirstofferedthefollowingcaution:
Figure58:Loggingontoanovertheairsite
Note
Ifyouupgradedfroman8.x.xxreleaseoftheAirmuxManager,youwill
noticethatitisnolongerpossibletoworkinOfflinemode.Youcanonly
entertheManagerwhenitisconnectedtoavalidRADdevice.
ChangingtheLogOnPassword
Tochangethelogonpassword:
1.LogontoavalidIPaddress.
2.FromtheToolsmenu,selectChangePassword.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
58
DefaultAirmux400Settings
TheChangePassworddialogboxappears.
3.Enterthecurrentpassword,andthenewpassword.
Avalidlogonpasswordmustcontainatleastfivecharactersexcluding
SPACE,TAB,andanyof>#@|*?;.
Note
4.ClickOKtoconfirm.
DefaultAirmux400 Settings
ThedefaultsettingsoftheAirmux400configurationparametersarelistedinthesecond
columnofTable53below.Thethirdcolumnshowsthevaluesweuseinthismanualfor
illustrativepurposes.
Table53:DefaultandIllustrativeSettings
Parameter
DefaultValue
IllustrativeValue
Factorydefaultband
Product
dependent
5.820GHz
ODUIPAddress
10.0.0.120
10.104.2.2and4
SubnetMask
255.0.0.0
255.255.0.0
DefaultGateway
0.0.0.0
10.104.10.21
Trapdestination
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
AirmuxManagerlogon
passwords
Observer
admin
Operator
admin
Installer
wireless
LinkID
Link
EBG_20561334
LinkName
Name
TPSF_BTT
Site1
Site
Site2
Site
Location(persite)
Location
Name(persite)
Name
Here
There
Contact(persite)
Person
John
Mary
LinkPassword
wirelessbridge
Rate
Adaptive
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
59
Firststeps
Table53:DefaultandIllustrativeSettings(Continued)
Parameter
DefaultValue
EthernetConfiguration
AutoDetect
RadioLinkFailureActions
Noaction
BridgeorHubmode
HubMode,Agingtime=300sec
Protocol
SNMPv1
Communityvalues
IllustrativeValue
SNMPv1(maybev1,v3orboth)
Readwritenetman
Readonlypublic
Firststeps
AtthispointthemainwindowoftheAirmuxManagershouldbedisplayed:
Figure59:OpeningAirmuxManagerwindowpriortoinstallationUsingIDUEs
TheDynamicTxRatiobaronlyappearsformodelAirmux400100M
Note
AdetailedfieldbyfielddescriptionofthecontentsoftheAirmuxManagermainwindowmay
befoundinChapter7.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
510
UsingAirmuxManagerSpectrumView
Theprocedurerequiredtomakethelinkfunctionalhasthreephases:
1. LinkInstallationwhichwewilldetailbelow.
Installationactuallygetsthelinkoperationalbysettingthelinkparameters.Itusesafixed
channelatthelowestpossiblemodulation,BPSKat6.5Mbpsandwillworkunderthe
harshinterferencecondition.
Duringtheinstallationprocedure,thedefinitionoflinkwideparametersis
automaticallyappliedtobothsidesofthelink.
Note
Caution
TheODUsassuppliedbyRADaresetupwithafactorydefaultband.If
forsomereasonthedefaultbandneedstobechanged,itshouldbe
donebeforelinkInstallation.TheprocedureissetoutinChapter23.
Useofanincorrectbandmaybeinviolationoflocalregulations.
2. LinkConfigurationdescribedinChapter8.
ConfigurationprovidesmuchthesamefunctionalityasInstallation,butforarunninglink.
AfallbacktoInstallationmodeisprovidedforsituationswhichcannotbehandledwithout
resettingthelink,suchasantennarealignmentandIDUorODUreplacement.
TheLinkInstallationandConfigurationphasesarebothcarriedoutusingWizards,which
walkyouthroughtheprocesses.TheWizardsarevisuallyquitesimilarandwillbe
describedindetailbelow.
3. SiteConfigurationdescribedinChapter9.
Sitespecificconfigurationforeachsideofthelinkisavailableatanytimeunderarunning
linkorundertherestrictedInstallationmode.
SiteConfigurationconsistsofasetofpanels,whichmaybeinvokedindividuallyinany
order,asneeded.
Note
Aninstalledandconfiguredlinkcanbereturnedtoinstallationmodeforre
installationandconfigurationfromlastsettingsorfromfactorysettings.
Reversiontoinstallationmoderequiresacompletebreakinthelink
service
Configurationmodemayvarytheservicethroughputandquality,but
withoutaservicebreak
PriortorunningtheInstallationWizard(Chapter6),considerrunningtheAirmuxManager
SpectrumViewutility.
TheAirmuxManagerSpectrumViewutilityisanRFsurveytooldesignedtosupportthelink
installationpriortofulllinkserviceactivation.Thetoolprovidescomprehensiveandclear
informationenablingeasier,fasterandbetterqualityinstallations.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
511
TolaunchSpectrumView,gotothemainwindowmenu(Figure510)andclickTools|
SpectrumView.Adisplaysimilartothefollowingappears:
Figure510:SpectrumViewOpeningDisplayonanuninstalledlink
Thetoppairofanalyseserelatetothemanagedsite;thebottompairrelatetotheremote
site.
SeeChapter28fordetailedinformationaboutoperatingSpectrumViewandunderstanding
thedisplayedstatistics.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
512
Chapter6:
InstallingtheLink
Overview
TheinstallationiscarriedoutusingtheInstallationwizard.Itsoperationisdetailedinthe
followingpagesinatutorialstyle.
Forthepurposeofexplanation,wewillsetupaexamplelinkwiththefollowing
characteristics:
Channelselection:Automatic
Antennas:Dualatbothsites
Services:Ethernet+7xE1onports1,2,3,8,10,11,14.Itisunlikelythatyouwoulduse
anoncontiguoussetofportsbutthisshowsthatifrequired,itcanbedone.
TheInstallationwizardhas8mainstepsasshowninTable61below.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
61
Overview
Table61:LinkInstallationWizard
Wizardwelcome
Systemparameters
LinkID
Sitedetails
ChannelsettingsACS
Configuration
TxPowerandantenna
settings,MIMOor
Diversity
HSSSettings
ServicesTypes
6
Ethernet
TDM
Adaptiveorfixed,Jitter
Buffer,MHS,Ethernet
Ring,QoS
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
SetTDMClock
Parameters
Wizardsummaryand
completion
62
Installation
Installation
Step1,StarttheWizard
InthetoolbaroftheAirmuxManagermainwindow,clicktheLinkInstallationbutton.The
LinkInstallationbuttonisonlyaccessibleiftheantennasareproperlyaligned.Ifthisboxis
grayedout,youshouldaligntheantennasassetoutinChapter4.
TheInstallationWizardopens:
Figure61:LinkInstallationWizard
Thebottomdataareareproducesthecorrespondingdatafromthemainwindowwhichthe
abovepanelobscures.SeeChapter7forafieldbyfielddescriptionofthisdataarea.
ClickNexttoproceedwiththeinstallationprocedure.
Step2,SystemParameters
Thesystemdialogboxopens:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
63
Installation
Figure62:InstallationWizard,Systemdialogbox
TocompleteInstallationStep2:
1.EnteraLinkID.TheLinkIDmustbeidenticalforbothODUsinthelink,otherwise
theywillnotcommunicate.TheLinkIDmustincludeatleasteightalphanumeric
characters.Upto24charactersareallowed.YoushoulduseaLinkIDcomposedof
bothalphabeticandnumericcharacters.
2.EnteraLinkNameforthelinkidentification.ThedefaultnameisLink.Youshould
changeit.
3.EnternamesforSite1andSite2.ThedefaultnamesarebothLocation.Youshould
changethem.Throughoutthismanual,weuseAforSite1andBforSite2.
4.OptionallyenteranewLinkPassword.
Note
IftheLinkPasswordisincorrectalinkisestablishedbutconfiguration
cannotbeperformedandnoservicesareavailable.Anewlinkpassword
maybeobtainedfromRADCustomerSupportorusethealternative
passwordsuppliedwiththeproduct.
Thelinkpasswordispeculiartothelinkitselfandshouldnotbeconfused
withtheAirmuxManagerlogonpassword.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
64
Installation
HereisourcompletedSystempanel:
Figure63:InstallationWizard,Systemdialogboxfilledout
5.ClickNext.
Thedefaultlinkwitharateof6.5Mbpsisevaluated.
TheChannelSettingdialogboxappears.ProceedtoChannelSettings,below.
ChangingtheLinkPassword
Thedefaultpasswordiswirelessbridge.Optionally,youcanchangethelinkpasswordas
explainedhere.
Tochangethelinkpassword:
1.ClicktheChangebuttonintheSystemdialogbox.
TheChangeLinkPassworddialogboxopens.
UsetheHidecharacterscheckboxformaximumsecurity
Note
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
65
Installation
Figure64:ChangeLinkPassworddialogbox
2.Enterthecurrentlinkpassword(ThedefaultlinkpasswordforanewODUiswireless
bridge).
IfyouhaveforgottentheLinkPassword,clicktheForgottenLinkPasswordbutton.
Thefollowingwindowisdisplayed:
Figure65:LostorforgottenLinkPasswordrecovery
FollowtheinstructionstousetheAlternativeLinkPassword,andclickOKtofinish.
YouarereturnedtothewindowinFigure64above.Continuewiththenextstep.
3.Enteranewpassword.
4.RetypethenewpasswordintheConfirmfield.
5.ClickOK.
6.ClickYeswhenaskedifyouwanttochangethelinkpassword.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
66
Installation
7.ClickOKatthePasswordchangedsuccessmessage.
Note
Alinkpasswordmustcontainatleasteightbutnomorethan16char
actersexcludingSPACE,TAB,andanyof>#@|*?;.
RestoringFactoryDefaultsreturnstheLinkPasswordtowireless
bridge.
Ifthelinkisinactive,thenthelinkpasswordmayalsobechangedfrom
theSiteConfigurationdialogs.Seepage914.
Step3,ChannelSettings
Airmux400systemshaveafeaturecalledAutomaticChannelSelection(ACS).Intheeventof
syncloss,ACSchoosesthefirstavailablechannelinalistofmonitoredchannelsnominatedin
theChannelsettingswindowofFigure66below.Achannelswitchtakesplacesufficiently
fastastoensurenolossofservice.
Figure66:ChannelSettingsAutomaticChannelSelection
Thedefaultfrequencyfortheproductisshown.
Oftheselectedchannels,youmaychooseasetofpreferredchannelswhichwillbeusedby
ACSwithhighestpriority.Tousethisfeature,clickthePreferredbutton:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
67
Installation
Figure67:Choosingpreferredchannels
Typically,youwouldbasedyourpreferredchannelsonbasedonaspectrumanalysis.(You
mayacquireaspectrumanalysisusingtheSpectrumViewtool,Chapter28.
CheckthepreferredchannelsandthenOK.TheotherchannelswillbeusedbyACS,butonly
ifthepreferredchannelsbecometonoisy.
Toselectchannelstobeusedbythelink:
1.SelecttheinstallationfrequencyfromtheInstallationChannelbox.
Figure68:ChannelSettingsShowingavailableinstallationrates
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
68
Installation
2.ChoosetherequiredChannelBandwidth.
Figure69:ChannelSettingsShowingavailableChannelBandwidths
3.ClickthecheckboxifAutomaticChannelSelectionisrequired.
4.TheAvailableChannelsListcontainsalloftheallowablechannelsforthelink.Check
thechannelsthatcanbeautomaticallyselected.
Selectinganewchannelcausesthesystemqualitytochange.TheQualitybarpro
videsanindicationofthelinkqualityfromNoserv(ice)(red)toEthernet+TDM
(green)asshowninthebottomofFigure68above.
5.ClickNext.
Step4,TxPowerandAntennaSettings
TheTxPowerandAntennaParametersdialogisdisplayed.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
69
Installation
Figure610:TransmissionPowerandAntennaParameters
ThechoiceofTxPower,antennagainandcableloss(betweentheradioandtheantenna)
determinestheEIRPandisaffectedbysuchconsiderationsasradiolimitationsandregulatory
restrictions.
Beforeproceedingtoantennainstallationdetails,thebackgroundinformationinAppendixF,
SettingAntennaParametersshouldbeconsidered.
Theseparametersarecontrolledasfollows:
TosetTxPowerandconfigureantennas:
1.ClicktheConfigurebuttonsinturntoconfiguretheantennasonbothsidesofthe
link.Eachoneoffersadialoglikethis:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
610
Installation
Figure611:Antennaconfigurationdialog
2.Choosetheantennatypeandrequiredtransmission(Tx)powerforthefirstsiteand
clickOK.Youwillreceivethefollowingwarning:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
611
Installation
Figure612:Antennatypechangewarning
ForAirmux400LLinks:
TheseODUsmaybeswitchedbetweentheSFFembeddedantennaand
externalantennas.Tothisend,theAntennaConnectionTyperadiobuttons
arealwaysenabled:
Note
UsetheIntegratedradiobuttontoenabletheembeddedantenna.
ObservethattheSFFembeddedantennafunctionsasadualantennaand
cannotbechanged.
3.Repeattheprocessforthesecondsite.
4.AtthesametimeyoucansettheAntennaGainandCableLoss.
TheTxPower(perradio)indicatesthepowerofeachradioinsidetheODUandis
usedforLinkBudgetCalculations.TheTxPower(System)showsthetotaltransmis
sionpoweroftheODUandisusedtocalculatetheEIRPaccordingtoregulations.
ToseetherelationshipbetweenTxPower(radio)andTxPower(system),
notethat dBm = 10 log 10milliWatt sothatifyoudoublethepower
Note
inmilliWatts(fortworadios)thendBmwillincreaseby 10 log 102 3 .

IfyouchoosetosettheAntennaGainandCableLoss,youwillreceivethefollowing
warningmessage:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
612
Installation
Figure613:Antennaparameterschangewarning
Note
TheMaxEIRPlevelwillbeautomaticallysetaccordingtotheselected
bandandregulation.
TheEIRPlevelisthesumoftheSystemTxPowerandtheAntennaGain
minustheCableLoss.
Ifinequality(*)aboveisviolated,thenthefollowingwarningwindowisdisplayed:
Figure614:TxPowerLimits
Thepreciserelationshipbetweentheitemsininequality(*)andthewindowof
Figure611isasfollows:
RequiredTxPower(perradio)willbeadjusteddowntothelesserofthevalue
enteredandmaxAvailableTxPower
TxPower(system)ismaxAvailableTxPower+3(for2radios)
MaxEIRPismaxRegEIRP.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
613
Installation
EIRPismaxAvailableTxPower+AntennaGainCableLoss
ThetableinFigure614onlyshowsrateswherethemaximumTxPoweristhelimita
tion,ratherthanregulations.WhenyouclosethewindowofFigure614,thechange
yourequestedwillnotbehonored,andyouwillneedtotryagain.
Note
Sinceourdemonstrationlinkisentirelyindoors,wehavereducedTxPower
to5dBmtoobtainarealisticRSS.Althoughthisismuchtoolowforfield
use,themethodisgeneral.
Figure615:AntennasconfiguredfortwodualandTxpower5dBm
5.ChooseDualAntennamodeifappropriate.ThegreenAntennaConfiguration
diagramindicatestheactivestate.FordualantennasinDiversitymodeitlookslike
this:
Thereareintermediatemodesavailablefordualantennasoppositeasingleantenna
assetoutonFigure610above.
Ifyoumakeachangeyouwillseeawarningsimilartothis:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
614
Installation
AsimilarlywordedwarningappliestoasswitchfromMIMOtoDiversitymode
6.WhenyouarefinishedwithTxPowerconfiguration,ClickNext.
Step5,HubSiteSynchronizationSettings
Figure616:HSSSettings
TheSynchronizationStatusdialogboxdisplaysthecurrentstatusofeachsideofthelink.See
theHubSiteSynchronizationsectionforinstructionsaboutinstallingandconfiguring
collocatedlinks.IfyoudonotrequireHSS,clickNext.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
615
Installation
Step6,Services
TheServicesdialogappears:
Figure617:ServicesandRatesAirmux400100Monly
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
616
Installation
Figure618:ServicesandRatesforAirmux400collocatedasaclient
ForacollocatedlinkproceedtoTDMServicesselection.
Otherwise,youcanusethegreenslidertoallocateasymmetricEthernetcapacitybychanging
theTransmissionRatiobetweenthesites.
Forexample:Supposethatduringcongestion,youmightwanttouse70%forthedownlink
and30%fortheuplink.Yourchoicewouldtypicallybebasedonyourexperiencedtrafficload
duringperiodsofcongestion.
Foracollocatedlinkyouwillseeadisplaylikethis:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
617
Installation
IfyouchooseaTransmissionRatiooutsidethetwotickmarks,youruntheriskofdisabling
collocatedlinksoperatingonalowerchannelbandwidth:
Whateverthecase,ifyouchangetheTransmissionRatioonacollocatedlink,youwillbe
offeredthefollowingwarning:
Theconditionsunderthismayoccuraredetailedbelow.
Caution
Ifyouhaveactivecollocatedlinks,orifyouareuncertainofwhether
collocatedlinksprovideTDMservicesdonotusethisoptionnow.Youcan
doitatalessdisruptivetimeusingtheLinkConfiguration(Chapter8).
Otherwise,clickYestocontinue.
LimitationsontheuseofAsymmetricAllocation
Fornoncollocatedlinks,capacityallocationbetweenuplinkanddownlinktrafficis
determinedautomaticallyaccordingtoactualEthernettrafficandairinterfaceconditions.
Yourmanualallocationusingthisfeaturecutsinduringcongestion.
AsymmetricAllocationandCollocation
TheuseofAsymmetricAllocationislimitedwherethelinkiscollocated.Youmayonlychange
theHSM(master)fromsymmetrictoasymmetriesallocation.Ifyoudothis,theaffectson
collocatedclientsareasfollows:
Releasespriorto2.4Linkdown
Release2.4andlater(Airmux400100Mseries)TDMservicesstopped,linksetto
transmissionratioofmaster
Release2.4andlater(Airmux400100Mseries)AsymmetricAllocationslidervisible
butcannotbechanged
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
618
Installation
ThelasttwoitemsalsoapplytocollocatedlinksusingHSSoE.
Note
ThebehaviorofacollocatedAirmux5000basestation,isverysimilarto
thatofaAirmux400100Mradio.Therewillbeslightdifferencesbetween
theTransmissionRatioofaregularAirmux400radioandaAirmux5000
basestation.
ServicesandRates
TheServicesandRatesdialogasshowninFigure617willbedifferent:
Figure619:ServicesandRatesAirmux400100Mmaster,Airmux400clients
Theareasoutsidethetickmarksshouldbeavoided.Usingthoseareas,youmayloosethe
collocatedlinkwiththelongestdistancebetweensites.
AsymmetricAllocationandTDM
YoucannotusethisfeaturewhenTDMservicesareused.SelectionofTDMportsasinthe
nextsectionwillresettheEthernetbalanceto50%ineachdirectionandthegreensliderwill
notappearinsubsequentInstallationorConfigurationruns.
CancellingTDMportusewillmaketheallocationbarreappear,reenablingasymmetric
Ethernettrafficallocation.
IfyouarenotusingTDMservices,clickingNextwilltakeyoutoStep8,andcompletionofthe
installation.YourEthernetcapacityallocationwillbereflectedinFigure636below.
TDMServicesselection
Toselectservices:
1.ClicktheConfigurebutton.TheTDMservicesdialogisdisplayed:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
619
Installation
Figure620:TDMTypeselection
2.UsingtheTDMTyperadiobuttons,chooseE1orT1.Youarenowabletoselectthe
requiredserviceports:
Figure621:TDMserviceportselection
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
620
Installation
3.Usethespinbuttontochooseconsecutiveserviceports,theSelectMaximumbutton
tochooseallavailableportsorclickonindividualportstochoosethem.
Note
Ethernetisalwaysselected.
Themaximumavailableserviceswillbereducedinaccordancewith
actualairinterfacecapacity.
Figure622:TDMServiceportselectionsevenservicesselected
4.ClickOK.YouarereturnedtotheServicesandratesdialogofFigure624.Itis
updatedtoreflectyourchoice.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
621
Installation
Figure623:ServicesandRatesServiceschosen
Note
Theselectedportswillbeenabledforbothsidesofthelink.You
cannotforexample,useports1,3,5,7ononesideand2,4,6,8
ontheother.
ModulationRateSelection
YoumaychooseaspecificmodulationrateoruseAdaptive.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
622
Installation
Figure624:ServicesandRatesdialog:Availablerates
Tochooseamodulationrate:
1.ChooseAdaptiveoroneoftheavailablerates.
2.ClickEvaluatetocontinueorclicktheTDMJitterBuffertabtosettheTDMJitter
Buffer(seenextsection).
Theserviceisactivatedasshowbelow:
YouarereturnedtotheServicesandratesdialogofFigure623.
SettingMonitoredHotStandbyMode
IfyouarenotusingHotStandbyMode,youmayskipthissection.
ToinstallandusetheHotStandbyfeature,seeChapter15.Thefollowingprocedurecanbe
usedtoswitchlinksbetweenprimaryandsecondaryortodisablethemode.
TosettheHotStandbyMode:
1.ClicktheHotStandbytab.Thefollowingdialogappears:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
623
Installation
Figure625:ChoosingHotStandbyMode
2.Clicktheradiobuttontomakethislinkprimaryorsecondary.
EthernetRing
ToinstallandusetheEthernetRingfeature,seeChapter16.
EthernetQoS
ToinstallandusetheEthernetQoSfeature,seeChapter21.
SettingtheTDMJitterBuffer
TosettheTDMJitterBuffersize:
1.ClicktheTDMJitterBuffertab.Thefollowingdialogisdisplayed:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
624
Installation
Figure626:TDMJitterBufferConfiguration
Note
Thereceiverjitterbufferforeachsitecanbeenlarged,
therebyincreasingsystemresistancetointerference(the
largerthejitterbuffer,thelongertheinterferenceperiod
thatthesystemwillovercomewithoutTDMerrors).
Youcanalsodecreasethejitterbuffertodecreasethesystem
delay.
Thejitterbuffercanbeconfiguredbetween2.0and16.0ms.
Aftersettingthenewvalueyoumustevaluatetheexpected
quality.DuringtheevaluationtheTBFR(TDMBlockFailure
Ratio)barisdisplayed.YouselecteitherNext,whichper
formsthechangeorBacktocancelthechange.Noticethat
theJitterBufferisconfiguredpersite.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
625
Installation
Figure627:TDMJitterBufferConfigurationTBFRevaluationbar
2.Aftersettingthejitterbuffersize,ifgrayedout,theEvaluatebuttonisenabledwhile
bothBackandNextaredisabledasshowninthenextfigure:
Figure628:ServicesandTDMdelaysetlinkreadyforevaluation
3.YoumaymakeanyfurtherchangestotheServiceConfigurationortheJitter
buffer.Whenyouaresatisfied,clicktheEvaluate.
Theoptimumtransmissionratefortheselectedservicesisevaluated.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
626
UsingE1TDMPorts
Followingashortdelayforprocessing,BackandNextareenabled.
4.ClickNexttocontinue.
ThetransmissionratesusedbyAirmux400areshowninTableF2.
Note
Step7,TDMClockConfiguration
UsingE1TDMPorts
Thefollowingdialogisdisplayed:
Figure629:TDME1ParametersConfiguration(1)
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
627
UsingE1TDMPorts
ToconfigureTDMclockparameters:
1.Foranyindividualport,clickit.Forthesameparametersforallports,click
theSelectMaximumtag.
Note
SelectMaximumwillselectthemaximumnumberofservicesthat
wereconfiguredfortheairinterfaceforconfiguration
DeselectAllunconditionallydeselectsalloftheservicesforconfigura
tion
Withoutselectinganything,rightclickinganyportwillcausethe
appearanceofthedropdownlistofFigure630below
2.Rightclickanyport.Thefollowingdropdownlistisdisplayed:
mmmp
Figure630:TDMParametersConfiguration(2)
3.Clicktherequiredparameter.Theirmeaningsareasfollows:
Pleasekeepinmindthatwhatfollowsisperport.
Note
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
628
UsingE1TDMPorts
Figure631:TDMParameters
Transparent/Transparent
TheclockatSiteAregeneratestheclockfromSiteBandviceversa.
Looptime/Recover
TheSiteAportreceiveclockisusedasthetransmitclockforthatporton
bothsidesofthelink.
Recover/Looptime
TheSiteBportreceiveclockisusedasthetransmitclockforthatporton
bothsidesofthelink.
Internal/Recover
TheSiteAportusesitsinternaloscillatortogenerateitstransmitclockwhile
theSiteBportregeneratestheclockreceivedattheSiteAport.
Recover/Internal
TheSiteBportusesitsinternaloscillatortogenerateitstransmitclockwhile
theSiteAportregeneratestheclockreceivedattheSiteBport.
Mousingoveranyportcausesapopuphelpballoon:
4.YoumayconfiguretheE1portstounbalancedmode(75ohm).Youshouldconfigure
bothsidesofthelinkasbalancedorunbalanced.
Figure632showsanadaptercableforconnectingdeviceswithbalancedE1inter
facetotheuserequipmentwithunbalancedE1interface.TheYsplittercable
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
629
UsingT1TDMPorts
includesoneRJ45balancedconnector(left)andtwounbalancesBNCcoaxialcon
nectors(right).
Figure632:UnbalancedE1adaptercable(YSplitter)
SeeAppendixBforfurthertechnicaldetails.
5.ClickFinishtocompletethewizard.
UsingT1TDMPorts
IfyouareusingT1(orinternationalequivalents),theClockConfigurationisalittledifferent:
Figure633:TDMT1ParametersConfiguration
HereyoushouldalsochosetheLineCodeandImpedance.Someregulatoryareas(suchas
Japan)requirea110Ohmlineimpedance.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
630
UsingT1TDMPorts
Step8,InstallationSummaryandExit
Figure634:InstallationWizardExitSummary
ClickDonetoreturntothemainwindow.
Themainwindownowreflectstheinstallation:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
631
UsingT1TDMPorts
Figure635:MainwindowoftheManagerafterinstallationwithloadedtrunks
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
632
UsingT1TDMPorts
Figure636:InstallationwithasymmetriccapacityallocationNoHSS
Figure636showstheresultsofa70%/30%Transmissionratioonalonelink(noHSS).
Observethatnear100Mbsisavailableineitherdirection
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
633
UsingT1TDMPorts
Figure637:InstallationwithasymmetriccapacityallocationHSSenabled
Figure637showstheresultsofa70%/30%TransmissionratioonalonelinkwithHSS.The
allocationishard.
OurfinalexampleusesthesamepairofODUswithapairofIDUEssupportingGbE:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
634
UsingT1TDMPorts
Figure638:UsingGbEIDUEs.200Mbpsinbothdirections.
Toverifytheinstallation:
VerifythattheReceivedSignalStrength(RSS)isaccordingtoexpectedresultsas
determinedbytheLinkBudgetCalculator.
Caution
Installationmode,asdescribedabove,maybereenteredusingSite:Aor
Site:BandInstallationModeintheSiteConfigurationdialog.Some
Installationmodefunctionalitymaycauseabreakin,ordegradelink
service.
Ifyoucanaccomplishlinkchangeswithoutaffectingtheservice,always
prefertouseConfigurationmode,describedinChapter8.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
635
Chapter7:
TheAirmuxManager:Main
Window
TheMainWindowoftheAirmuxManager
EnsurethattheAirmuxManagerisrunning.
ThemainwindowshouldlooksimilartothatinFigure71:
Figure71:Mainwindow,WirelessLinkisActive
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
71
TheAirmuxManagerToolbar
ThemainwindowoftheAirmuxManagercontainsalargeamountofinformationaboutthe
link.Beforeproceedingtodetailsoflinkconfigurationwesetoutthemeaningofeachitemin
themainwindow.
TheAirmuxManagerToolbar
Inconfigurationmode,theAirmuxManagertoolbarcontainsthefollowingbuttons:
InInstallationmode,LinkConfigurationisgrayedoutandLinkInstallationisopen.
ThebuttonfunctionsaresetoutinTable71:
Table71:AirmuxManagerToolbar
Item
Description
LinkConfiguration
Changesconfigurationparametersofanoperatingwirelesslink;
assignstextfilesforstoringalarms,statisticsandconfiguration
data.Thisbuttonisdisableduntilalinkinstallationhasbeen
completed
LinkInstallation
Performspreliminaryconfigurationofthesystem.Thisbuttonis
disabledafterthelinkisinstalled
InstallationMode
EnterQuickInsllationmode.SeeChapter24.
Site:<Site1name>
OpenstheSiteconfigurationdialogforSite1.Sameas
Configuration|1Configure<Site1name>
Site:<Site2name>
OpenstheSiteconfigurationdialogforSite2.Sameas
Configuration|2Configure<Site2name>
GetDiagnostics
Obtainsysteminformation
ClearCounters
ClearsTDMerrorblockscounters.DisabledforEthernetonly
link
Logoff
ClosesthecurrentsessionandlogsoffAirmuxManager
Exit
ExitsAirmuxManager
Help
OpensHelpontheuseofcontextualonlinehelp
MainMenuFunctionality
Themainmenucontainsthefollowingitems:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
72
TheAirmuxManagermenufunctionalityisdisplayedinTable72.
Table72:AirmuxManagermainmenufunctionality
Menulevel
Top
+1
Function
+2
LogOff
Returntologondialog.
SameasLogOffbutton
Exit
ExittheAirmuxManager.
SameasExitbutton
Link
Configuration
RuntheConfiguration
Wizard.Notavailablein
InstallationMode
1Configure
<Site1name>
OpenstheSite
configurationdialogforSite
1.Hasapathtoreturnto
InstallationMode
2Configure
<Site2name>
OpenstheSite
configurationdialogforSite
2.Hasapathtoreturnto
InstallationMode
LinkInstallation
RunstheInstallation
Wizard.Notavailablein
ConfigurationMode
File
Configura
tion
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Reference
Thischapter
Chapter9
Chapter6
73
Table72:AirmuxManagermainmenufunctionality(Continued)
Menulevel
Top
+1
Performance
Monitoring
Report
ActiveAlarms
2<Site2name>
Chapter10
Showsactivealarmsfor
<Site1name>
Displaysrecenteventsby
site
Software
Upgrade
UpgradeODUfirmware
Chapter18
SpectrumView
Monitorandevaluate
spectrumavailability
Chapter28
ChangeBand
(Installeronly)
Changethelinkband
Chapter23
ClearEvents
Clearlocaleventslog
SavetoFile
Saveeventslogfile
Chapter10
Preferences
Localpreferencesdialog
Clearcounters
ClearTDMcounters
Loopbacks
SetTDMloopbacks
EstimateEth.
Throughput
EstimateEthernet
throughputbytransmitting
Chapter10
fullsizeframesovertheair
for30sec
1<Site1name>
Reset<Site1name>ODU
2<Site2name>
Reset<Site2name>ODU
Reset
Help
Showsactivealarmsfor
<Site1name>
RecentEvents
EventsLog
Mainte
nance
Reference
Onscreenandprintable
1<Site1name>
Tools
Function
+2
Chapter10
Airmux
ManagerHelp
Viewhelpononlinehelp
LinkBudget
Calculator
Calculatoropenedindefault
Chapter27
browser
GetDiagnostics
Information
Obtainsysteminformation
AboutAirmux
Manager
Managerbuildandsystem
information
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Chapter10
74
ElementsoftheAirmuxManagerMainWindow
ElementsoftheAirmuxManagerMain
Window
Linkdetailspane
TheLinkdetailspaneontheleftissplitintothreesections,whicharelargelyselfexplanatory.
Thetopsectionsummarizesinformationaboutthelink:
ForLinkstatuspossibilitiesandcolorcodes,seeTable102.
Thetwolowerleftpanelsshowbasiclinksitedetails:
Thethreefieldsforeachsiteareuserdefinable.Seepage97.
TheMonitorpane
Themonitorpane,isthemainsourceofrealtimeinformationaboutlinkperformanceatboth
linksites.Itincludesthefollowingpanes(toptobottom):
ReceivedSignalStrength
RadioInterface,ReceivedSignalStrength(RSS)indBmandTransmissionRatio:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
75
TheMonitorpane
UndernormaloperatingconditionstheRSSforbothsitesshouldbebalancedwithoccasional
fluctuationsof12dBM.Themaincausesofconsistentimbalanceareasfollows:
AconsistentRSSimbalancemaybecausedbydifferentTXPowersettingsateachsite.
ThereisnowarningindicatorbutitmaybeeasilycorrectedusingSiteConfiguration|
TxPower&AntorbyrerunningtheConfigurationwizard.
AyellowwarningtrianglewillbedisplayedforanRSSdifferenceofmorethan8dBm
betweenthetwopolarizationsonthesamesite(theRSSdisplayisthecombinationof
bothpolarizationsonthissite)
Noticethemouseovertooltipexplainingtheproblem.
AredwarningtriangleindicatesanRSSdifferenceofmorethan16dBmbetweenthe
twopolarizationsonthesamesite
Again,noticethemouseovertooltipexplainingtheproblem.
Thelattertwocasesareusuallytheresultofaphysicalproblemattheindicatedsite.Probable
causesare:
Interference
Antennapolarityproblem
ODUmalfunction
TheDynamicTxRatiobaronlyappearsformodelAirmux400100M
Note
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
76
TheMonitorpane
EthernetService
EstimatedEthernetThroughput:Thenumbersarethecurrentcalculatedthroughputsat
eachsite.Thecoloredbars(withnumbers)indicatethemaximumpossiblethroughput
havingregardforairconditions.
RxandTxRates:TheRxandTxratesarethereceiveandtransmitratesontheLANside
ofeachODU,nottheairside.Forabalancedlink,theRxandTxratesattheLANsideof
SiteAwillmatchtheTxandRxratesattheLANsideofSiteBrespectively.Inallcases,
TheLANsideRxrateshownwillbethesameastheairsideTxrateforeachindividual
ODU.
ActualEthernettrafficreceivedandtransmittedratespersite,isinMbpsofFps,select
ableinthepaneltitlebar.
TDMServices(IDUEandIDU)
ThetitlebarenablesyoutoswitchbetweenAccumulativeandCurrentview.
ImmediatelybelowthetitlebarisdisplayedtheTDMBlockFailureRatio.Itiszeroedby
theClearCountersbuttoninthetoolbar.
ErrorblockcountisshownimmediatelyabovetheactiveTDMchannelsdisplay.
ThecoloroftheTDMportsreflectstheircurrentstatus:
GreenOperational
RedError:LOSforlossofsignalandAISforAlarmIndicationSignal
YellowLoopback
GrayInactive
Frequencybox
TheFrequencyboxshowsthelinkfrequency.Thecoloroftheboxindicatesthestatusas
follows:
Greenisanactivelink
Redisaninactivelink
Magentaindicatesanauthenticationorcompatibilityproblem
Brownindicatesseverecompatibilityproblem
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
77
EventsLog
EventsLog
TheEventsLog,storesalarmsgeneratedfrombothsidesofthelinkandisdetailedinChapter
10.
ThelittletriangulararrowheadontherightoftheMessageheaderindicatestheorderof
messages.Defaultasshown,isfromoldesttonewest.Clickittochangetheorder.
StatusBar
TheStatusbar,displaysthefollowingicons:
Table73:Statusbarindicators
IconorLabel
Purpose
Connectivity
ShowsifAirmuxManageriscommunicatingwiththeODU.
Connection
available
ConnectionmodetotheODU
OvertheAirconnectionusingtheIPaddressofthe
remoteunit.
LocalconnectiondirectconnectiontotheIDUwithout
usinganIPaddress.
NetworkconnectionthroughaLAN
ODUunreachable
IPAddress
LogonIPaddress
Normallyencryptedlink
Encryption
indicator
Linkpasswordvalidationfailed.Thelinkisencryptedwith
defaultkeys.
Serviceandconfigurationareunavailable.Changethelink
password.
LinkLockenabled
LinkLock
LinkLockencrypted
LinkLockmismatch
EthernetRing
Member
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
78
StatusBar
Table73:Statusbarindicators(Continued)
IconorLabel
Purpose
DFSinuse
RescueAlarm
Airmux400UserManual
Intheeventofanactivealarm,opensalarmsdialog
Release2.8.30
79
Chapter8:
ConfiguringtheLink
Overview
Thischapterdescribesthelinkconfigurationprocedure,whichisperformedafterthe
installationofbothsidesoftheAirmux400link,assetoutinChapter6.
LinkconfigurationusesaLinkConfigurationwizardtoredefinetheconfigurationparameters
andfinetuneanoperationallink.Bothsidesofthelinkareconfiguredsimultaneously.
Linkconfigurationallowsyoutoconfigurelinkparameters,whichdonotleadtosynclossor
requireareset.Somemaychangeserviceperformance,inrespectofwhich,warningsare
displayed.
Foreaseofuse,theLinkConfigurationwizardfollowsthesamepatternasLinkInstallation.
YoushouldthereforebefamiliarwiththecontentofChapter6.
ThefollowingparametersareconfiguredusingtheLinkConfigurationWizard:
Systemparameters
Channelsettings
Transmissionpowerandantennasettings
Serviceparameters
TheConfigurationWizardhassevenstepsasshowninTable81below.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
81
Overview
Table81:LinkConfigurationWizard
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Wizardwelcome
Systemparameters
LinkID
Sitedetails
ChannelsettingsACS
Configuration
HSSsettings
TxPowerandantenna
settings,MIMOor
Diversity
ServicesTypes,
Adaptiveorfixed,Jitter
Buffer,MHS,Ethernet
Ring,QoS
SetTDMClock
Parameters
Wizardsummaryand
completion
82
Configuration
Configuration
Sinceconfigurationfunctionalityisincludedintheinstallation,wewillbrieflyreviewthemain
stepsandformostpartofferreferencestothecorrespondinginstallationstep.
Step1,StarttheWizard
InthetoolbaroftheAirmuxManagermainwindow,clicktheLinkConfigurationbutton.The
LinkConfigurationbuttonisonlyaccessibleonafullyinstalledlinkassetoutinChapter6.
TheConfigurationWizardopens:
Figure81:LinkConfigurationWizard
ClickNexttoproceedwiththeconfigurationprocedure.
Step2,SystemParameters
TheSystemdialogboxopens:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
83
Configuration
Figure82:ConfigurationWizard,Systemdialogbox
TheSystemattributesmaybeeditedandtheLinkPasswordmaybechangedexactlyasinthe
correspondingLinkInstallationsteponpage65.
ClickNexttocontinue.
Step3,ChannelSettings
ConfiguringtheChannelSettingsfollowsthesamepatternastheInstallationprocedure:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
84
Configuration
Figure83:ChannelSettingsdialogboxAutomaticChannelSelection
Noticethattheoperatingchannelisgrayedout.IfyouusetheReselectChannelbutton,to
changeit,youwillbeaskedforconfirmation:
Ifyouaccept,thenthesystemwillsearchforthebestoperatingchannel:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
85
Configuration
Figure84:Searchingforthebestoperatingchannel
ThelinkwillreturntothestatusofFigure83abovewithapossiblechangetotheoperating
channel.
YoumaychooseachannelsubsetandsetpreferredchannelsasforLinkInstallationasshown
onpage616.
Ifyouworkwithoutautomaticchannelselection,theChannelSettingswindowlookslikethis:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
86
Configuration
Figure85:ChannelSettingswithoutautomaticchannelselection
IfyouclicktheOperatingChanneldropdownlist,thefollowingwindowappears:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
87
Configuration
Figure86:Channelfrequencyoptions
SelectingoneofthefrequenciespresentedreturnsyoutothestatusofFigure85withthe
appropriatechange.IfyouchooseOther...,thefollowingwindowopens:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
88
Configuration
Figure87:ChoosinganOtherOperatingChannelfrequency
Therighthanddropdownlist(showingthecurrentOperatingChannel)allowsyoutofine
tunethefrequencyinincrementsof5MHzwithinarangeoftheoperatingband,whichin
thisexampleis5.7255.850GHz.
TheChannelBandwidthmayalsobechanged.Theavailablechoicesare5,10,20and40MHz
dependingonmodelandregulation(seeAppendixA).
Forthepurposesofthisillustration,wechooseadaptivechannelselectionandoperating
channelfrequency5.820GHz.
Whenyouhavecompletedmakingyourchoice,clickNexttocontinue.
Step4,TxPowerandAntennaSettings
TheTxPowerandAntennaSettingswindowissimilartothatforInstallation:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
89
Configuration
Figure88:TransmissionPowerandAntennaParameters
AsinInstallationmode,youneedtoconsiderthreeitems:
NumberofantennasateachLinksite(1or2)
TxPowersettingforeachone
MIMOorDiversitymode
ChangingNumberofAntennasandTxPower
TXPower,AntennaGainandCableLoss
Ifyouchosetoconfigureeitherantenna,youarepresentedwiththefollowingwindow:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
810
Configuration
Figure89:Antennaconfigurationdialogwithopenedtypeselection
(RecallthatweareusinganunrealisticallylowTxpowerherebecauseourlinkina
laboratory.)
Sofar,theprocedureduplicatesthecorrespondingInstallationprocess.Ifyouchoosea
differentantennatypeandclickOK,youwillreceivethefollowingcautionarymessage:
Caution
Inthiscontext,enteringInstallationmodecausesaservicebreakuntilitis
restoredbyrunningtheInstallationwizard.
Ifyouareuncertain,donotdothiswithoutexperttechnicalassistance.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
811
Configuration
YoumayalsochangetheRequiredTxPower,AntennaGainandCableLoss.Theprocedureis
thesameasforthecorrespondingInstallation,Step4:TxPowerandAntennaSettings.
SwitchingBetweenSingleandDualAntennas
Single/DualAntennamodeselectionworkspreciselythesamewayasshownforInstallation,
Step4.
ForAirmux400LLinks:
TheseODUsmaybeswitchedbetweentheSFFembeddedantennaand
externalantennas.Tothisend,theAntennaConnectionTyperadiobuttons
arealwaysenabled:
Note
UsetheIntegratedradiobuttontoenabletheembeddedantenna.
ObservethattheSFFembeddedantennafunctionsasadualantennaand
cannotbechanged.
SwitchingBetweenMIMOandDiversityModes
AsimilarlywordedwarningappliestoasswitchfromDiversitytoMIMOmode.
Theconsiderationsareotherwisenodifferentfromthosesetoutinthecorresponding
Installationstep.
Whenyouhavecompletedmakingyourchoice,proceedtotheServiceswindow.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
812
Configuration
Step5,HubSiteSynchronizationSettings
Figure810:HSSSettings
TheSynchronizationStatusdialogboxdisplaysthecurrentstatusofeachsideofthelink.See
HubSiteSynchronizationforinstructionsaboutinstallingandconfiguringcollocatedlinks.If
youdonotrequireHSS,clickNext.
Step6,Services
Hereistheservicesdialog:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
813
Configuration
Figure811:ServicesandRatesdialog
TochooseServices,seethecorrespondingInstallationprocedureinChapter6.
Ifyouareusingalinkthat
isnoncollocated
isEthernetonly
usesmodelAirmux400100MODUs
thenyoumayuseAsymmetricAllocation.Youmaychangethecapacityallocationherethe
samewayasduringinstallation.InplaceoftheIDUboxinFigure811,youwillseethe
AsymmetricAllocationslider:
TheproceduresforsettingtheJitterBufferandHotStandbyparametersarealsothesameas
thecorrespondingproceduresinChapter6.
ClickNexttocontinue.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
814
Configuration
Step7,TDMClockConfiguration
Thefollowingdialogisdisplayed:
Figure812:TDMParametersConfiguration
ToconfiguretheTDMParameters,seethecorrespondingprocedureinChapter6.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
815
Configuration
Step8,ConfigurationSummaryandExit
Figure813:ConfigurationWizardExitSummary
ClickDonetoreturntothemainwindow.
Themainwindownowreflectstheconfiguration:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
816
Configuration
Figure814:Mainwindowofthemanagerafterconfiguration
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
817
Chapter9:
SiteConfiguration
TheSiteConfigurationdialogpanelsareusedtoconfigureparameters,whichmaydiffer
betweenbothsidesofthelink.
TheparametersconfiguredusingtheSiteConfigurationdialogpanelsinclude(amongothers):
Systemsettings
AirinterfaceTransmit(Tx)powerandantenna
HubSiteSynchronizationstatus
NetworkmanagementincludingVLAN
Inventorylinkhardwareandsoftwaremodeldetails
Securitysettings
Dateandtime
Ethernetservicesettings
TDMHotStandbystatus
Externalalarmssettings
OperationsReverttofactorysettings
TheOperationsdialogoffersadoorwaytojumpintoinstallationmode.
TheSiteConfigurationdialoghasitsownmainmenuwiththefollowingextrafunctionality:
BackupODUsoftware
RestoreODUsoftwareorconfigurationfromabackupfile
Refreshthecurrentpanel
Enable/disablethesiteODUbuzzer
Jumpbackintoinstallationmodekeepingcurrentconfigurationsettings
ConfiguringtheSite
EditingtheConfigurationParametersbySite
Youcanedittheconfigurationparametersforeachsiteindividually.Thefollowingfunctions
areavailablefromtheleftsideofthedialogbox.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
91
EditingtheConfigurationParametersbySite
Figure91:ConfigurationDialogBox
Functionsontheleftofthedialogbox:
Table91:SiteConfigurationtabs
Tab
Purpose
System
Editthecontactpersonandlocationdetails.Viewthesystemdetails
AirInterface
ChangetheTxPower,cableloss,antennatypeandsettings.
ViewHSSsettings
Management
ConfiguretheIPaddress,SubnetMask,DefaultGateway,Trap
DestinationandVLAN
Inventory
Viewthehardwareandsoftwareinventory(productidentification,
versions,MACaddressandserialnumber)
Security
ChangetheCommunityValuesandtheLinkPassword.SetLinkLock.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
92
ViewingSystemDetails
Table91:SiteConfigurationtabs(Continued)
Tab
Purpose
DateandTime
SetthedateandtimeofthelinkfromanNTPserversorfromthe
managingcomputer
Advanced
ChooseHuborBridgeODUmode,IDUagingtime,settheEthernet
portsconfiguration,setmax.informationrate,TDMMHSstatus,set
theexternalalarminputs,restorefactorysettings,setIDUdetection
mode.
Functionsatthetopofthedialogbox:
Table92:SiteConfigurationmenubuttons
Menu Button
Purpose
Backup
SavethecurrentODUsoftwaretoafile
Restore
RestoreanODUssoftwareorconfigurationfromabackupfile
createdbythebackupfacility
Refresh
Refreshcurrentpanelwithlatestvalues
InstallationMode
ReturntoInstallationModefortheentirelink.
SelectingtheMutecheckboxbeforeclickingtheInstallModebutton
mutestheBeeper.
Buzzer
Mutesthealignmenttoneininstallationmode.Reactivatethe
beeperduringalignment.
ToedittheConfigurationParameters:
1.ClicktherequiredsitebuttononthemaintoolbaroftheAirmuxManager
OR
ClickConfigurationfromthemainmenuandchooseasitetoconfigure.
TheConfigurationdialogboxopens(seeFigure91above).
2.Choosetheappropriateiteminthelefthandlisttoopenadialogbox.
3.ClickApplytosavechanges.
Insubsequentinstructions,wewillsimplysayChooseasitetoconfigureonthe
understandingthattheforegoingprocedureisimplied.
ViewingSystemDetails
Thisisthefirstwindowdisplayedasdepictedabove.Youcaneditthecontactdetailsandsite
names.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
93
ViewingAirInterfaceDetails
ViewingAirInterfaceDetails
ClicktheAirInterfaceiteminthelefthandlist.Awindowsimilartothefollowingappears:
ChangingtheTransmitPower
EachsitecanhaveadifferentTxPowerlevel.
TochangetheTransmitPower:
1.Chooseasitetoconfigure.
TheConfigurationdialogboxopens.
2.ChooseAirInterface(seeFigure92).
3.ChoosetherequiredTransmit(Tx)PowerLevel.
4.ClickApplytosavethechanges.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
94
ChangingtheTransmitPower
Figure92:ChangingtheAntennaTypeandTransmitPower
TheAntennaConnectiontypereflectstheinstalledODU.Inourexample,weareusingan
externalantennaonaAirmux400100MODU,sothefirsttwofieldsaresetandgrayedoutas
shown.IfyouhaveaconnectorizedAirmux400LCmodel,youwillbeabletoswitchbetween
externalandintegratedantennas.
Theantennatype(Dual,Single)mayonlybechangedifyouaccesstheODUbyLocal
Connection.
FordetailedexplanationabouttherelationshipbetweentheTxpower,antennagainand
cablelossparameters,seeInstallation,Step4..
Caution
ChangingtheTxPowerwillaffectservicequality.Thesameconsiderations
applyhereaswerenotedintheInstallationprocedure,Step4.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
95
HubSiteSync
HubSiteSync
HereyoucanviewtheHSSstatus.Forourexample,HSSisdisabledandthestatusisas
follows:
Figure93:HSSStatus:HSSdisabled
IfweenableHSSandsetSiteAasHSM,thewindowlookslikethis:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
96
IPAddress,VLANandProtocol
ForfurtherdetailsaboutHSS,seeChapter11.
IPAddress,VLANandProtocol
ConfiguringtheODUAddress
Eachsitemustbeconfiguredseparately.Foranovertheairconfiguration,firstconfiguresite
BthensiteAsoastoavoidlockout.SeeChapter26fordetailedinstructionsaboutthebest
waytodothisonsite.
SeeChapter17forfurtherdetailsaboutVLANFunctionalityforAirmux400.
TodefinetheManagementAddresses:
1.Chooseasitetoconfigure.TheConfigurationdialogboxopens:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
97
ConfiguringtheODUAddress
Figure94:ManagementAddressesSiteConfigurationdialogbox
2.ChooseManagement.
3.EntertheIPaddressoftheODUintheIPAddressfield.
IfperformingconfigurationfromtheAirmuxManager,theIPaddressisthat
enteredfromtheLoginwindow.
Note
4.EntertheSubnetMask.
5.EntertheDefaultGateway.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
98
ConfiguringIPAddressesforTrapDestinations
ConfiguringIPAddressesforTrapDestinations
ToenteraTrapDestination:
1.IntheTrapDestinationtable,doubleclickalinetobeedited.Thefollowingentrywin
dowisdisplayed:
2.EntertheTrapDestinationIPAddressandPort.ItcouldbetheIPaddressofthe
managingcomputer.Theeventslogwillbestoredattheaddresseschosen.
3.ForSecuritymodelyoumaychoosebetweenSNMPv1orSNMPv3.Thechoiceissite
dependent.IfyouchooseSNMPv1,youmayonlyenteranIPaddressandport
number.ForSNMPv3,youshouldsupplyausernameandpassword:
4.ClickOKtosaveyourchoice.Hereistheresult:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
99
ConfiguringVLANforManagement
Atanytime,clickApplytosaveaccumulatedManagementchanges.
ConfiguringVLANforManagement
Tip
VLANIDsareusedbyRADproductsinthreeseparatecontexts:
ManagementVLAN,TrafficVLANandEthernetRing.Itisrecommended
thatyouusedifferentVLANIDsforeachcontext.
VLANManagementenablesseparationofusertrafficfrommanagementtrafficwhenever
suchseparationisrequired.Itisrecommendedthatbothsidesofthelinkbeconfiguredwith
differentVLANIDsformanagementtraffic.(Thisreducesyourchancesofaccidentallylocking
yourselfoutofthelink.)
ToenableVLANmanagement:
1.ClickConfigurationfromthemainmenu.
2.Chooseasitetoconfigure.Ifyouareconfiguringbothsites,choosesiteBfirstto
avoidlockingyourselfout.
3.ChooseManagement.
4.OpentheVLANtab.
Figure95:ConfiguringmanagementtrafficVLANSettings
5.ChecktheEnabledbox.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
910
LostorforgottenVLANID
6.EnteraVLANID.Itsvalueshouldbebetween1and4094.
AfterenteringtheVLANID,onlypacketswiththespecifiedVLANIDareprocessed
formanagementpurposesbytheODU.Thisincludesalltheprotocolssupportedby
theODU(ICMP,SNMP,TELNETandNTP).TheVLANpriorityisusedforthetraffic
sentfromtheODUtothemanagingcomputer.UsingVLANformanagementtraffic
affectsalltypesofmanagementconnections(local,networkandovertheair).
7.EnteraPrioritynumberbetween0and7.
8.ChangetheVLANIDandPriorityofthemanagingcomputerNICtobethesameas
thoseofsteps6and7respectively.
Caution
ChangingthisparametercausestheAirmuxManagertoimmediately
disconnect.Toavoidinconvenience,youshouldverifythechangeby
settingtheVLANonlytooneODU,andonlyafterverifyingproper
managementoperation,changetheotherODUVLANsetting.
9.ClickApplyorOK.
LostorforgottenVLANID
IftheVLANIDisforgottenorthereisnoVLANtrafficconnectedtotheODU,thenresetthe
relevantODU.
Duringthefirsttwominutesofconnection,theODUusesmanagementpacketsbothwith
andwithoutVLAN.YoumayusethisperiodtoreconfiguretheVLANIDandpriority.
SupportedProtocols
Supported protocols are shown in Figure96.
Figure96:SupportedProtocols
SNMPsupportispermanentlyenabled.YoumaychoosebetweenSNMPv1,SNMPv3orboth.
IfyouchooseSNMPv3,youwillbeofferedthefollowingcautionarymessage:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
911
DisplayingtheInventory
Foralinkmanagedinanetwork,directaccesstoanODUusingTelnetisconsideredtobea
securitybreach.TelnetaccessmaybeenabledordisabledbyclickingtheProtocoltaband
enabling/disablingTelnetaccessusingtheTelnetcheckbox.Similarconsiderationsapplyto
accessviatheWebInterface.
ForfurtherdetailsaboutTelnetaccessseepage944.
ForfurtherdetailsseeChapter29.
TelnetandWebInterfaceaccessmodeswhenavailable,aresitespecific.Ifforexample,siteA
istheoperatorsiteandsiteBtheclientsite,youmaywishtodisabletheseprotocolsforsiteB
butleavethemenabledforsiteA.
Ifeitheraccessmodeposesageneralsecurityrisk,youmustdisablethem
foreachsiteseparately.
Note
DisplayingtheInventory
Toviewtheinventorydata
1.Chooseasitefromthemainmenu.
2.ChooseInventory.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
912
SecurityFeatures
Figure97:Inventorywindow
SecurityFeatures
TheSecuritydialogenablesyoutochangetheLinkPasswordandtheSNMPCommunity
stringsandusetheLinkLockfeature:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
913
Figure98:Availablesecurityfeatures
Thisitemisonlyavailablewhenthelinkisdown.Otherwise,itworksthesamewayasthe
correspondingiteminChapter6.
AirmuxManagerCommunityStrings
TheODUcommunicateswiththeAirmuxManagerusingtheSNMPv1orSNMPv3protocol.
TheSNMPv1protocoldefinesthreetypesofcommunities:
ReadOnlyforretrievinginformationfromtheODU
ReadWritetoconfigureandcontroltheODU
TrapusedbytheODUtoissuetraps.
TheCommunitystringmustbeenteredatlogon.Youmustknowthepasswordandthe
correctCommunitystringtogainaccesstothesystem.Youmayhavereadonlyprivileges.Itis
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
914
notpossibletomanagetheODUifthereadwriteorthereadCommunityvaluesare
forgotten.AnewCommunityvaluemaybeobtainedfromRADCustomerSupportforthe
purposeofsettingnewCommunity.Youmustalsohaveavailabletheserialnumberorthe
MACaddressoftheODU.
ThereadwriteCommunitystringsandreadonlyCommunitystringshaveaminimumoffive
alphanumericcharacters.(bru1andbru4097arenotpermitted).Changingthetrap
Communityisoptionalandisdonebyclickingthecheckbox.
EditingSNMPv1CommunityStrings
TheCommunitychangedialogboxisavailablefromtheConfiguration|Securitytab.Both
readwriteandreadonlycommunitiesmustbedefined.
Onloggingonforthefirsttime,usethefollowingasthecurrentCommunity:
ForReadWriteCommunity,usenetman.
ForReadOnlyCommunity,usepublic.
ForTrapCommunity,usepublic
TochangeaCommunitystring:
1.TypethecurrentreadwriteCommunity(defaultisnetman).
2.Choosethecommunitiestobechangedbyclickingthecheckbox.
3.TypethenewCommunitystringandretypetoconfirm.Acommunitystringmust
containatleastfiveandnomorethan32charactersexcludingSPACE,TAB,andany
of>#@|*?;."
4.ClickOKtosave.
EditingSNMPv3Passwords
Tocommencetheprocess,youmustenterthecurrentReadWriteCommunitypasswordas
showninthefirstfieldofFigure99below.ChangetheReadWriteandReadOnlypasswords
asindicated.Apasswordmustbebetween8and31characterslong.Thesamecharacter
restrictionsfortheSNMPv1communitystringsalsoapplyhere.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
915
Figure99:ChangingtheCommunityStrings/Passwords
ForgottenSNMPv1Communitystring
IfthereadwriteCommunitystringisunknown,analternativeCommunitykeycanbeused.
ThealternativeCommunitykeyisuniqueperODUandcanbeusedonlytochangethe
Communitystrings.ThealternativeCommunitykeyissuppliedwiththeproduct,andshould
bekeptinasafeplace.
IfboththereadwriteCommunityandthealternativeCommunitykeyareunavailable,then
analternativeCommunitykeycanbeobtainedfromRADCustomerSupportusingtheODU
serialnumberorMACaddress.Theserialnumberislocatedontheproductlabel.Theserial
numberandtheMACaddressaredisplayedintheSiteConfigurationinventorytab.
WhenyouhavethealternativeCommunitykey,clicktheForgotCommunitybuttonandenter
theAlternativeCommunitykey(Figure910).ThenchangethereadwriteCommunitystring.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
916
LinkLockSecurityFeature
Figure910:AlternativeCommunityDialogbox
LinkLockisapartofRADssecurityconceptintendedtomeetaformofabuse
encounteredinthefield.ItisdesignedtopreventthesituationwherearemoteODU
canbestolenandusedasapiratelinktostealservicesorinformation.TheLink
LockfeatureactuallylocksthelocalODUtobesynchronizedONLYtospecificremote
ODU.Itisasiteorientedfeature.
Thelockcanonlybesetfromalivelink.ItisbasedonMACauthenticationandissite
orientedandactivatedonaperODUbasis.Forexample,ifyoulocktheSiteBODUto
theSiteAODU,youmuststilllocktheSiteAODUtotheSiteBODUtoensure
completetwowaylocking.
LinkLockcanonlyberemovedwhenthelinkisunsynchronized.Insuchacase,an
alarmisraisedbytheAirmuxManager.
ToenableLinkLock:
1.ClickSiteAonthemaintoolbar.
2.ChoosetheSecuritytab.Thefollowingwindowisdisplayed:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
917
3.ClicktheLinkLockcheckboxandthenOK.Youareaskedtoconfirmthelock:
4.ClicktheYesbuttonandyouarereturnedtothemainwindowoftheAirmux
Manager.
Observethatalinkiconisnowdisplayedinthestatusbaronthebottomrightofthe
AirmuxManagerwindow.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
918
SettingtheDateandTime
ThelinktotheremoteunitisnowlockedandtheSecurityscreenwilllooklikethis:
TheLinkLockcheckboxisnowunavailable.
5.Ifrequired,repeattheprocedureforSiteB.
Note
ToreverttheLinkLockstatustounlocked,powerdowneachODU
inturn.UsetheaboveproceduretounchecktheLinkLockstatus
boxfortheliveODU.
AsimpleODUresetateitherendwillrestorethelinktoits
previouslockedorunlockedstate.
TheODUmaintainsadateandtime.Thedateandtimeshouldbesynchronizedwithany
NetworkTimeProtocol(NTP)version3compatibleserver.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
919
DuringpoweruptheODUattemptstoconfiguretheinitialdateandtimeusinganNTPServer.
IftheserverIPaddressisnotconfiguredorisnotreachable,adefaulttimeisset.
WhenconfiguringtheNTPServerIPaddress,youshouldalsoconfiguretheoffsetfromthe
UniversalCoordinatedTime(UTC).Ifthereisnoserveravailable,youcaneithersetthedate
andtime,oryoucansetittousethedateandtimefromthemanagingcomputer.Notethat
manualsettingisnotrecommendedsinceitwillbeoverriddenbyareset,powerup,or
synchronizationwithanNTPServer.
Note
TheNTPusesUDPport123.IfafirewallisconfiguredbetweentheODUand
theNTPServerthisportmustbeopened.
Itcantakeupto8minutesfortheNTPtosynchronizetheODUdateand
time.
Tosetthedateandtime:
1.DeterminetheIPaddressoftheNTPservertobeused.
2.Testitforconnectivityusingthecommand(WindowsXPorlater),forexample:
w32tm/stripchart/computer:216.218.192.202
Youshouldgetacontinuousresponseoftimes,eachafewsecondsapart.
3.Chooseasitetoconfigure.
4.ChooseDate&Time:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
920
Figure911:DateandTimeConfiguration
5.IfenteringanIPaddressfortheNTPServer,clickClear,andthenenterthenew
address.
6.SetyoursiteOffsetvalueinminutesaheadorbehindGMT1.
7.Tomanuallysetthedateandtime,clickChangeandeditthenewvalues.
1. GreenwichMeanTime
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
921
Figure912:ChangeDateandTime
IfyouusedanNTPServer,youwillseeawindowlikethis:
Figure913:DateandTimeconfiguredfromanNTPServer
8.ClickOKtoreturntotheConfigurationdialog.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
922
EthernetProperties
EthernetProperties
ODUMode
HubModeInHubmodetheODUtransparentlyforwardsallpacketsoverthewireless
link.
BridgeModeInBridgemodetheODUperformsbothlearningandaging,forwarding
onlyrelevantpacketsoverthewirelesslink.TheagingtimeoftheODUisfixedat300
seconds.
Changingthesemodesrequiressystemreset.
Note
Airmux400100MODUsathardwarerevision9orhigher(seeDisplayingtheInventory)work
inHubmodeonly.BridgingisonlyavailablewhenusinganIDUE/IDU/AirmuxIDUH/2ETHand
itisperformedbytheIDU.Thebridgecapabilityisnotconfigurable,beingbuiltintotheIDU.
OtherAirmux400modelscontrolthechoiceofHuborBridgingmode.
ConfiguringtheBridge
Bridgeconfigurationisrequiredinvariousnetworktopologies,suchasprotection(Ethernet
1+1)andringapplications.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
923
ODUMode
Figure914:Bridge,VLANandMIRConfigurationusinganIDUE
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
924
ODUMode
Figure915:Bridge,VLANandMIRConfigurationusingaPoEdevice
Note
InFigure914and915,theODUsupportsGbEandmayoperateatupto
1000Mbps.ThelatestIDUEmodels(hardwareversions6andlater)and
thenewGbEPoEwillsupportupto1000MbpsattheirLANports.A
suitableSFPmodulewillalsosupportGbE.
IDUAgingtime
ThisparametercontrolstheIDUagingtime.
TheagingtimeparametercontrolsthetimeafterwhicheachMACaddressisdroppedfrom
theMACaddresslearningtable.
Thedefaultvalueis300seconds.
Note
Anychangetotheseparametersiseffectiveimmediately.
Eachsideofthelinkcanbeconfiguredseparately,withdifferentaging
times.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
925
ConfiguringEthernetPortsMode
Thefollowingtableshowstheappropriateconfigurationforseveralcommonscenarios.Both
linksitesmustbeconfiguredwiththesameparameter:
Table93:ODUmodeconfigurationforcommonscenarios
Scenario
ODU
Mode
IDU
Aging
Time
Standard(default)ConfigurationforEthernet
Applications
Bridg
e
300sec
Rapidnetworktopologychangeswherefastagingis
required
Hub
1sec
ConfiguringEthernetPortsMode
TheODUEthernetportmodeisconfigurableforlinespeed(10/100/1000BaseT)andduplex
mode(halforfullduplex).
AnAutoDetectfeatureisprovided,wherebythelinespeedandduplexmodearedetected
automaticallyusingautonegotiation.Usemanualconfigurationwhenattachedexternal
equipmentdoesnotsupportautonegotiation.ThedefaultsettingisAutoDetect.
Caution
Youshouldnotreconfiguretheportthatisusedforthemanagingcomputer
connection,sinceawrongconfigurationcancauseamanagement
disconnectionorEthernetservicesinterruption.
ToconfiguretheEthernetMode:
1.FromtheConfigurationmenu,choosethesitetoconfigure.
TheSiteConfigurationdialogboxopens.
2.ClickAdvanced|Ethernet.
3.IntheEthernetPortsConfigurationpane,usethedropdownmenutochoosethe
requiredmode.
Note
ItispossibletoclosetheEthernetservicebydisconnectingtheEthernet
port.
Ifyouclosetheport,youmaysubsequentlybeunabletoaccessthe
device.Ifthisshouldoccur,aworkaroundisasfollows:
Connecttothesystemfromtheremotesite
ConnectviaotherEthernetport(oftheIDU)
Powerdowntheequipmentandconnectimmediatelyafterpower
up(thefastestwayistoenterinstallmode)
TheModeandRadioLinkFailureActionoptionsvarysomewhatwithIDUorPoEtype.Fora
GbEPoEdevicetheyarerespectively,asfollows:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
926
PortConnections
PortConnections
ForIDUEbasedlinksthePortConnectionswindowenablesyoutocontrolcommunication
betweenthetwoLANportsandtheSFP:
TheportcombinationsshownmaybeConnectedorDisconnected.ForIDUs,youwillonlysee
LAN1LAN2.
CRCErrorDetectionforGbEPorts
TheCRCerrorcountforGbELANportsmaybeseenasmouseovertooltips:
Figure916:GbELANPortwithCRCerrorwarningandCRCcounttooltip
TheoccurrenceofCRCerrorsonaportisindicatedbytheyellowtriangularcautionsign;to
seetheCRCerrorcount,mouseoverthecautionsign.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
927
VLANTaggingforEthernetService:Configuration
Tip
TwomodesofVLANtaggingforEthernetservicearesupported:ODUmodeforPoElinksand
IDUmodeforlinksusingIDUEs.
VLANTaggingODUMode
IftheODUisconfiguredwitheither
aPoEdeviceinsteadofanIDUE
anIDUEwithIDUdetectiondisabled
thewindowshowninFigure915willbedisplayed.ClickingtheODUVLANConfiguration
buttonopensthefollowingwindow:
Figure917:ODUVLANConfiguration
TheIngressoptionsare:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
928
Transparentmodepassesthroughallframestransparently.Untagallremovestaggingfrom
allframes.FiltermodepassesthroughpacketswithVLANIDSlistedinthetable.Untagged
packetsarealsofiltered.TheyareblockedbytheODU.
ThetableofAllowedVLANIDsisenablewhenyouselecttheFilteroption.Youmayenterup
toeightVLANIDs.
TheEgressoptionsare:
Transparentmodepassesframeswithouttagging.BothTagmodeProviderTaggingeach
requiresthatyouassignaVLANIDandVLANPriority:
TheVLANIDmustbeintherange2to4094andtheVLANPriorityisanintegerbetween0
and7.
Whenyouaredone,remembertoclickOK(Figure917).
VLANTaggingIDUMode
TosetupIDUmodeVLANtaggingforEthernetService,clicktheVLANConfiguration...button
inFigure914.Thefollowingwindowisdisplayed:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
929
Figure918:VLANtagsettings
IfyouareusingaIDU,theSFProwwillnotappear.
Note
InNormalmode,youmustmanuallyassigneachrequiredVLANIDtoaport,whetherfor
taggingoruntagging.MembershipmodeallowsyoutoallocateblocksofVLANIDs.
NormalMode
ThechoicesforIngressModeare
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
930
andforEgressModeare
Membershipmode
InMembershipModeyoumayassignVLANIDsinblockstotheports.Thenextthreefigures
showstheworkflow.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
931
ToconfigureVLANusingMembershipmode:
1.AddarangeofVLANIDsorasinglelineitem.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
932
2.AssignparticipatingportstoeachVLANID.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
933
3.SetuntaggedportVLANIDsasrequiredandclickOKtoaccept.Atanypointyoumay
returntothelastdisplaytoseeyouVLANassignments.
Note
ThedetailsofsettingupVLANtaggingrequireadvancednetwork
managementskillsbeyondthescopeofthismanual.Furtherinformation
fortheNetworkManagerisprovidedinChapter17.
CompletelyDisablingVLAN
ItmaybenecessarytodisableVLANforseveralreasonsapartfromreconfiguration.For
example,settingaVLANIDtotheLANportusedbythemanagingcomputercaneffectively
lockyououtofthelink.Theremedyforthissituationistoresettherelevantsite(s)andlogon
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
934
SettingtheMaximumInformationRate(MIR)
again.YouhavetwominutesofgracebeforetheVLANsettingstakehold.Duringthis
period,youshouldnavigatetoSiteConfiguration|EthernetandthenclicktheDisableVLAN
button.AnyVLANsettingsforthesitewillbelost.
WhatistheMIR
ThemaximumEthernetthroughputofthelink(MIR)canbelimited.ThedefaultsettingisBest
Effort(seeFigure914above),wherethehighestinformationrateavailableforthelink
conditionsandsettingsisused.
Whatisitfor
TheMIRsettinglimitsthethroughputforEthernetservice.Itdoesnotaffectthecapacityof
TDMservices.
IftheLinkBudgetCalculatororairconditionslimitthecapacitytoXMbps,andsupposethat
youuseY(<X)MbpsforTDMservices,thenyouareleftwithXY=ZMbpsforEthernet.
Supposeforexample,thatZ=20Mbps.
AsaServiceProvider,youcandecidetosellapackagebasedon10Mbpsandcharge$P1for
it,or15Mbpsfor$P2>$P1.
TheMIRsettingallowsyoudothis.
Thedefaultvalueisbesteffort(shownasUnlimited)whichwillgiveZabove.
Theminimumvalueis256Mbps.
ThemaximumvaluewillbetheminimumbetweenZaboveand
25/10MbpsforAirmux400LC(Modeldependent)
50MbpsforAirmux400L
20MbpsforAirmux40010M
Note
200MbpsforAirmux400100M
TheMIRsettingisindependentperdirection.
TolimittheEthernetinformationrate:
1.FromtheConfigurationmenu,choosethesitetoreconfigure.
2.ClickAdvanced|Ethernet
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
935
Figure919:EthernetConfigurationSiteConfigurationdialogbox
3.IntheInformationRatepane,usethedropdownmenutochoosetheMIR.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
936
SettingthesynclossThreshold
Figure920:EthernetMIRThroughputselection
4.ChooseOthertodefinethethroughputwith1Kbpsresolution
5.ChooseBestEffortforthehighestinformationratepossibleforthelinkconditions
andsettings
Figure921:Airinterfacedetails
SettingthesynclossThreshold
YoumaychangethesynclossthresholdbyclickingthesynclossThresholdbutton:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
937
TDMMHSStatus
Thesynclossthresholdvalue,whichyouenterisabsolute.synclosswillonlyoccurif
throughputfallsbelowit.
Note
Thedefaultvalueisdeterminedbyanalgorithmtakingintoaccount
yourcurrentlinkradioparameters
Thereisaprovisiontooverrideanexcessivelyhighvaluethatwould
leadtocontinuoussynclossthrashing:Anexcessivelyhighvalue
willbeignoredbythesystem.
Anexcessivelylowvaluemaypreventsynclosseventsalmostentirely,
inturnpreventingtheACSmechanismfromworkingeffectively.
TDMMHSStatus
HereyoucanseetheTDMMHSstatus.Thereisnothingtoset.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
938
SettingExternalAlarmInputs
Figure922:TDMMHSstatus
SettingExternalAlarmInputs
TheIDUEandtheIDUhavefourexternalalarminputsandfourexternalalarmoutputsinthe
formofdrycontactrelays.TheAlarminterfaceislocatedonthefrontpaneloftheIDUEand
isa25pinDtypefemaleconnector.SeeAppendixB,forwiringspecificationsandpinout.You
mayenableordisableeachofthealarmsandconfigurethealarmdescriptiontextappearing
inthealarmtrapmessage.TheODUsendsthealarmwithinlessthanasecondfromactual
alarmtrigger.
Tosettheexternalalarminputs:
1.ChooseExternalAlarmsfromtheSiteConfigurationwindow.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
939
Resetting
Figure923:ExternalAlarmsConfiguration
2.ChooseanalarmandsetitsmodetoEnabledorDisabled
3.Enteradescriptionofthealarmsinthetextfield.
4.ClickApplytosave.
5.ClickOKtoexitfromthedialog.
Resetting
Youmayresetthelink,preservingthecurrentconfiguration,orresettofactorydefaults.
Caution
Resettingthelinkcausesservicedisconnection.
Tomaintaintheconnectionbetweenthemanagingcomputerandthe
link,firstresetSiteB.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
940
Resetting
Toresetthelinkpreservingcurrentconfiguration:
1.FromMaintenanceonthemainwindow,resettheremoteunit.
2.FromMaintenanceonthemainwindow,resetthelocalunit.
ToresettoFactoryDefaults
1.Chooseeitherofthesitestobereset.TheConfigurationdialogboxopens.
2.ChooseOperationsintheConfigurationdialogbox.
Figure924:SiteConfigurationResettofactorydefaults
3.ClicktheRestoreDefaultsbutton.
Amessageboxaskingifyouwanttorestorefactorydefaultsettingsappears.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
941
IDUDetection
4.ClickthecheckboxifyouwanttokeepthecurrentIPaddresssettings.
5.ClickYestocontinue.
Afterafewmomentsthesitewillberesetandyouwillneedtologontoittore
installthelink.
IDUDetection
AnODUalwaystriestodetecttheIDUtowhichitisconnected.IDUDetectioniseffectedby
anIDUrespondingtospecialODUpackets.
IfaPoEdeviceisinuse,thedetectionpacketsspreadtothecontainingnetworkandmay
causeflooding.Insuchacase,theIDUDetectionfeature,(Figure924),shouldbedisabled.
TodisableIDUDetectionMode,justtogglethecheckboxinFigure924.
Backup/RestoreofODUSoftwareFiles
BackupODUSoftwaretoaFile
AirmuxManagerallowsyoutobackuptheODUsoftwareofbothunitsofalinktothe
managingcomputerasbinaryfiles.Eachsiteisbackedupinaseparatefile.Thedefault
backupfilenameisconstructedfromtheODUIPaddressandthedateasinthefollowing
example:
BackupofSiteAasusedinourexamples:
10.104.2.2_1.12.2009.backup
Ifyouperformmorethanonebackuponagivendateyouwillneedtochangethefilename
tosomethinglikethis:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
942
RestoringODUSoftwareorConfiguration
10.104.2.2_1.12.2009_00.backup
10.104.2.2_1.12.2009_01.backup
...
TobackuptheODUsoftwareafile:
1.Chooseasitetobackup.TheSiteConfigurationdialogboxopens.
2.ClickBackup.
3.IntheSaveAsdialogbox,indicateinwhichfolderandunderwhatname
configurationfileistobesaved,andclickSave.
RestoringODUSoftwareorConfiguration
Backupfilescanbeuploadedfromthemanagingcomputer.Youmaychooseafullsoftware
restoreorconfigurationonlyrestore.YoumayrestoreabackupfiletoanotherODUsubject
tothefollowingprovisions:
ThebackupwasperformedwithAirmuxManager,release2.8.20orhigher
ThesourceandtargetODUshavethesame
ProductID
Hardwareversion
Capacity
YoucancheckProductID,HardwareversionandCapacityfromtheInventorydisplayforthe
sourceODU.
Torestorefromabackupfile:
1.Chooseasitetorestore(fromapreviousbackup).
TheSiteConfigurationdialogboxopens.
2.ClickRestore.YouareofferedthechoiceofaFullorConfigurationRestoreasshown:
3.ClicktherequiredRestoretype.YouarethenofferedastandardOpenFiledialogbox.
4.FromtheOpenFiledialogbox,navigatetoyourbackupstorageareaandchoosefile
toupload.ClickOK.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
943
Mutingthealignmenttonebuzzer
Mutingthealignmenttonebuzzer
TheODUalignmenttonebecomesaudibleassoonaspowerissupplied,andcontinuesuntil
theODUsarealignedandthelinkestablished.
Itispossibletomutethetoneduringregularoperationofthelink.Itmustbeenabledwhen
performingthealignmentprocedure.
Tomutethealignmenttonebuzzer:
1.Chooseasite.TheConfigurationdialogboxopens.
2.IntheConfigurationdialogbox,clicktheBuzzerbutton.
Figure925:Alignmenttonebuzzerstates
3.ClickOff.Thetoneisdisabled.
Torestorethealignmenttonebuzzer:
1.Chooseasite.TheConfigurationdialogboxopens.
2.ClickOntohavethebuzzerbeepcontinuouslyorAutotohavethebuzzerbeeponly
ininstallmode.
ConfigurationwithTelnet
ATelnetterminalcanbeusedtoconfigureandmonitortheAirmux400.
TostartaTelnetsession,usetelnet<ODU_IP>.
Forexample,ifyourunTelnetasfollows,
telnet10.104.2.2
youwillbeaskedforausernameandpassword.
TheTelnetlogonusernameisthepasswordthatyouusedtoentertheAirmuxManager(for
example,thedefault:admin).TheTelnetpasswordisthecorrespondingCommunitystring
(default:netman).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
944
Figure926:Telnetsessionlogon
AReadOnlyCommunitystringallowsdisplayonlywhereasaReadWriteCommunitystring
allowsdisplayandsetcommands.
SupportedTelnetcommandsareshowninTable96.Notethatsomeofthecommandsare
modelspecific.Forexample,TDMcommandswillnotapplytoEthernetonlyandPoEbased
links.
Table94:TelnetDisplaycommands
Command
Explanation
displayinventory
DisplaysODUproductname,Name,Location,
hardwareandsoftwarerevisions,uptime,MAC
address,IDUproductname,IDUsoftwareand
hardwarerevisions
displaymanagement
DisplaysIP,Subnet,Gateway,Trapstable
displaylink
DisplaysState,LinkID,ChannelBW,RSS,TSL,
Frequency/ACS,DFS,Rate/ARA,Distance
displayethernet
DisplaysBridgeMode,Agingtime,Porttable(State,
Statusandaction)
displayethernet_errors
DisplayFCSerrorsforODU/IDURx,IDULAN1/LAN2
displaytdm
DisplaysClockMode,MasterClockMode,Current
Clock,Quality,TDMtable(Linestatus,ErrorBlocks)
displayntp
DisplaysTime,ServerandOffset
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
945
Table94:TelnetDisplaycommands(Continued)
Command
Explanation
displayPM
<interface:AIR,LAN1,LAN2,TDM1,
TDM2,...,TDM16>
<interval:current,day,month>
Showstheperformancemonitortablesforeach
interfaceaccordingtouserdefinedmonitoring
intervals
displaybands
Displayavailablebands
displayratio
Displayuplink/downlinkratio,permille
displaysyncloss_thresh
DisplaysynclossthreholdinKbps
Table95:TelnetSetimmediatecommands
Command
Explanation
setip<ipaddr><subnetMask>
<gateway>
SettheODUIPaddress,subnetmaskandgateway.
TheusermustresettheODUafterthecommand
completion
settrap<index:110><ipaddr>
<port:065535>
Setaspecifictrapfromthetrapstable(e.g.settrap3
10.104.2.2162)
setreadpw<oldpasswd><passwd>
Setthereadaccesspassword(ReadCommunity)
setwritepw<oldpasswd><passwd>
Setthereadwriteaccesspassword(ReadWrite
Community)
settrappw<oldpasswd><passwd>
SetthetrapCommunitystring
setbuzzer
<mode:0=OFF,1=ON,2=ALWAYS_ON Setthebuzzermode
,3=AUTO>
settpc<power:Valuebetween
minimalTxpower,andmaximalTx
power>
SettheODUTxPower.Ifawrongvalueisentered,
bothminandmaxvaluesshallbedisplayedinthe
errorreply
setname<newname>
Setthenameofthelink
setlocation<newlocation>
Setthesitename
setcontact<newcontact>
Setthenameofthelocation
setethernet
<port:MNG,LAN1,LAN2>
<mode:AUTO,10H,10F,100H,100F,D
ISABLE>
SetthemodeandspeedofeachEthernetport
setsyncloss_thresh
SetsynclossthresholdinKbps(default1000Kbps)
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
946
Table95:TelnetSetimmediatecommands(Continued)
Command
Explanation
resync
ResyncstheODUs.Theuseriswarnedthatthe
commandwilldropserviceforafewseconds.Theair
interfaceisresetbutnotlost.TheTelnetsessionis
maintained.(WatchtheIDULEDs.)
reboot
ResetsboththeIDUandtheODU.Theuseriswarned
thatthecommandwillresettheODU.AnewTelnet
sessiontotheODUmaybeopenedaftertheresetis
complete.(WatchtheIDULEDs.)
help
Displaystheavailablecommands
Table96:TelnetSetcommandsrequiringreset
Command
Explanation
set<ssid>
SetLinkID
setrate<index:17,adaptive>
Settherat.Indexistothetableasappearsinthe
ConfigWizard
setbridge<mode:0=Bridging
OFF,1=BridgingON>
SettheODUbridgemode(0off,1on)
setratio<11000>
setuplink/downlinkratio,permille
setdual_tx_mode(mode:1=MIMO,
SetdualantennamodetoMIMOorDiversity
2=Diversity)
setpreferredfrequenciesclear
Clearpreferredfrequencies.Requiresaresync.
setpreferredfrequenciesadd
<freq>
AddapreferredfrequencyinMHz.Requiresaresync.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
947
Chapter10:
MonitoringandDiagnostics
TheAirmuxManagerapplicationenablesyoutomonitorthelink,aswellasperform
diagnosticoperationssuchasloopbacktests.
Thischaptercovers:
Retrievinglinkinformation
Linkcompatibilityissues
TDMportloopbacks
Reinstallingandrealigningalink
Performancemonitoring
Throughputchecking
Events,alarmsandTraps
Revertingalertmessages
Remotepowerfailindication
Troubleshooting
ReplacinganODU
Restoringtofactorysetup
Onlinehelp
Obtainingsupport
RetrievingLinkInformation(GetDiagnostics)
TheGetDiagnosticsfeaturecollectsandwritesalllinkandManagerinformation(fromboth
sites)intoatextfile.Thefileinformationcanbeusedfordiagnosticsandshouldbesentto
RADCustomerSupporttospeedupassistance.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
101
RetrievingLinkInformation(GetDiagnostics)
Thefollowingtablelistslinkandsysteminformationthatcanbemonitored.
Table101:GetDiagnosticsDataandDescription
Data
Description
SystemData
Generalinformationaboutthesystem
LinkInformation
Informationaboutthelinkproperties
EventsLog
Listofsystemeventsincludingthosefromother
sitesifthissiteisdefinedasthetrapdestination
Last256eventsfrombothsites
SiteConfiguration
Dataaboutthesiteparameters
ActiveAlarms
Listofactivealarms
Performance
Networkperformancedataoverdefinedtimeperiods
Monitor
Detailedeventdatarecord
SpectrumView
DatafromlastSpectrumViewrun
Togetdiagnostics
1.FromtheHelpmenu,chooseGetDiagnosticsInformation.
Figure101:GetDiagnosticsDialogBox
2.Selectordeselectthedataoptions.IfthefileistobesenttoRADCustomerSupport
leavealloptionschecked.
3.ClickFilePathtospecifythefolderinwhichyouwanttosavethefileandthenclick
Starttosavetheinformation.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
102
LinkCompatibility
ThefileissavedinthespecifiedfolderasDiagnosticsInformation.txt
LinkCompatibility
LinkCompatibilityindicatestheversioncompatibilityusingsoftwaretraps.Asnewhardware
orsoftwareisaddedtoexistingnetworkscompatibilityissuesmayarise.Anincompatibility
issueisindicatedtotheuserbyachangeofcoloroftheLinkStatusboxontheMainMenu
window.Trapmessages(canbeviewedintheEventsLog)indicatetheproblemsorlimitations
andsuggestupgradeswhenappropriate.
ThefollowingLinkStatusmessagesaregiven:
fullCompatibilitydifferentsoftwareversionsweredetectedthatarefullycompatible.The
messageindicatesthatanupgradeisavailable.
restrictedCompatibilitydifferentsoftwareversionsweredetectedthatoperatecorrectly.
However,newfeaturesarenotsupported.
softwareUpgradeRequireddifferentsoftwareversionsweredetectedallowinglimited
operation.Themessageis,thatasoftwareupgradeisrequired.
versionsIncompatibilitydifferentsoftwareversionsweredetectedthatareincompatible.
Youneedtoperformlocalupgrades.
Table102:LinkCompatibilityTrapMessages
LinkState
LinkState
text
Link
Status
Color
Site
Description
fullCompatibility
Active
Green
Software
Upgrade
Available
restrictedCompatibility
Active
Software
Version
mismatch
Magenta
(Sameas
authentic
ation
error)
Software
Upgrade
Recommende
d
softwareUpgradeRequir
ed
Active
Software
Upgrade
Required
Brown
(Major)
Software
Upgrade
Required
versionsIncompatibility
NotActive
Software
Red
Upgrade
Required
Airmux400UserManual
Local
Software
Upgrade
Required
Release2.8.30
103
TDMLoopbacks
TDMLoopbacks
InternalandexternalloopbacksonbothsitesofalinkareusedtotesttheTDM
connections
Toactivatealoopback:
1.FromtheMaintenancemenu,chooseLoopbacks...orrightclicktheTDM
displayinthemainwindow.
TheLoopbacksdialogboxappears:
Figure102:Loopbackconfigurationbox
2.Fromtheactiveports,clickthoserequiredforloopbackactivation.Theselectedport
iconschangecolortolightblueasinthefollowingexample:
Figure103:LoopbackconfigurationboxwithoneSiteAportselected
3.Clickconfiguretochoosealoopbackmode:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
104
TDMLoopbacks
Figure104:Loopbackoptions
4.Clicktherequiredloopbackmode.
Figure105:Loopbackdefined
5.ClickOKtoactivatetheselectedloopback(s).
Thisactivatesselectedloopback(s).Thecorrespondingserviceporticon
changescolorandappearancetoindicateanactiveloopback.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
105
LocalLineLoopback
Figure106:SiteAport2settoloopback
Todeactivatealoopback:
ReturntothesituationofFigure104andclickNone.
Whenaloopbackisdeactivated,thecorrespondingiconinFigure106
revertstoitspreviousstate(liketherightsideofthefigure).
LocalLineLoopback
ALocallineloopbackcanbesettotestthelocalE1/T1portanditsconnectiontolocalside
userequipment.Inthismode,datacomingfromthelocaluserequipmentisloopedbackto
it.Thisloopbackisinitiatedfromamanagingcomputerconnectedtothelocalunit.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
106
RemoteReverseLoopback
Figure107:LocalLineLoopback
RemoteReverseLoopback
Aremotereverseloopbackcanbesettotestconnectionbetweenthelocalandremoteunits
andbetweenthelocalE1/T1portanditsconnectiontothelocaluserequipment.Inthis
mode,datacomingfromthelocaluserequipmentisloopedbackattheremoteside.This
loopbackisinitiatedfromamanagingcomputerconnectedtothelocalunit.
Figure108:RemoteReverseLoopback
RemoteLineLoopback
TheremoteunitcanbesettoalineloopbacktotesttheremoteE1/T1portandits
connectiontotheremotesideuserequipment.Inthismode,datacomingfromtheremote
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
107
LocalInternalLoopback
userequipmentisloopedbacktoitlocally.Thisloopbackisinitiatedbythemanaging
computerconnectedtothelocalunit.
Figure109:RemoteLineLoopback
LocalInternalLoopback
Thelocalunitcanbesettoclosearemoteloopbacktotestconnectionbetweenthelocaland
remoteunitsandbetweentheremoteE1/T1portanditsconnectiontotheremoteuser
equipment.Inthismode,datacomingfromtheremoteuserequipmentisloopedbacktoit
locally.Thisloopbackisinitiatedbythemanagingcomputerconnectedtothelocalunit.
Figure1010:LocalReverseLoopback
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
108
ReinstallingandRealigningaLink
ReinstallingandRealigningaLink
ItmaybenecessarytoreinstallthelinkiftheODUsneedtoberealigned.
ActivatingInstallModecausesbothsitestogointoinstallmode,causing
disruptioninserviceforapproximatelyfifteenseconds.
Note
Toreinstallthelink:
1.Chooseasite.
2.IntheConfigurationdialogbox,clicktheInstallModebutton.
Amessageboxaskingifyouwanttoenterinstallmodeappears.
3.ClickYestocontinue.
ThesystementersInstallmodeandthealignmenttonebecomesaudible.
4.RealigntheODUsandstarttheInstallationwizard(seeChapter6).
TheLinkBudgetCalculator
TheLinkBudgetCalculatorispartoftheAirmuxManagersoftwareandisfoundintheHelp
menu.Thisusefulutilityenablesyoutocalculatetheexpectedperformanceofthewireless
linkandthepossibleconfigurationsforaspecificlinkrangeincludingantennasize,cableloss
andclimateconditions.Forfulldetails,seeChapter27.
ThroughputChecking
Inthismode,Airmux400estimatesEthernetthroughputbyfillingframesovertheairto
maximumfor30seconds.Thismodeshouldnotinfluenceservice.
TouseThroughputChecking:
1.Atthemainmenu,clickMaintenance|EstimatedEth.Throughput.Aconfirmation
messageappears:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
109
PerformanceMonitoring
2.ClickYestocontinue.TheEthernetservicesareachangesappearanceandthe
estimatedthroughputisdisplayed:
Attheendof30seconds,thedisplayrevertstonormal.
PerformanceMonitoring
Airmux400PerformanceMonitoringconstantlymonitorstrafficovertheradiolinkand
collectsstatisticsdatafortheairinterface,TDMandEthernetports.Itdoessocontinuously,
evenwhentheAirmuxManagerisnotconnected.
Twotypesoflogsarerecorded:
MonitorLogthatrecordsstatisticsontrafficrateandradiosignalstrength.
EventsLogthatrecordswhentheratesfallaboveorbelowapredefinedthreshold.See
page1016below.
BoththestatisticsMonitorlogandeventslogcanbesavedastextfiles.
TheMonitorLog
TheMonitorLogrecordsperformancestatisticsforpredefinedintervals.Youcansavethe
monitorlogtoatextfile,aswellasdisplaytheinformationinanonscreenreport.
SavingtheMonitorLog
YoucansavetherecordedMonitorLogstatisticstoatextfile.
Tosavethemonitorlog:
1. FromtheToolsmenu,choosePreferences.
ThePreferencesdialogboxappears:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1010
TheMonitorLog
Figure1011:Preferencesdialogbox
2.ClicktheMonitorTab.
3.Selectthefiletosave.
4.Clickthecheckboxtoopenthefileforsaving.
5.Clickthe
buttonandintheSelectFiledialogboxindicateinwhichfolderand
underwhatnamethemonitorlogfileistobesaved.
6.Setthetimeintervalforaddingdatatothefile.
7.ClickOKtosavethefile.
ViewingPerformanceReports
ThePerformanceMonitorReportdisplaysperformanceviewsofeachoftheinterfaces.
Toobtainperformancemonitoringreports:
1.Fromthemainmenu,chooseTools|PerformanceMonitoringReport...
Youarepresentedwiththefollowingwindow:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1011
TheMonitorLog
Figure1012:BasicPerformanceMonitoringReport
2.ChooseareporttypefromtheleftpanelandclicktheGetDatatoolbarbutton.For
example,ifyouchooseSiteA,AirandCurrent,youwillbeofferedareportlooking
likethis:
Figure1013:TypicalPerformanceMonitoringReportbasedon15minuteintervals
NoticetheMinRSLvalueof100onthefourthline.ItIndicatesthatduringtheinter
val12:30to12:45,therewasalinksyncloss.Thenextfigureshowstheeffectofa
resetbetween14:15and14:30.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1012
TheMonitorLog
Figure1014:PerformanceMonitoringReportshowingtheeffectofaReset
Thepriordataisinvalidatedasshownbytheredcrossesinthelefthandcolumn.
Further,MinandMaxRSLfortheinvalidatedperiodissettozero.
3.ClicktheSelectionPaneicontotogglethesidepanelonoroff.
Theotherreportslooksimilar.Hereisadetaileddescriptionofthereportsandtheirfields:
Severalperformancedataoccurrencesarecollectedforeachoftheinterfaces(ES,SES,and
UAS),aswellasspecificdataperInterfacetype(e.g.,TxandRxbytesforEthernet).FortheAir
Interface,userdefinedthresholdsdataarecollected.RefertoTable103andTable104
below.
Dataiscollectedandselectivelydisplayedbasedonthreetimeintervalsasselectedbythe
Intervalradiobuttons:
Current(t=0)
15minutesIntervals
Daily
Table103:Explanationofperformancedata
Datatype
GenericPMData
ReportedValue
Explanation
UASUnavailable
Seconds
Secondsinwhichtheinterfacewasoutof
service.
RawESRaw
ErroredSeconds
Thenumberofsecondsinwhichtherewasat
leastoneerrorblock.Notethatthenotionofan
errorblockisdifferentperinterface.
SESSevere
ErroredSeconds
Thenumberofsecondsinwhichtheservice
qualitywaslow(thequalityisdifferentpertype
ofinterfaceanddeterminedbytheBBER
thresholdperinterface).
BBEBackground
BlockError
Thenumberoferroredblocksinaninterval.
Integrity
Aflagindicatingthatthedatawasvalid.Note
thatthePerformanceMonitoringdataisnot
validifnotallthevalueswerestored(e.g.,due
toclockchangeswithintheintervalorpower
upreset).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1013
TheMonitorLog
Table103:Explanationofperformancedata
Datatype
AdditionalAir
InterfacePMData
AdditionalEthernet
InterfacePMData
TDMinterface
ReportedValue
Explanation
MaxRSL
Themaximumofthereceivesignallevel
(measuredindBm).
MinRSL
Theminimumofthereceivesignallevel
(measuredindBm).
MaxTSL
Themaximumofthetransmitsignallevel
(measuredindBm).
MinTSL
Theminimumofthetransmitsignallevel
(measuredindBm).
RSLThreshold1
ThenumberofsecondsinwhichtheReceive
SignalLevel(RSL)wasbelowthespecified
threshold.
RSLThreshold2
ThenumberofsecondsinwhichtheRSLwas
belowthespecifiedthreshold.
TSLThreshold
ThenumberofsecondsinwhichtheTransmit
SignalLevel(TSL)wasabovethespecified
threshold.
BBERThreshold
Thenumberofsecondsinwhichthe
BackgroundBlockErrorRatio(BBER)exceeded
thespecifiedthreshold.
ReceivedBytes
ThenumberofMegabytesreceivedatthe
specifiedportwithintheinterval
TransmittedBytes
ThenumberofMegabytestransmittedatthe
specifiedportwithintheinterval.
Throughput
threshold
Secondscountwhenthroughputfellbelowthe
threshold
Trafficthreshold
Secondscountwhenactualtrafficexceededthe
threshold
Activeseconds
Thenumberofsecondsthattheconfigured
TDMservicesareactive
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1014
TheMonitorLog
PerformanceMonitoringReportToolbar
Youcanusethetoolbartoperformtheactionsdescribedinthefollowingtable:
Table104:Actionofthetoolbarbuttons
CommandButton
Action
GetData
Gathercurrentperformancemonitoringdata.
Save
Savecurrentperformancemonitoringdatatoafile
Clear
Clearcurrentperformancemonitoringdata
Thresholds
SetThresholds
SelectionPane
Toggleon/offleftpanel
Close
ClosesthePerformanceMonitoringwindow
SettingAirInterfaceThresholds
UsetheThresholdsbuttonontheMonitoringPerformanceReporttoolbartosettheAir
InterfaceThresholds:
Figure1015:Thresholdconfigurationdialogbox
RSLThresholds
TwoRSLThresholdscanbedefined.Theyareusedasanindicatorofproblemsintheradio
channel.YoucanchecktheRSSfromtheLinkBudgetCalculatorresultsduringinstallation.
Valuesof5dBand8dBfromthecurrentRSSaretypical.
TSLThreshold
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1015
Events,AlarmsandTraps
Acounterismaintained,ofthenumberofsecondintervalsduringwhichTxpowerexceeds
thisthreshold.
BBERThreshold
TheBackgroundBlockErrorRatioismeasuredasapercentage.Thethresholdcanbesetfrom
0.1%upto50%.
ForlinkswithEthernetonlyservice,8%thresholdisrecommended.Iftherearenoproblems
duringtheinterval,thenforthatthreshold,therecommendedBBERvalueshouldbe0.Since
thesystemprovidesalosslessEthernetservice,thereisthroughputdegradationincaseof
interference.ThedegradationisproportionaltotheBBER.
EthernetThresholdsCapacity
ThisisusedasabasisforcheckingadherencetoaServiceLevelAgreement.Itisthenumber
ofsecondscountthatthelinkcapacityfallsbellowthethreshold.
EthernetThresholdsTraffic
Thenumberofsecondscountthatreceivedtrafficexceededthisthreshold.Itcanbeusedto
measuretrafficpeaks.
Events,AlarmsandTraps
TheEventsLog
TheEventsLogrecordssystemfailures,lossofsynchronization,lossofsignal,compatibility
problemsandotherfaultconditionsandevents.
Note
Theforegoingeventtypesincludeeventsfromalllinksforwhichthis
managingcomputerhasbeendefinedasthetrapsaddress.Onlyevents
fromRADequipmentwillbeshown.
Alarms(traps)aredisplayedintheEventsLoginthelowerpanelofthemainwindow.The
EventsLogmaybesavedasatextfile.
TheEventsLogincludesthefollowingfields:
Sequentialnumber(ID)
Dateandtimestamp
Message
Trapsource
IPaddressoftheODUthatinitiatedalarm.
ForcompleteinformationabouttrapsandalarmsseeAppendixE.
TheeventsaredisplayedintheEventsLoginthelowerrighthandpaneloftheAirmux
Managermainwindow:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1016
TheEventsLog
Figure1016:EventsLogDisplay
TosavetheEventsLog:
1.FromtheToolsmenu,choosePreferences.
ThePreferencesdialogboxappears
2.ClicktheEventsTab.
3.Selectthefiletosave.
4.Clickthecheckboxtoopenthefileforsaving.
Clickthe buttonandintheSelectFiledialogboxindicateinwhichfolderandunderwhat
nametheEventsLogfileistobesaved,andclickOK.
Note
TostoretheEventsLog,firstdefinetheIPaddress,subnetmask,default
gatewayandtrapdestinationaddressofthemanagingcomputer(see
Chapter9fordetails).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1017
AirmuxManagerTraps
AirmuxManagerTraps
TheAirmuxManagerapplicationissuestrapstoindicatevariousevents,displayedinthe
EventsLog.
Table105:AirmuxManagerTrapMessages
TrapMessage
Severity
Remarks
Cannotbindtotrapserviceport.Port162
alreadyinusebyProcessName(pid:ProcessId)
Warning
AirmuxManagerwill
notcatchanytraps
fromtheODU,some
otherapplicationhas
grabbedthisport.For
furtherdetailseethis
website.
Deviceunreachable!
Error
Checkconnectivityto
ODU
Connectedto<site_name>
Information
<site_name>Sitewillbereset.
Information
RestoreFactoryDefaultSettingsinprocesson
Site<site_name>
Information
FactorySettings:Theprocesswasnotfinished
duetoconnectionissues.
Warning
Factorysettingfailed
duetoconnectivity
problemtoODU
Reset:Theprocesswasnotfinisheddueto
connectionissues.
Warning
Factorysettingfailed
duetoconnectivity
problemtotarget
ODUwillnotbereset
CannotWritetoMonitorfile.Thereisnot
enoughspaceonthedisk.
Warning
Freesomespaceon
diskonthemanaging
computerandretry
WindowsError:<error_ID>.CannotWriteto
Monitorfile.
Warning
OperatingSystemerror
onthemanaging
computer
TDMCounterswereclearedforbothsides
Information
IdenticalIPaddressesat<local_site_name>and
<remote_site_name>
Warning
SetupadifferentIPto
eachsite
TheProductisnotidentifiedatthe
<local_site_name>site.
Warning
AirmuxManageris
incompatiblewiththe
ODUsoftwareversion
TheProductisnotidentifiedatthe
<remote_site_name>site.
Warning
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1018
SettingtheEventsPreferences
Table105:AirmuxManagerTrapMessages(Continued)
TrapMessage
Severity
TheProductisnotidentifiedatbothsites.
Warning
ProductNotIdentified!
Warning
TheManageridentifiedanewerODUreleaseat
the<remote_site_name>site.
Warning
bothsites.
Warning
the<local_site_name>site.
Warning
NewerVersionidentifiedatthe
<local_site_name>site.
Warning
NewerVersionidentifiedatthe
<remote_site_name>site.
Warning
NewerVersionIdentified!
Warning
DifferentIDUDetectionModeat<Site1Name>
and<Site2Name>
Warning
Remarks
ODUreleaseisnewer
thanAirmuxManager
release.Wizardsare
notavailable.Airmux
Managerwillbeused
justformonitoring.
UpgradetheAirmux
Manager.(Youwillget
thismessageasapop
up)
ODUreleaseisnewer
thanAirmuxManager
release.Wizardsare
notavailable.Airmux
Managerwillbeused
justformonitoring.
UpgradetheAirmux
Manager.
IDUdetectionmodeset
differentlyatthetwo
sites
SettingtheEventsPreferences
YoucandefineacolorforthemessagestobedisplayedintheEventLogwindow,accordingto
theseverityoftheevent.Theseverityispredefined.
TosettheMessagecolor:
1.FromtheToolsmenu,choosePreferences.
ThePreferencesdialogboxappears.
2.ClicktheEventsTab:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1019
SavingtheEventsLog
Figure1017:PreferencesdialogboxEventtab
3.Selecttheeventtypeandclickonthe
button.
Acolorchartopens.
4.Selecttherequiredcolor.
5.Repeatforeachoftheeventtypes.
Tosetthemessagebackgroundcolor:
ClickBackgroundColortochangethetextbackground.
Toresetthemessagecolors:
ClickResetSettingstoreturntothedefaultcolorsettings.
SavingtheEventsLog
YoucansaverecordedeventsinanEventsLogtextfile.Newalarmsareautomaticallyadded
tothetextfile,astheyentertheEventsLog.
SNMPv3TrapAuthentication
TheSNMPv3UserandPasswordarerelevantifyouareusingSNMPv3.Inthis,casetrap
messagesarekeyedtotheusernameandpasswordandnotvisibletoanyoneelse.The
preferencesenteredhere,relatetotrapmessagessenttothespecifieduserifspecifiedorto
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1020
ActiveAlarms
alltrapmessages,otherwise.Forassociatingauserwithatrapaddress,seeConfiguringIP
AddressesforTrapDestinations.
ActiveAlarms
Uponsettingatrapdestination,applicableeventsarereportedasactivealarmstotheuser.
TheactivealarmsaresavedandcanbeviewedintheActiveAlarmswindow.
Toviewsummaryofsavedalarms:
1.FromtheToolsmenu,chooseActiveAlarmSummary.
2.Chooseeitherofthesitesoffered.
TheActiveAlarmsSummarywindowopens:
Figure1018:ActiveAlarmsSummary
TheactivealarmsdisplaydoesnotupdateitselfuntiltheRefreshbuttonisused.
Thefollowingtableprovidesanexplanationofthecommandbuttons.
Table106:ActiveAlarmscommandbuttons
Command
Action
Save
SavesthealarmsinCSVortextformatforfurtheranalysis
Refresh
Showstheactivealarmsatthemomentofrefresh
Site
Selectssitefortheactivealarms
Close
Closestheactivealarmwindow
ViewingRecentEvents
EachODUstoresthelast256events:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1021
RevertingAlertMessages
Toviewthelast256events:
1.ClickTools|RecentEvents...Awindowlikethefollowingisdisplayed:
Figure1019:RecentEventsUptolast256eventsatSiteA
2.UsetheSitebuttontochooseSiteB
3.UsetheSavebuttontostoretheeventsinatabdelimitedlist.
RevertingAlertMessages
ManyalertmessagesintheAirmuxManagerhaveanoptionoftheformDonotshowthis
messageagain.Thesealertmessagescanberevertedtotheirdefaultstate(shown)by
choosingtheAdvancedtabfromthePreferencesdialog:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1022
OtherAdvancedPreferences
Figure1020:AdvancedPreferences
JustclicktheRestoreDefaultsbutton,followedbyOK.
OtherAdvancedPreferences
SettingSNMPParameters
UsethesechoicestosettheSNMPmonitoringintervalandtimeout.Theseareonly
significantifyouareusinganSNMPbasednetworkmanagementsystem.
RemotePowerFailIndication
Remotepowerfailindicationindicatestoonesidethattheothersidehassufferedapower
failure.Thefailedsitesendsafinaltrapindicationaboutthepowerlossjustbeforepowering
off.
ADyingGaspcircuitidentifiesthepowerfailureataminimumintervalof20milliseconds
beforetheODUorIDUpowersoff.Duringthatintervalamessagenotifyingthepowerfailure
issenttooppositesite.Externalalarmoutputnumber4indicatespowerfailureatthe
oppositesite.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1023
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
UsethefollowingtabletotroubleshootLEDfaultindications:
Table107:LEDfaultindicators
LED
Status
Remedy
PWR
Off
CheckthatpowerisconnectedtotheIDU
IDU
Red
CheckthattheIDU/ODUcableisproperlywiredandconnected.
ODU
Red
CheckthattheIDU/ODUcableisproperlywiredandconnected.
Orange
CompletetheinstallationprocedurefromtheAirmuxManager
Red
Checktheantennaalignment.Checkthattheradioconfigurationof
bothsiteAandsiteBunitsarethesame(ChannelandLinkID).
Orange
Red
Off
AlarmdetectedattheSiteBinterfaceorLocalorRemoteloopback
AlarmdetectedattheSiteAinterface
EthernetonlyIDUorE1/T1notconfigured
Red
transmitting
ThisODUisamasterthatisgeneratingsignalsanddetecting
signals
ThisODUisamasterthatisgeneratingsignalsbutdetected
impropersignals
ThisODUisaclientDisableTxandisdetectingsignalsfrom
multiplesources
AIRI/F
SVC
Orange
HSS
STBY
Red
Orange
MHSmodePrimary,Linkstatenotactive
MHSmodeSecondary,Linkstateactive
Usethefollowingtabletotroubleshootfaultsinthesystem:.
Table108:SystemTroubleshooting
Symptom
Nopower
Remedy
EnsurethatpowerisconnectedtotheIDU
EnsurethattheODUcableisproperlywiredandconnected
CompletetheinstallationprocedurefromtheAirmuxManager
Nosignal
Checktheantennaalignment.Checkthattheradioconfigurationofbothsite
AandsiteBunitsisthesame(channelsettingsandLinkID)
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1024
ReplacinganODU
Table108:SystemTroubleshooting(Continued)
Symptom
Remedy
Weaksignal Checktheantennaalignment,reconfigurethelink
received
CheckthealignmenttonesoundstheBestSignalsequence
ReplacinganODU
PriortoanyactionensurethatbothODUshavethesamesoftwareversion.Youcanseethis
ontheinventorypanelsforeachsite.
ForSiteA,clickSiteA|InventoryandnotetheODUsoftwareversion.RepeatthisforSiteB
usingSiteB|Inventory.
IfeitherODUhasanoldsoftwareversion,performasoftwareupgrade.Itisimportantto
configurethenewODUidenticallytotheoldODUtoavoidconfigurationmismatches,which
willdisruptthelink.
AnODUmaybereconfiguredinseveralways.
Usethebackupconfiguration
Ifabackupoftheconfigurationisavailable,restorethatconfigurationusingSiteA|
Restore.RecallthatbackupfilesarelinkedtoaMACaddress.Thiswontworkforan
identicalreplacementODU.
Manualconfiguration
ThenewODUcanbeconfiguredmanuallyaccordingtothelinkconfiguration.
RemembertousethesamesettingsforLinkID,channels,linkpassword,IPaddresses,
andnames.
RestoringFactorySetup
Torestorefactorysetup:
UseSiteConfigurationAorB,andthenOperations|RestoreDefaults.Alwaysrestore
theovertheairsite(B)first.
OnlineHelp
OnlinehelpcanbeaccessedfromtheHelpmenuonthemainwindowoftheAirmux
Manager.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1025
CustomerSupport
CustomerSupport
CustomersupportforthisproductcanbeobtainedfromthelocalVAR,Integratoror
distributorfromwhomitwaspurchased.
Forfurtherinformation,pleasecontacttheRADdistributornearesttoyouoroneofRAD's
officesworldwide.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1026
USERMANUAL
Release2.8.30
Chapter11:
HubSiteSynchronization
WhatisHubSiteSynchronization(HSS)
Whenseveralradiosarecollocatedatacommonhubsite,interferencemayoccurfromone
unittoanother.RADODUssupportthecollocationofmorethantwounitsatacentralsite.
LikeanyotherRFdeployment,thewirelessoperationishighlydependentonfactorssuchas
availablefrequencies,thephysicalspacingbetweenradios,otherthirdpartyinterfering
radios,andwhetherotherRADradiosareinstalled.
Note
HSSdoesnoteliminatetheneedforcarefulRFplanningtoensurethe
designwillworkasplanned.SeeChapter3forinformationoninstallation
sitesurvey.
RADHSS
TheRADHSSmethodusescarriespulsessenttoeachODU,whichsynchronizetheir
transmissionwitheachother.Thepulsesynchronizationensuresthattransmissionoccursat
thesametimeforallcollocatedunits.Thisalsoresultsinallofthehubsiteunitsreceiving
dataatthesametime,eliminatingthepossibilityofinterferencethatcouldresultifsome
unitstransmitwhileotherunitsatthesamelocationreceive.
Figure111illustratesinterferencecausedbynonsynchronizedcollocatedunits.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
111
RADHSS
Figure111:Interferencecausedbycollocatedunits
AddingHSSremovesinterferenceasshowninthenexttwofigures:
Figure112:CollocatedunitsusingHubSiteSynchronization(1)
Figure113:CollocatedunitsusingHubSiteSynchronization(2)
TheunitsareconnectedtoeachotherwithHSScablesandHSSDistributionUnits.
OneoftheradiosinthesiteisdefinedasHSSMasterandgeneratessynchronizationpulses.
TheothercollocatedradiosinthesitetheHSSClients,areconnectedtotheHSSMasterand
synchronizetheirtransmissiontothepulses.AnHSSClientcanbeconfiguredtoworkinone
oftwomodes:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
112
HSSConcepts:RadioFramePattern(RFP)
HSSClientContinueTransmission(HSCCT):Iftheunitlosessynchronizationwiththe
HSSMaster,thelinkremainsactive.However,withoutsynchronizationpulses,itispos
siblethatthisunitwillcauseinterference.
HSSClientDisableTransmission(HSCDT):Iftheunitlosessynchronizationwiththe
HSSMaster,thelinkisdroppeduntilthesynchronizationpulsesresume.Thissetting
preventstheunitfromcausinginterference.
TheremoteODUsthatarenotlocatedatthehubsite,arecalledIndependentUnits(INU).
RADofferstwotypesofHSS:
SerialHSS
TheRADSerialHubSiteSynchronization(SHSS)methodusesacableconnectedfrom
themasterODUtoallcollocatedODUs;thiscablecarriespulsessenttoeachODU,
whichsynchronizetheirtransmissionwitheachother.SHSSiscoveredinChapter12.
EthernetHSS
TheEthernetHSS(HSSoE)methodrequiresLayer2Ethernetconnectivitybetween
collocatedODUs.Ithastworequirements:
CollocatedODUsprovidingEthernetservicesonly,shouldbeconnectedtoanAir
muxIDUH/2ETHinsteadofregularPoEdevices.Othersimpleswitchesmayworkwith
degradedperformance.Theyarenotrecommendedandproblemsarisingfromtheir
usewillnotbeeligibleforanykindofsupport.
CollocatedODUsprovidingE1/T1servicesshoulduseanIDUEorIDUandthenbe
connectedtoanAirmuxIDUH/2ETHfunctioningasaswitch.OneoftheLANportson
theIDUEorIDUisconnectedtoanyofthesixAirmuxIDUH/2ETHPoEportsorthe
twoLANports.(ThisispossiblebecausetheIDUEorIDULANcableonlyusesfour
pinsfordata;thepowerpinsarenotusedsothereisnoriskofdamagetothem.)In
thisway,uptoeightsuchODUsmaybecollocated.
YoumayonlyuseoneAirmuxIDUH/2ETH.Thatis,theymaynotbe
cascaded.
Note
Caution
IfyouareusinganIDUE0(GbE)itmustbeconnectedtotheAirmuxIDUH/
2ETHLANportonly.ConnectingittotheP0Eportswilldamagetheunitand
inanyevent,itwillnotwork.
HSSConcepts:RadioFramePattern(RFP)
ARadioFramePattern(RFP)isthecycledurationoftransmitandreceiveoftheairframe.
WithoutHSS
WhenselectingTDMorEthernetservices,thesystemautomaticallyandtransparently
choosestheoptimalRFP.WhenTDMandEthernetservicesareconfigured,theRFPis
optimizedforTDM.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
113
RFPandHSS
RFPandHSS
WhenHSSisused,theRFPforthecollocatedradiosmustbeselectedmanually.
Airmux400usestheTimeDivisionDuplex(TDD)mechanism.
UnderHSS,TDDenablessynchronizationoftransmissionforthecollocatedunitsasshownin
Figure114:
Figure114:RadioFramePattern
TwoRFPtypes(labelledBandE)areavailable.UnderHSStheRFPmustbeconfiguredbythe
userdependingonthetypeoftheradioproducts,servicesandchannelbandwidthin
accordancewithTable112.
ThetabledescribetheefficiencyoftheairinterfaceaccordingtotheRFPtype,servicesand
channelbandwidth.ThetablesmayalsobeviewedintheAirmuxManagerandintheLink
BudgetCalculator.Theefficiencyoftheairinterfacewillvaryaccordingtotheproductused.
Table111:RadioFramePatternTableAirmux5000BS
RFP 5/10/20/40MHz
TDM
Ethernet
E
N/A
Bestfit
Table112:RadioFramePatternTableAirmux400
RFP 40MHz
20MHz
10MHz
5MHz
TDM
Ethernet TDM
Ethernet TDM
Ethernet TDM
Ethernet
B
Available Available Available Available Available Available Bestfit Bestfit
E
Bestfit Bestfit Bestfit Bestfit Bestfit Bestfit Available Available
Table113:LegendforRadioFramePatternTables
Item
Description
Bestfit
OptimalRFPchoiceforTDMandEthernetservices
Available
AvailableRFPforTDMandEthernetservices,butnotoptima
N/A
Serviceunavailable
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
114
RFP:GeneralRadioFramePattern
SelecttheRFPthatgivesyoutheBestFitorAvailableforrequiredsystemservicesandselect
thechannelbandwidthaccordingly.
TheRFPmustbethesameforeachlinkwithinthecollocatedsystem.
Note
RFP:GeneralRadioFramePattern
WhensettingtheRPF,thefollowingconsiderationsshouldbeborneinmind:
SelectionoftheRFPinfluencesthecapacity,latencyandTDMquality
RFPinfluencescapacityandlatency.Jitterbufferconfigurationcanbeusedtosetthe
TDMquality(seetheUserManual,Chapter6,TDMServicesselection)
UsingtheLinkBudgetCalculator,youcanseetheaffectoftheRFPontheEthernet
throughput.
RFP:Airmux400Considerations
TheperformanceofAirmux400radiosthatoperatewithRFPsBorEcanbeseeninthe
LinkBudgetCalculator.
ForAirmux400100Mseries:IftheHSSMasterworksinasymmetricTx/Rxratio,thenall
othercollocatedAirmux400unitsmustoperateinthesameTx/Rxratio.Inthiscasethe
ratiowillbefixedandnotautomaticadaptive.
Installation/Configurationconsiderations:IfyouareusingAirmux400100Mmasterand
Airmux400clients,theServicesandRatesdialogwilllooklikethis:
Figure115:Airmux400100MHSMandHSC
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
115
RFP:Airmux400Considerations
Thecircledareasshouldnotbeused.Usingthoseareas,youmayloosethecollocated
linkwiththelongestdistancebetweensites.Ifyoudomovethesliderintoacircled
area,youwillreceiveapopupwarning:
Figure116:Airmux400100MHSMandHSCExtremeasymmetricallocation
Byrestrictingonedirectionintotherestrictedarea,themoredistantsitesmaynoteven
beabletosustainthelinkmuchlesssendorreceivedata.
AsymmetricAllocationandCollocation:Ifthelinkiscollocated,theuseofAsymmetric
Allocationislimited.
TheeffectiveavailablerangeforAsymmetricAllocation(betweenthetwocircledtickin
Figure115)isprimarilydeterminedbythreefactors:
TheRFPinuse(BorE)
ChannelBandwidth
Linkdistance
WheneverAsymmetricAllocationisavailable,itisstaticforalltrafficconditions
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
116
RFP:Airmux5000BaseStationConsiderations
PossiblescenariosareshowninTable114.(ReferencestoAirmux400100Mapplyto
Airmux400L)
Table114:AsymmetricAllocationwithCollocatedLinksScenarios
Scenario:Ifyoutryto...
Result
Changemasterto
asymmetricallocation
Changeclienttoasymmetric
Remarks
Releasespriorto2.4
Linkdown
Release2.4andlater
(Airmux400100Mand
Airmux40010Mseries)
TDMservicesstopped,
linksettotransmission
AsymmetricAllocationslider
notdisplayed
Release2.4andlater
(Airmux400100Mand
Airmux40010Mseries)
AsymmetricAllocation
slidervisiblebutcannotbe
changed
Youcannotdothis!
RFP:Airmux5000BaseStationConsiderations
Recallthatforcollocationpurposes,aAirmux5000BaseStationbehaveslikeaAirmux400
100Munit.WhereoneormoreBaseStationsarecollocatedwithAirmux400unit,itis
recommendedthattheAirmux400beusedattheHSM.YoucanonlyuseRFPEwhen
collocatingmixedproducttypes.
HSSStatusLEDontheIDUEandIDU
TheIDUEandIDUhaveafrontpanelHSSstatusLED:
Table115:IDUEandIDUFrontPanelLEDsforHSS
Color
Function
Green
ThisODUisHSSmaster,generatingsignal,andHSSSyncisOK
Blinking
Green
ThisODUisaHSSclientandinSync
Red
transmitting
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
117
HSSErrorNotification
Table115:IDUEandIDUFrontPanelLEDsforHSS(Continued)
Color
Function
Orange
ThisODUisamasterthatisgeneratingsignalsanddetectingsignals
ThisODUisamasterthatisgeneratingsignalsbutdetectedimpropersig
nals
ThisODUisaclientDisableTxandisdetectingsignalsfrommultiple
sources
Off
HSSisnotactivated
HSSisnotsupported(Airmux200only)
DisconnectionbetweenODUandIDU
HSSErrorNotification
IntheeventofanHSSinstallationfault,theODUwillsoundabeeppatternaccordingtothe
followingchart,alsoprintedontheODUproductlabel:
Figure117:ODUbeepforHSSError
Forthispurpose,ODUbuzzermustbesettoAutoorOn.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
118
Chapter12:
SerialHubSiteSynchronization
RADSerialHSS
TheRADSerialHubSiteSynchronization(SHSS)methodusesaCAT5ecableconnectedfrom
themasterODUtoallcollocatedODUs;thiscablecarriespulsessenttoeachODU,which
synchronizetheirtransmissionwitheachother.
SincetheSHSSunitisstillshownintheRADCatalogasanHSSunit,intheremainderofthis
chapterwewillcontinuewiththisconventionontheclearunderstandingthatwearedealing
onlywithSHSS.
HardwareInstallation
ConnectinganHSSUnit
AsingleHSSunitsupportsuptotencollocatedODUs.Inadditiontoeachunitbeing
connectedtoitsIDUorPoEdevice,thecollocatedunithasanadditionalcablethatis
connectedtotheHSSUnit.TheHSSUnitisacompact,weatherproof(IP67)connectorbox
thatisinstalledonthesamemastastheODUs.Allcollocatedunitsconnecttothisboxusing
CAT5ecable.Cablesinpreparedlengthsareavailableforpurchase.
TheHSSunitissuppliedwithtenprotectivecovers;anyportnotinusemustbeclosedwitha
protectivecover.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
121
ConnectinganHSSUnit
Figure121:HSSInterconnectionUnit
Note
ForasingleHSSunit,ensurethatthecollocatedunitsareconnectedin
sequencefromSYNC1.IfanODUisremovedfromthehubsite,then
allremainingODUsmustbereconnectedtomaintaintheconnectivity.
Youmaycascade(daisychain)twoormoreHSSUnitswithanHSS
cable.Themethodisdescribedindetailbelow.
ToconnectanODUtoanHSSunit:
1.UnscrewtheprotectivecoverfromtheportmarkedSYNC1.
2.ConnecttheRJ45connectorfromoneendofthepreparedCAT5ecabletoSYNC1.
3.ConnecttheotherendoftheCAT5ecabletotheODUconnectorlabeledSYNC.
4.TightentheprotectivesealthatisonthepreparedcableovertheRJ45connector.
5.RepeatforallODUsthataretobecollocatedatthehubsite.ThenextODUtobe
connectedisinsertedinSYNC1,SYNC2,followedbySYNC3andsoon.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
122
UsingaSingleHSSUnit
UsingaSingleHSSUnit
Figure122:HSSWiringschematic
Thewiring,asshowninFigure122isselfexplanatory.TheSyncsignalpathislessself
evident.IfwesetODU1(onSYNC1)toHSSMaster,thentheSyncsignalpathisasshownin
Figure123.ThesignaltravelsfromODU1toSYNC1,fromSYNC1toSYNC2,fromSYNC2to
ODU2andbackagain.ThebackandforthpathsrepeatforthesecondtofourthODU,from
lefttoright.ThesignalexitstheHSSunitatSYNC5andterminatesinODU5.
ThechoiceoftheODUonSYNC1asHSSmasterisnotmandatory,butisgoodpractice.Iffor
exampleweweretouseODU3asHSSmaster,theSyncsignalpathwouldbeODU3toSYNC
3,thenleftandrighttoSYNC2andSYNC4.ItwouldthenpropagatetoODUs2and4,
terminatingatbothODUs1and5.
Figure123:HSSsyncsignalpathwithODU1asHSSMaster
UsingMorethanOneHSSUnit
Inalargecollocationsite,severalHSSunitsmaybecascaded(daisychained)subjecttothe
followingconditions:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
123
UsingMorethanOneHSSUnit
Condition1:CablingSequence
1. UptonineODUsmaybeconnectedtothefirstHSSunitusingHSSportsSYNC1,SYNC2,
SYNC3,...uptoSYNC9inorderwithoutleavingemptyports.
2. ThenextavailableSYNCportofthefirstHSSunitshouldbeconnectedtoSYNC10
ofthesecondHSSunitasshowninFigure124.Intheillustration,thenext
availableportonthefirstHSSunitisSYNC6.
3. ThesecondHSSunitmaybefilledoutwithuptoninemoreODUsinreverseorder.
Thatis,connectSYNC9,SYNC8,SYNC7...asshowninFigure124.
Figure124:CascadingtwoHSSunits
4. ToaddaafurtherHSSunit:ConnectthenextavailableSYNCportfromthesecond
HSSunitindescendingorder(SYNC5inFigure124)toSYNC1ofthethirdHSS
unit.
5. ODUsareconnectedtothethirdHSSunitfromSYNC2asshowninFigure125,in
ascendingorder:
Figure125:CascadingthreeHSSunits
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
124
ODU/HSSUnitConnectionPinout
6. IffurtherODUsarerequired,observetheconventionthatadditionaleven
numberedunitsarepopulatedindescendingorderfromSYNC9andodd
numberedHSSunitsarepopulatedinascendingorderfromSYNC2.
IfanODUisdisconnectedfromanHSSunit,thenallremainingODUsmust
bemovedupordowntomaintaintheconnectivity.
Note
Condition2:TotalHSSCableLength
ThetotalpathoftheHSSsyncpulsemustnotexceed300m.Thisappliesnomatterhowmany
HSSunitsareused.Toillustratethemethodforcalculatingthesyncpulsepathlengthwe
showthreeexamples.Forourpurpose,let:
LmndenotethelengthoftheODUHSSunitcableatSYNCnonHSSunitm
HmbethelengthofthecablejoiningHSSunitmtoHSSunitm+1
OneHSSunitwithfivecollocatedODUs
PathLength = L 11 + 2 L 12 + 2 L 13 + 2 L 14 + L 15
TwocascadedHSSunitsasshowninFigure124
PathLength = L 11 + 2 L 12 + 2 L 13 + 2 L 14 +
2 L 15 + H 1 + 2 L 29 + 2 L 28 + 2 L 27 + L 26
ThreecascadedHSSunitsasshowninFigure125
PathLength = L 11 + 2 L 12 + 2 L 13 + 2 L 14 +
2 L 15 + H 1 + 2 L 29 + 2 L 28 + 2 L 27 + 2 L 26 +
H 2 + 2 L 32 + 2 L 33 + 2 L 34 + L 35
SeeTableB2.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
125
LinkConfigurationandHSS
TheHubSiteSynchronizationSettingsdialogboxappearsinboththeLinkInstallationand
ConfigurationWizards.
Figure126:HSSSettings:Leftclient,Rightmaster
TheSynchronizationStatusdialogboxdisplaysthecurrentstatusofeachsideofthelink.
Operation:Typeofunit
HubSyncMaster(HSM)
HubSyncClientDisableTransmission(HSCDT)
HubSyncClientContinueTransmission(HSCCT)
Note
ContinueTransmissionisintendedtoworkifthereisnoHSMpulse.Ifa
wrongHSMpulseisdetected,aAirmux200willresync,adaptingtothe
HSMRFPandcontinuewhereasAirmux400maystop.
IndependentUnit
Synchronization:
N/AforMasterorIndependentUnits
SynchronizedforHubSiteClients
NotSynchronizedforHubSiteClients
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
126
ExternalPulses:
Table121:ExternalPulseStatus
Color
code
HSSSyncStatus
Meaning
Generating
ODUisHSMandgeneratesthesyncpulse
Detected
ODUisHSCanddetectsthesyncpulse
Notdetected
ODUisindependent
Generatinganddetected
HSM,butotherHSMpresent
Generatingand
ImproperlyDetected
Airmux400ODUisHSM,butdetectsaHSMsignalthatis
notRFPE
Notdetected
HSCbutnoHSMpresent
Improperlydetected
HSCbutHSMpulsedoesntfittheHSCasconfigured.ODU
Red
stopstransmitting.
Green
Orange
ToconfiguretheOperationalStatesoftheHubSiteunit
1.ClicktheEnabledcheckbox
2.ClicktheConfigurebutton
TheHubSiteConfigurationdialogboxwiththecurrentstatusoftheODUsisdis
played.
3.Selectthetypeofunitconfigurationfromthedropdownlist.
4.SelecttheappropriateRFPradiobutton.SomeRFPoptionsmaybedisabled
dependingonthebandwidthpreviouslyselected.
Note
Takecaretoavoidincorrectconfigurationofbandwidth,RFPortoset
multipleHubSyncMasters,assysteminterferencecanoccur.Airmux
Managerprovideserrormessagesandtooltipsifthesystemisconfigured
withmismatches.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
127
Figure127:HubSiteConfigurationdialog
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
128
SiteConfigurationandSHSS
SiteConfigurationandSHSS
ForunitsthatsupportSHSS,theHubSiteSyncoptionappearsintheAirInterfacesectionand
displaysthecurrentHSSstatusoftheunit.
Figure128:SiteConfiguration:SHSSTopclient,Bottommaster
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
129
Chapter13:
HubSiteSynchronizationover
Ethernet
RADEthernetHSS
EthernetHSSRequirements
TheRADEthernetHubSiteSynchronization(HSSoE)methodprovidesintrasite
synchronizationwithouttheneedforexternalcablesoranHSSunit.Syncsignalsare
exchangedbetweencollocatedradiosovertheregularEthernetconnection.
TheEthernetHSS(HSSoE)methodrequiresLayer2Ethernetconnectivitybetweencollocated
ODUs.Ithastworequirements:
CollocatedODUsprovidingEthernetservicesonly,shouldbeconnectedtoanAir
muxIDUH/2ETHinsteadofregularPoEdevices.Othersimpleswitchesmayworkwith
degradedperformance.Theyarenotrecommendedandproblemsarisingfromtheir
usewillnotbeeligibleforanykindofsupport.
CollocatedODUsprovidingE1/T1servicesshoulduseanIDUEorIDUandthenbe
connectedtoanAirmuxIDUH/2ETHfunctioningasaswitch.OneoftheLANportson
theIDUEorIDUisconnectedtoanyofthesixAirmuxIDUH/2ETHPoEportsorthe
twoLANports.(ThisispossiblebecausetheIDUEorIDULANcableonlyusesfour
pinsfordata;thepowerpinsarenotusedsothereisnoriskofdamagetothem.)In
thisway,uptoeightsuchODUsmaybecollocated.
YoumayonlyuseoneAirmuxIDUH/2ETH.Thatis,theymaynotbe
cascaded.
Note
Caution
IfyouareusinganIDUE0(GbE)itmustbeconnectedtotheAirmuxIDUH/
2ETHLANportonly.ConnectingittotheP0Eportswilldamagetheunitand
inanyevent,itwillnotwork.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
131
HSSoEConcepts
VLANTaggingshouldnotusetheVLANIDusedbyHSSoEandviceversa.
Caution
HSSoEConcepts
SyncFrames
SyncframesareexchangedbetweencollocatedODUsusingLayer2broadcasting.
Domain
Topreventnetworkflooding,eachgroupofcollocatedODUsisconfiguredwithaninternal
domainname.Thedefaultnamemustbechangedtopreventsyncframesbeingreceived
overtheLANbyanotherODU,whichcouldbethenmistakenlyconfiguredasaclientofan
HSMatthewronglocation.
Discovery
DiscoverybytheHSMandHSCsisprovidedusingthefollowingchoiceoffilters:
UsingdiscoveryattheHSM,youcanselectonlythoseHSCsintheHSMsdomain;when
configuringanewHSCyoumayusediscoverytopickthecorrectHSM.
VLAN
VLANisusedtoseparatesyncframesfromtrafficsoastogivesyncframeshighestpriority.If
youhavecollocatedODUsrunningclosetofullcapacity,failuretodoso,wouldresultin
excessivejitteranddroppedtrafficframes.
Bydefault,theVLANID1997andpriority7arereservedforHSS.YoumaychangetheVLANID
butnotthepriority.
InstallingCollocatedHSSoEODUs
EthernetServicesOnly
UseanAirmuxIDUH/2ETHforthecollocatedODUsinsteadofseparatePoEdevices.The
AirmuxIDUH/2ETHhastwoLANports,oneofwhichwillbeconnectedtoaswitch.
EthernetandTDMServices
ToattainLayer2connectivityforuptotwosuchODUs,youshouldconnectoneofthetwo
theIDUE(orIDU)LANportstotheAirmuxIDUH/2ETHLANports.Youmayusethesecond
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
132
LinkConfigurationandHSSoE
IDUE(orIDU)LANporttoconnecttoaswitch.Aspointedoutearlier,youmayonlycollocate
twoODUsinthisway.
TheHubSiteSynchronizationSettingsdialogboxappearsinboththeLinkInstallationand
ConfigurationWizards.ToillustrateHSSoEconfiguration,wewillusetwoAirmux400100M
linkssetupasinTable131:
Table131:LinksettingstodemonstrateHSSoE
LinkName
Parameter
Operatingband(byACS)
SiteName
A1
Link1
Link2
5.745GHz
5.825GHz
B1
A2
EBG_205613341
LinkID
B2
EBG_205613342
Adaptive
Rate
AutoDetect
EthernetConfiguration
EthernetOnly
Service
20MHz
CBW
ODUIPAddress
10.104.3.2
10.104.3.4
10.103.3.4
255.255.0.0
SubnetMask
10.104.10.21
DefaultGateway
10.103.10.21
0.0.0.0
Trapdestination
EHSS
HSSoEDomainName
RequiredHSSoEStatus
10.103.3.2
HSM
INU
HSC
(ContinueTx)
INU
WeillustratetheHSSoEconfigurationprocedurefromtheConfigurationwizard.
ToconfigureanHSSoEMaster:
1.LogontotheA1siteofLink1.
2.OpentheConfigurationWizardandproceed(byrepeatedlyclickingNext)totheHub
SiteSynchronizationSettingswindow.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
133
Figure131:HSSSettingswindow
3.ChecktheEnabledbox.TheConfigurebutton,grayedoutinFigure131,isenabled.
ClickittoopenthefullConfigurationwindow.NoticethatundersiteA1,HubSync
Masterisshownbydefault.Hereisthefullrangeofoptions:
Later,wewillneedoneoftheclientoptionsforthecollocatedsite.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
134
Figure132:HSSConfigurationwindow
4.ChoosetheEthernetprotocol:
5.Thebottompartofthewindowlookslikethis:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
135
Figure133:HSSConfigurationDomainname,VLANIDandDiscovery
6.ThedefaultDomainnameis(notsurprisingly)Default.WewillchangedittoEHSS.
7.ChooseaVLANIDforthedomain.DonotusethisVLANIDfortrafficormanagement
VLAN.TheVLANpriorityissetto7(maximumpossible).Forourexample,wewill
leavethedefaultVLANIDasis.
8.ClicktheStartDiscoverybutton.HereisanextractoftheDiscoverydisplay:
ItshowsotherHSMs(ofeithertype)onthesamesubnetandanyothercollocatable
ODUsconfiguredornot.
9.AtthispointyoucanclickOKtoexittheHSSwindowandcontinuewithregular
configuration.HereistheHSSwindowdisplayafterconfiguration:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
136
10.TheDetailsbuttonoffersalistofconfiguredHSSoEclient.Itisemptyfornow,so
clickNexttocontinue.
ToconfigureanHSSoEClient:
1.StarttheConfigurationWizardasfortheHSSMasterandgettothispoint:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
137
2.ChecktheEnabledcheckbox,clickConfigureandinthefollowingdisplaychoosean
HSSclient:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
138
3.ClickOKtocontinuetheConfigurationwizardintheusualway.
Ifforsomereason,thediscoveryprocess(whichoccursanyway)doesnotpickupadomain,
oryouareinstallingareplacementunitandyoudonotknowthedomain,usetheStart
DiscoverybuttontoobtainalistofrespondingHSMs.Youshouldbeabletoidentifythe
correctHSM(fromitsIPaddress)andnotethedomainnameforentryintheprevious
window.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
139
SiteConfigurationandHSSoE
SiteConfigurationandHSSoE
ForunitsthatsupportHSSoE,theHubSiteSyncoptionappearsintheAirInterfacesection
anddisplaysthecurrentHSSstatusoftheunit.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1310
MixingHSSoEandSHSSenabledODUs
Figure134:SiteConfiguration:HSSoETopclient,Bottommaster
TheDetailsbuttoninthe(bottom)HSMwindowoffersalistofcollocatedclients.
MixingHSSoEandSHSSenabledODUs
ODUsusingbothHSSstylesmaybecollocatedasfollows:
TocollocateHSSoEandSHSSODUs:
1.EnsurethattheHSSoEmasteralsosupportsSHSS.(ItwillhaveaSyncport.)
2.ConnecttheHSSoESyncportoftheHSSoEmastertothefirstportoftheHSSunit.
3.ConfiguretheHSSoEmastertosupportbothSerialandEthernetHSSasshown:
4.EnsurethatallothercollocatedODUsareconfiguredasclientsasdescribedabove
(HSSoE)andinChapter12(SHSS).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1311
Chapter14:
UsingtheRADGSU
Whatisitfor
TheGPSbasedsynchronizationunit(GSU)isdesignedtohandleintersiteinterferences
underlargescaledeploymentscenarios.
TheGSUisanoutdoorunitconsistingofasmallsizeenclosure,aGPSantennaandaPoE
device.
TheGSUisconnectedtotheHSSUnitusingastandardHSScable.Itsynchronizesthe
transmissiontimingofmultipleHubSitestothesameclocksourcethuseliminatingmutual
interference.
GSUFunctionality
TheGSUreceivesasynchronizationsignalfromtheGPSoncepersecond.ItdistributesaRAD
proprietarysynchronizationsignaltoallotherODUunitsusingtheRS422protocolandthe
standardHSSmechanism,wheretheGSUactsasanHSMunit.
WhentheGSUdoesntreceiveasynchronizationsignalfromtheGPSfor30seconds,itmoves
automaticallytoSelfGenerationmodeandactsasaregularHSMunit,untiltheGPSrecovers.
TypicalGSUScenarios
IndependentDistributedSites
InthescenarioofFigure141,wehavemultipleindependentcollocatedsites,whichmay
interferewitheachother.Tomeetthissituation,wecoordinateallofthemusingtheGSUas
shown.
TheGSUfunctionslikewideareaHSSunit,ensuringthatallparticipatingradiosatthe
locationsmarkedGSUeachtransmitandreceiveatthesametime.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
141
MultipleDistributedSiteswithCommunication
Figure141:GSUScenarioIndependentdistributedsites
MultipleDistributedSiteswithCommunication
Whathappensif,inFigure141,theGSUtowersthemselveshaveradioscommunicatingas
showninFigure142?
ConsiderGSU1andGSU2:Bothcollocatedtowerstransmitandreceivesimultaneously.
However,theradioscommunicatingatGSU1andGSU2musttransmitandreceiveinturn
accordingtotheschemeinmarkedNormalPhaseinFigure143.Thisisanimpossible
situation,ifallthelinksmustsendandreceivetogether.Itisfurthercomplicatedbyaddinga
thirdandfurthersitesasshown.
Figure142:GSUScenarioCommunicatingdistributedsites
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
142
CascadedSitesusingShiftedPhaseTransmission
CascadedSitesusingShiftedPhaseTransmission
Thesolutionofferedhereisnotauniversalcure.Thefollowingconditionsarenecessary,
butinanyspecificcasemaynotbesufficient:
TheGSUsites(marked1,and3above)aresufficientlyfarapartastoensurethatthereis
nomutualinterferencebetweencommunicatingsites(12and23above)
Thereshouldbenointerferencebetweennoncommunicatingsites(1and3above).
Toseehowitworks,weuseFigure142.TheGSUtowersarenumberedandmarkedfor
cascading,12and23.Thereshouldnotbealinkbetween1and3.
TheGSUcansynchronizetheTDDtimingofseveralsitesenablingthecascadingof
consecutivelinkswithoutmutualinterference.
Tousecascading,theTDDtimingoftheevenorderedlinks(GSU2above)mustbeshifted
(ShiftedPhase)andoddorderedlinks(GSU1andGSU3above)mustbeunshifted(Normal
Phase).ThephaseshiftishalfoftheRadioFrameDuration(RFD)fromthechosenRFP.The
schemeisshowninFigure143.
SincetheGSUisalwaysHSSmaster(HSM),ateachGSUlocation,theGSUcanforcethe
synchronizationofitscollocatedradios.ByhalfRFDshifting,alternatecollocatedsitescantalk
toeachother.
Figure143:Phaseshiftedtransmissionphaseshiftis1/2theRFD
ChoiceofnormalorshiftedphaseisconfigurableperGSUusingtheAirmuxManager.
GSURedundancy
TheGSUisdesignedtosupportredundancy,improvingtherobustnessofaGSUbased
topology.
Inredundancymode,twoGSUsareinstalledatthesameHSSsite.Oneofthemself
configurestogenerateHSSsyncsignals.WewillcallitthePrimaryunit.Theotherone,the
SecondaryunitremainsdormantmerelypollingthefirstGSU.IfthePrimaryGSUfails,then
theSecondaryGSUbecomesactiveimmediately.IfthePrimaryunitbecomesactiveagain,it
remainsdormant,reversingtheoriginalroles.ThechoiceofthePrimaryGSUisrandomand
ofnosignificance.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
143
GSUKitContents
IfthePrimaryGSUfails,andthentheSecondaryGSUalsofailstoreceivesyncsignalsfromits
GPS,thenitmovestoselfgenerationHSMmodelikeanordinaryHSMODUuntilitsGPS
recovers.
Figure144:MaketheGSUsthefirsttwocollocatedunits
RedundancyswitchingiscompletelytransparenttotheGSUmanagedlinks.
GSUKitContents
TheGSUpackageincludes:
1xGSU
1xMountingKit
1xGPSAntenna
1xGPSAntennaMountingKit
1xRFCable,1.5m
CD
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
144
GSUInstallation
GSUInstallation
Overview
Figure145:GeneralGSUconfiguration
ItmaybeconfiguredusingtheregularAirmuxManagerorTelnet.
PreparingtheGSUforUse
LogontotheunitusingLocalConnectionorIPaddress10.0.0.120tochangeitsIPaddress
fromthedefault(10.0.0.120).Intheexamplescreencapturesbelow,weuse10.104.20.1with
SubnetMask255.255.0.0andGateway10.104.10.21.
MountingtheGSU
MounttheGSUandantenna.EnsurethatitsODUportconnectedtoitsPoEdeviceandthe
HSScableisconnectedtotheHSSunitasshown.TheexternalLANportofthePoEdeviceis
connectedtothemanagingcomputer.IfyouareaccessingtheGSUthroughanetworkitis
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
145
ConfiguringtheGSU
essentialthatyouusetheIPpreloadingmethod.ThedefaultIPaddressmaybeinaccessible
andyoumaynotusetheLocalConnectionmethodoveranetwork.
ConfiguringtheGSU
GettingStarted
ToconfiguretheGSU,youlogontoit,exactlyasinChapter5.
TheGSUMainWindow
HereisthemainwindowforGSUconfiguration:
Figure146:GSUMainwidowatstartup
ThetopfiveitemsintheGSUMonitorpanelaretakenfromasatellite.Thetransmission
PhasemaybeNormalasshownorShifted.Itpurpose,togetherwiththeTxRatiobar,willbe
explainedbelow.
TheStatusBox
Undernormaloperatingconditions,itwillbegreenasshown,indicatingthatitis
synchronizedwithasatellite.
Ifsatellitesynchronizationislost,thentheGSUwillfunctionasanindependentHSMandthe
statusboxwillchangecolor:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
146
ConfiguringtheGSU
TheMainMenu
ThemainmenuisasubsetofthemainmenuapplicabletotheAirmux400.Noticethatthere
arenoInstallationorConfigurationwizards.Suchconfigurationasisnecessaryiscarriedout
usingamodifiedversionofthestandardSiteConfiguration.
Similarly,theToolbarisasubsetofthatapplicabletotheAirmux400.
UsingSiteConfigurationfortheGSU
SiteConfiguration:System
HereistheopeningwindowforSiteConfiguration:
Figure147:SiteConfiguration:System
SiteConfiguration:GPSSyncUnit
ThiswindowisthemainGSUconfigurationtool:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
147
ConfiguringtheGSU
Figure148:SiteConfiguration:GPSSyncUnit
1. SettingtheRFPforHSS
TheGSUisautomaticallyconfiguredasHSSMaster(HSM).
EnsurethatnoothercollocatedODUisconfiguredasHSM.
Note
IfthehubsiteconsistsonlyofAirmux200units,thenanysuitableRFPmaybechosen.If
thereareoneormoreAirmux400units,youmustuseRFPBorE.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
148
ConfiguringtheGSU
ThepermittedRFPsarealsodependentonchannelbandwidthandarecolorcodedasfol
lows:
YouMayuse
RFP/Channel
Bandwidth
combinations
withthiscolor
Forthesecollocatedradios
Airmux200only
Airmux400only
Airmux200andAirmux400together
Noneunavailable
Thereisafurtherrestriction:Iftherearetwodistributedsitestransmittingtoeachother,
theymustbothusethesameRFP.Thisrequirement,togetherwithuseofshiftedtransmis
sionphase(item3below),ensuresthatcommunicatingdistributedsitestonotinterfere
witheachotherbytransmittingsimultaneously.
TwoGSUmanagedsitestransmittingwithshiftedtransmissionphaseandusingthesame
RFP,transmitonehalfaRFDapart(seeFigure143above).
2. SettingtheTxTransmissionRatio
SincetheGSUisalwaysHSM,itmustbeabletocaterforhubsiteAirmux400100Mbased
links.(SeetheAirmux400UserManual,Chapter5).Ifyouuseasymmetricallocation,
shiftedtransmissionphasebecomesunavailableandyoucannotcascadelinksas
describedinstep1.
3. ChoosingtheTransmissionPhase
ChosetheTransmissionPhaseinaccordancewithconsiderationsinstep1above.Ifyou
chooseShiftedPhasethentheAsymmetricRatioselectorisdisabled.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
149
ConfiguringtheGSU
SiteConfiguration:Management
Figure149:SiteConfiguration:Management
HereyousettheGSUIPaddress,subnetmaskandgateway.Youalsosettrapaddresseshere.
ItisidenticaltothecorrespondingpanelforAirmux400.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1410
ConfiguringtheGSU
SiteConfiguration:Inventory
Figure1410:SiteConfiguration:Inventory
SiteConfiguration:Security
YoucanonlychangetheSNMPCommunitystrings:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1411
ConfiguringtheGSU
Figure1411:SiteConfiguration:Security
SiteConfiguration:DateandTime
ODURecentevents,alarmsandtrapsaretimestampedfromthetimemethodchosenhere
(NTP,managingcomputer,ODUdefault).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1412
ConfiguringtheGSU
Figure1412:Settingthedateandtimefortrapreporting
SiteConfiguration:Operations
TheonlyavailableactionhereisRestoreSystemDefaults:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1413
ConfiguringtheGSU
Figure1413:SiteConfiguration:Operations
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1414
GSUPreferences
GSUPreferences
ThePreferenceswindowaddsanewtabfortheGSU:
Figure1414:SiteConfiguration:Operations
Youmaychosetheunitsforlatitude/longitudecoordinates.
GSUMonitoringandDiagnostics
ThemonitoringanddiagnosticreportsaresimilartothoseofAirmux200.
GSUTelnetSupport
ToconfiguretheGSUwithTelnet,startaTelnetsession,using
telnet<GSU_ipaddr>.
Forexample,ifyourunTelnetasfollows,
telnet10.104.20.1
youwillbeaskedforausernameandpassword.Youmustlogonwithadministratorprivilege
underusername,adminandpasswordnetman.
TheavailablecommandsarethesameasforAirmux200withtheadditionoffouradditional
displaycommandsandthreeadditionalsetcommands.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1415
SoftwareUpgradeforGSUs
Theadditionaldisplaycommandsare
displayrfp
Therpfvaluedisplayedisanindexfrom2to6,2forA,3forBandsoon.
displayratio
displaytx_phase
displaygpsinfo
Thelastone,displaygpsinfo,isthemostinteresting:
admin@10.104.20.1>displaygpsinfo
CurrentGPStime102941.000
CurrentGPSlatitude51.500000
CurrentGPSN\SIndicatorN
CurrentGPSlongitude0.000000
CurrentGPSE\WIndicatorE
CurrentGPSnumberofsatellites09
CurrentGPSaltitude84.0
Command"displaygpsinfo"finishedOK.
Thethreeadditionalsetcommandsare
setrfp<index>(26)
setratio<ratio>
settx_phase<mode:1=normal,2=shifted>
AllGSUsinadistributedsitecanbeupdatedsimultaneously.UseanIPlistasdescribedin
Chapter18.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1416
USERMANUAL
Release2.8.30
Chapter15:
MonitoredHotStandby
InstallationProcedure
WhatisaRADMonitoredHotStandby
TheRADMonitoredHotStandby(MHSa.k.a1+1)isaduplicatedlinksetupasaprimarylink
andasecondarylinkinhotstandbymodeasshowninFigure151below.
Figure151:RADMonitoredHotStandby
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
151
WhatRADMHSprovides
RADMHSprovidesredundancyandbackuptoTDMservices.Itisdesignedtoprovidehigh
reliabilityhighcapacityPointtoPointlinks.TheRADMHSis
Designedtoprovideredundancyandhighreliabilityforcarrierclassoperators
Optimizedforhighcapacitylinksoperatinginlicensefreebands
Acomprehensivesolutionprovidingprotectionagainstbothequipmentfailureandloss
ofairinterface,bysimpleconnectivitybetweenaprimarylinkandasecondarylink
ThemainserviceredundancyfeaturesoftheRADMHSare
TDMservicecutoverfromtheprimarytothesecondarylinkiscompletelyautomatic
TDMservicecutovertimenomorethan50ms
Automaticrestoretoprimarylinkassoonasitbecomesavailable
SupportforuptosixteenTDMchannelsforAirmux400
MHSissupportedbetweentwoAirmux400linksusingIDUEs.Inwhatfollows,ODUrefersto
aAirmux400radioandIDUreferstoanIDUE.
WhatRADMHSprovides
EquipmentProtection
Equipmentprotectionisprovidedfortheelectricallyactivenetworkelements,ODUandIDU.
TheprimaryIDUandthesecondaryIDUareconnectedbyacabletomonitorfailureandto
controlprotectionswitching.Switchingtimeislessthan50ms.
AirInterfaceProtection
AirInterfaceprotectionisuniquetoRADandisoptimizedforwirelesslinksoperatingin
licensefreebands.
Theprimarylinkandthesecondarylinkusedifferentfrequencychannels.Iftheairinterface
oftheprimarylinkisdisturbedandcannotcarrytherequiredTDMservice,thenthesystem
automaticallyswitchestothesecondarylink.
Inaddition,improvedrobustnessandfrequencyplanningflexibilityisachieved,asthe
primaryandsecondaryairinterfacescanoperateinthesamefrequencybandorindifferent
frequencybands.
AutomaticChannelSelection(ACS)canbeconfiguredforeachlinktoaddadditional
robustness.
TheprimaryandsecondarylinksaresynchronizedusingHubSiteSynchronization(HSS).
ItisrecommendedthatbothsitesbeinstalledwithHSScables.IfHSSfailsatonesite,itcan
beoperatedfromtheothersitebyremoteconfiguration.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
152
PurposeofthisChapter
PurposeofthisChapter
ThischapterisaninstallationandmaintenanceguideforRADMHS.ItappliestoallRADradio
productsabletosupporttheMonitoredHotStandbyoperationalmode.
WhoShouldReadthis
ThischapterisintendedforpersonsresponsiblefortheinstallationandmaintenanceofRAD
MHS.Touseityouneedtoknowhowto
InstallaAirmux400radiolink
UsetheAirmuxManagersoftware
RADMHSKitContents
OneYConnectionPatchPanel
OneMHScable
Figure152:RADYConnectionPatchPanel
InstallingaRADMHS
Note
ThefollowingprocedureissubstantiallygenerictoallRADradioproducts.
WhatyouseeonyourrunningAirmuxManagermaydifferinsomedetails
fromthescreencapturesusedtoillustratethischapter.
Figure151aboveisaschematicofaRADMHS.Figure153showshowtoconnecttheIDUs
tothePatchPanel.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
153
InstallingaRADMHS
Figure153:HowtoconnecttheIDUstothePatchPanel
Note
WithAirmux400linksyoucanprotectupto16TDMports.Toprotect
morethaneightTDMportsusetwoPatchPanelsateachsite.
Ethernetservicesarecarriedindependentlybyprimaryandsecondary
links.EachlinkcarriesdifferentEthernettraffic.MHSdoesnotprotect
Ethernettraffic.
Inwhatfollows,itwillbeassumedthat
1. WewilldepartfromourusualSiteA/SiteBconventions.SitesAandBontheprimarylink
willbeSites1.2and1.4respectively.Thecorrespondingsitesonthesecondarylinkwillbe
Sites2.2and2.4.ThesitenamesreflecttheirIPaddresses.Thisisausefulconventionand
isreflectedinthescreencapturesbelow.
2. ThelinkwillbemanagedfromSite1.2;Site1.4maybearemotesite.
3. Thelinksintendedastheprimaryandsecondarywillbereferredtotheirrespective
names,PrimaryLinkandSecondaryLinkasshowninFigure151above,despitetheirhav
ingyettobeinstalled.
ToinstallaHotStandbyLink:
1.SetupPrimaryLinkintheusualway.Ensurethatitisfullyoperationalinaccordance
withtherelevantinstructionsinPart1ofthe.
Donotproceedunlessthisconditionisfullymet!
Note
2.ConnectuserequipmenttoSite1.4.
3.AtSite1.2,disconnecttheTDMcablesfromtheexternalequipmentordisconnect
externalequipmentfromtheHotStandbyPatchPanel.
4.TheHSScable(connectingtheODUs)shouldbeconnectedatSite1.2.TheODU
belongingtotheprimarylinkshouldbeconfiguredasHSM,whereastheODU
belongingtothesecondarylinkshouldbeconfiguredasHSCCT.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
154
InstallingaRADMHS
5.EstablishSecondaryLinkintheusualway,withHSSenabled.Thetwolink
frequenciesshouldbeatleast5MHzapart.
6.ConnecttheMHScablesatSitesAandBasshowninFigure151andFigure153
above.
7.RuntheConfigurationWizardforPrimaryLink.ActivateTDMservicesintheusual
way.NavigatetotheHotStandbytab,intheServicesConfigurationpanel:
Figure154:ServicesConfigurationPanel:HotStandbymodeselection
CheckthePrimarybuttontoconfigurePrimaryLinkastheprimarylink.
8.CompletetheWizard,andthenmovetoSecondaryLink.
9.Repeatstep7forSecondaryLink.FortheServicesHotStandbytab,thistime,check
theSecondarybutton.
10.CompletetheWizard.
11.AtSite1.2,reconnecttheHotStandbyPatchpaneltotheexternalequipment.
Fromthispointon,wewillsimplyrefertoprimaryandsecondarylink(nocapitalizednames).
Attheendoftheprocess,theAirmuxManagermainwindowsshouldlooklikethis:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
155
InstallingaRADMHS
Figure155:Theprimarylinkundernormaloperation
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
156
InstallingaRADMHS
Figure156:Thesecondarylinkundernormaloperation
Toseewhathappensfollowingacutoverfromtheprimarylinktothesecondarylink,you
needtohaverunningtwocopiesoftheAirmuxManageroneloggedintotheprimarylink,
andoneloggedintothesecondarylink.
Herethen,isthesituationafteracutovertothesecondarylink:
Fortheprimarylink,thefollowingwindowwillappearforafewseconds:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
157
InstallingaRADMHS
Figure157:PrimarylinkafewsecondsbeforeregularNoLinkdisplay
ItwillthenreverttothestandardNoLinkavailablewindow.
OnthesecondarylinkManagerwindow,youwillseeawindowlikethis:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
158
MaintainingaRADMHSLink
Figure158:SecondaryLinkoperatingastheHotStandbylink
Noticethattheactivelinknoticeishighlightedinred,sothatthereisnomistakingwhichlink
isoperational.
MaintainingaRADMHSLink
IDUReplacement
Therearetwosituations,whichmustbetreateddifferently.
Situation1:
ToreplaceeitheroftheIDUsatSite1.4ortheIDUatSite2.2,nothingspecialisrequired.
SimplydisconnecttheIDUtobereplacedandreplaceitwithanewone.Replacinga
secondarylinkIDUobviouslyhasnoeffectontheTDMservice.DisconnectingtheSite1.4
primaryIDUactivatesHotStandby.AftertheSite1.4primaryIDUisreplaced,theLinkwill
detectthechangeandswitchbacktotheprimarylink.
IfyoureplacedtheSite2.2IDU,remembertoreconnecttheMHScable.
Situation2:
ReplacingtheSite1.2IDUisdifferent,andrequiresseveralsteps.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
159
ODUReplacement
ToreplacetheSite1.2primarylinkIDU:
1.PowerofftheSite1.2IDU.ThisactivatesthesecondarylinkusingHotStandby.
2.RuntheConfigurationmanageronthesecondarylink,andintheHotStandbypanel
ofFigure154above,checktheDisabledbutton.
3.ReplacetheSite1.2IDUwithoutconnectingittotheODU(topreventtransmission
bytheprimarylinkwiththeundefinedIDU).
4.ReconnecttheMHScablebetweentheIDUsatSite1.2.
5.Again,runtheConfigurationWizardonthesecondarylink,andinthepanelof
Figure154above,checktheSecondarybuttontoreenablethelinkassecondary.
6.ConnectthenewSite1.2IDUtoitsODU.
TheHotStandbywillautomaticallyreverttotheprimarylinkwithin50ms.
ODUReplacement
BoththeprimaryandsecondaryreplacementODUsrequirepreconfigurationpriorto
insertionintothelink.Theitemstobepreconfiguredare
HSSmode
LinkID
Frequency
HotStandbymodeusingthenewServicespanelinFigure154above
IPaddress(optional)
Note
PreconfigurationmustbecarriedoutbeforethenewODUis
connectedtoitsIDU.IfyoutrytodoitliveagainstitsIDU,itwill
causespurioustransmissionsandaservicebreak.
TopreconfigureanODU:
1.AttachthenewODUtoanIDUoraPoEdevice.
2.RuntheAirmuxManageranduseHotStandbytabofFigure154abovetoconfigure
thenewODUtoPrimaryorSecondarymodeasrequired.
3.EnsurethatitissettotheproperHSSmodeinaccordancewithFigure154above.
EntertherequiredLinkIDandfrequency.
ToreplaceanODUforprimaryorsecondarylink,ateithersite:
InstallthepreconfiguredODU.(Sincetheotherlinkisworkingnormally,nothingneed
bedonewithit.IfthesecondaryODUwasreplaced,TDMserviceremainsasison
theprimarylink.IftheprimaryODUwasreplaced,thentheTDMservicewillshift
backtotheprimarylink.)
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1510
SwitchingLogic
SwitchingLogic
SwitchingfromPrimaryLinktoSecondaryLink
Switchingfromprimarylinktosecondarylinkwilloccurfollowing:
Lossoftheprimaryairinterfaceduetosyncloss
LossoftheprimaryairinterfaceduetofailureofthereceivertoacquireexpectedE1/T1
dataduringaperiodof24ms
ThePrimaryequipment(eitherODUorIDU,localorremote)ispoweredoff
Followingtheswitchfromtheprimarytothesecondarylink,theprimaryandsecondarylink
Managermainwindowsshouldlooklikethis:
Figure159:Primarylinkaftertheswitchovertosecondarylink
AfterafewsecondsthedisplaymovestoNoLinkdisplay,withTDMportsgrayedout.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1511
SwitchingbackfromtheSecondarytothePrimaryLink
Figure1510:Secondarylinkoperatingaftertheswitchovertosecondary
AfterafewmomentstheTDMiconsbecomegreen.
Switchingbackfromthesecondarylinktotheprimarylinkwilloccuraftertheprimarylink
hasbecomeandremainsfullyfunctionalforacontinuousperiodofatleastonesecond.
Followingreversionfromthesecondarylinktotheprimarylink,theManagermainwindows
shouldlooklikethis:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1512
Figure1511:Primarylinkoperatingaftertheswitchbackfromsecondary
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1513
SystemOperationdescription
Figure1512:SecondaryLinkoperatingaftertheswitchbacktoPrimary
SystemOperationdescription
Normaloperation
TDMservicesarecarriedbytheprimarylink
Thesecondarylink(equipmentandairinterface)isoperatingbut
notcarryingusertraffic
TDMportsonthesecondaryIDUsaretristate
Switchingtosecondarywilloccurinthefollowingcases:
Switchingto
backup
Loss of the primary air interface due to sync-loss

Loss of the primary air interface due to failure of the receiver to acquire expected
TDM data during a period of 24ms
Primary equipment power off (either ODU or IDU, local or remote)
Theswitchingresultwouldbe:
TDM ports on the primary IDUs turn to tri-state

TDM ports on the secondary IDUs become active
Backupoperation
TDMservicesarecarriedbythesecondarylink
Switchingbackto
primary
SwitchingbacktoprimarywilloccurassoonasthePrimarylinkis
fullyfunctionalfor1second
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1514
Chapter16:
TheRADEthernetRing
Scope
ThedescriptionofRADEthernetRinginthisChapteriscompletelygeneric:BothAirmux200
andAirmux400linksmayparticipateinanEthernetring.
Caution
ManagementVLAN,TrafficVLANandEthernetRing.Itisrecommendedthat
youusedifferentVLANIDsforeachcontext.
WhatisanEthernetRing
AnEthernetringconsistsofseveralnodesconnectedbyhops(links).Loopsarenotallowed
withEthernet;thereforeonehopisaRingProtectionLink(RPL)whichblocksEthernet
traffic.Intheeventoffailureinthering,theRingProtectionLinkunblocksandEthernet
trafficintheringisrestored.
Someterminology:
NormalStateallmemberlinksarefunctionalexcepttheRPLwhichisblocked.
BlockedtheairlinkisupbutEthernettrafficisnottransmittedacrossthelink.The
EthernetservicepanelfortheRPLintheAirmuxManagerislabeledIdle
UnblockedEthernettrafficistransmittedacrosstheRPL.TheEthernetservicepanel
fortheRPLintheAirmuxManagerislabeledActive
ProtectionStateamemberlinkisbrokenandtheRPLpassesEthernettraffic
RingProtectionLinkasdescribedabove
RingLinkanymemberlinkcontrolledbytheRPL
IndependentLinknotsubjecttoringprotection
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
161
RADEthernetRing
RingProtectionMessage(RPM)controlmessageusedtomonitorandcontrolthering.
Note
RPMmessagesarebroadcast,soitisessential(topreventflooding)to
associatetheRPLandmemberRingLInkswithaVLANID.Thisrequiresin
turn,thatequipmentusedintheringeithersupportsVLANorcan
transparentlypassthroughVLANtaggedpackets.
RADEthernetRing
ThefollowingfiguredescribestheRPLbehaviorduringaringfailureandrecoverycycle.
Figure161:RingProtectionmechanism
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
162
RADEthernetRing
ThestepsbelowfollowthenumberinginFigure161:
1. Normaloperation
Ethernettrafficrunsinthering,butdoesnotpassthroughtheRPL,whichisblocked.The
RPLdoeshowever,broadcastRPMpacketsthroughthering.
2. RingLinkdown,RPLnotified
TheRPLdetectsalinkdownconditionbythenonarrivalofanRPMpacket.Itremains
blockedfortheMinimumtimeforfailuredetectionwhichisconfigurableusingtheAir
muxManager(seepage1610).
3. RingLinkdown,RPLunblockedfortraffic
TheRPLunblocksforEthernettrafficaftertheMinimumtimeforfailuredetectionexpires
andnoRPMmessagehasbeenreceived.
4. RingLinkrestoredbutstillblockedfortraffic
TheRingLinkisrestored,butremainsblockedfortheMinimumtimeforrecovery,set
usingtheAirmuxManager,toavoidrapidfluctuationsleadingtopotentialshortterm
loops(seepage1610).
5. RingLinkrestored,RPLblockedfortraffic
TheRPLblockstoEthernettrafficaftertheMinimumtimeforrecoveryexpiresand
restoresEthernettraffictotheRingLink(withaspecialRPMpacket).
6. Returnto1.)RingLinkrestored,RPLblockedfortraffic
Theringisbacktonormaloperation.
WithRADlinks,RADsRingProtectionsolutionpreventsEthernetloopsintheringatalltimes.
Theringisalwaysbrokensomewhere.
UnderaringconfigurationaRADRingLinkthatwasdownandcommencesrecovery,
keepsblockingEthernettraffic.TheRPLidentifiesthissituation,blocksitselfandthen
unblockstheotherRingLink.Thisisthetransitionfromstep4to5inFigure161.
IfthefailedhopisnotaRAD linkthentherearetwopossibilities:
IfthehopRingLinkcansignalthatitisdownbyissuingaLossofSignal(LOS)atthe
Ethernetport,thentheRPLwillcontroltheRADlinkconnectedtothatportinthe
samemannerasdescribedabove,topreventanEthernetloop.
Otherwise,theremaybeashortloopperiodwhentheRPLisstillopenfortrafficand
theRingLinkisalsounblockedduringtheMinimumtimeforrecovery.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
163
EthernetRingTopologiesSupportedbyRAD
Thefollowingringtopologiesaresupported:
Table161:TopologiessupportedbyRADEthernetRing
Theringisnotconnectedtootherrings
Standalonering
Oneofthenodesisconnectedtoanothernetwork/ring:
Singlehomedring
TwoadjacentnodesareconnectedthroughanonRAD
link(e.g.microwaveorfiber):
Dualhomedring
Note:
Thenetworkhastobelayer2andsupportVLANs
TheringcontrolbroadcastsRPMpackets.Henceit
isrecommendedtopreventthesepacketsfrom
propagatingintothenetwork
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
164
Table161:TopologiessupportedbyRADEthernetRing(Continued)
SomeofthehopsareconnectedthroughnonRADlinks:
Mixedring
SomeofthehopsareconnectedthroughRADlinkswith
PoEdevices,notsupportingringfunctionality:
Repeatersites
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
165
ProtectionSwitching
Table161:TopologiessupportedbyRADEthernetRing(Continued)
RADringswithsharedhops.
Sharedring
Note:
ARADlinkhopcanbeapartofupto4rings
TheRPLcannotbeasharedlink
ThetwoRPLsshouldusedifferentMinimumTime
forActivationvaluestopreventduplicateaction
causingaloop
ProtectionSwitching
Protectionswitchingoccursuponfailureinthering.
TheEthernetservicerestorationtimedependsonthenumberofhopsinthering.Withfour
hopstheEthernetserviceisrestoredinlessthan50ms.
Insingleanddualhomedtopologiestheservicerestorationmaytakelongerduetotheaging
timeoftheexternalswitches.Switchesthatareimmediatelyawareofroutingchangesreduce
therestorationtime.
HardwareConsiderations
EthernetRingProtectionissupportedbytheIDUE,IDUandPoE.
AtypicalRingProtectionLinkconsistsofanIDUEorIDU,aPoEandtwoODUsasshownin
Figure162.HenceoneendoftheRPLandofringcontrolledlinks,asshowninFigure162
hastobeanIDU.ItisrecommendedtohaveanIDUateachnodetohavetheflexibilityto
changetheRPL.
AringnodeisbuiltfromtwoODUsfromadjacentlinks.TheODUscanbeconnectedtoeither
anIDUortoaPoEdeviceasinFigure162.PortnamesintheIDUareshown.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
166
SpecialCase:1+1EthernetRedundancy
Figure162:NodewithIDUandPoEdevice
ConnecttheswitchatthesiteonlytooneIDU.
Note
TheswitchingfunctioniscarriedoutbytheIDUEsandIDUs,bothofwhichprovideLayer2
support(seeChapter17).
SpecialCase:1+1EthernetRedundancy
Thesamedevicemaybeusedtoprovideeconomic1+1redundancyforasinglelink.
A1+1Ethernetisaringwithtwonodes.OneofthelinksisRPL.
Theequipmentina1+1Ethernetinstallationisasfollows:
Figure163:1+1Ethernet
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
167
UsingAirmuxManagertoSetupaRing
Figure164:UsingIDUEorIDUwithPoEsfortheRPL
NoticethatlinkcontentdropsfromfourPoEsplustwoswitchestotwoPoEsandtwoIDUEs
orIDUs.
CreatingaRingusingAirmuxManagerrequirestwostages:
7. Setupeachparticipatinglinkseparately,intheusualway
8. Foreachlink,runtheConfigurationwizardtodefineitasRPLoraRingLink
Note
TheRingusesaVLANIDfortheRPL.ItisusedtomanagetheRingand
nothingelse;itiscompletelyseparatefromthemanagementandtraf
ficVLANsreferredtoelsewhere
AregularRingLinkmaybeamemberofuptofourringsandeachof
theirRPLVLANIDsmustbeconfigured
Herethen,isstep2inmoredetail:
TointegratealinkintoanEthernetRing:
1.UsingeithertheInstallationorConfigurationwizards,navigatetotheServiceswin
dowandchosetheRingtab.
Figure165:ServiceswindowwithRingselected
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
168
2.ClickConfigure.TheRingdefinitionwindowisdisplayed.ThedefaultisIndependent
LinkandisusedwhenthelinkisnotpartofanyRing.
Figure166:RingOptions
3.ToconfigurethelinkasaregularRinklink,clickRinkLink(NonRPL)andenterthe
ringLANVIDs(atleastone)towhichitbelongsandclickOK:
Figure167:ConfiguringRingLANVIDs
4.ToconfigurethelinkasRPL,clickRingProtectionLink(RPL)andenteritsRingVID.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
169
Figure168:ConfiguringRPLVIDs
5.Entertheminimumtimesforfailuredetectionandrecovery.
Fordualhomedconfigurations,wherepartoftheringgoesthroughthecore,ifa
coresegmentfails,thecoreshouldbeallowedtorecoverbeforetheRPLentersPro
tectionState.Otherwise,itcouldhappenthatboththecoreandtheRADringwill
switchinparallel.Youshouldtherefore,configureaMinimumtimeforfailuredetec
tionhighenoughtotakethispossibilityintoaccount.
TheMinimumtimeforrecoveryisadelayswitchtopreventrapidonofffluctua
tions.Itfunctionslikeadelayswitchusetoprotectelectricaldevicesfromrapidon
offpowerfluctuations,whichinthiscontext,mayleadtopotentialshortterm
loops.
6.ClickOKtoacceptyoursettings.
TheRPLwillbeclearlyindicatedintheAirmuxManager.IntheLinkstatusareaon
thetopleft,youwillseeanEthernet(Blocked)notice:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1610
ALinkIdlemessageisdisplayedontheEthernetServicesBar:
WhentheRPLcutsinasaresultofafailure,theEthernet(Blocked)noticedisap
pears.TheEthernetServicesBarindicatedthattheRPLisactive:
Uponrestorationofthebrokenlink,theRPLreturnstoidlestatuswiththeappropri
ateindicationsontheAirmuxManagermainwindow.
Onthestatusbarforallringmemberlinks,youwillseetheringmembershipindica
toricon:
Caution
DonotconfiguremorethanoneRPL.Ifyoudo,youwillbreaktheRing
IfyouforgettoconfigureoneRPLinaRing,youwillintroducealoop
intoyournetwork
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1611
Chapter17:
VLANFunctionalitywith
Airmux400
VLANTaggingOverview
VLANTerminology
BoththetechnicalliteratureandtheAirmuxManagerusethetermsVLANIDandVID
interchangeablytodenoteaVLANidentificationnumber.
VLANBackgroundInformationontheWeb
ThestandardsdefiningVLANTaggingareIEEE_802.1Qandextensions.
ForgeneralbackgroundaboutVLANseehttp://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Virtual_LAN.
BackgroundinformationaboutDoubleTaggingalsoknownasQinQmaybefoundhere:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/802.1QinQ.
VLANTagging
VLANtaggingenablesmultiplebridgednetworkstotransparentlysharethesamephysical
networklinkwithoutleakageofinformationbetweennetworks:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
171
QinQ(DoubleTagging)forServiceProviders
Figure171:Twonetworkusingthesamelinkwithtagging
IEEE802.1Qisusedastheencapsulationprotocoltoimplementthismechanismover
Ethernetnetworks.
QinQ(DoubleTagging)forServiceProviders
QinQisusefulforServiceProviders,allowingthemtouseVLANsinternallyintheirtransport
networkwhilemixingEthernettrafficfromclientsthatarealreadyVLANtagged.
Figure172:Separatingclientdatastreamsusingdoubletagging
Theoutertag(representingtheProviderVLAN)comesfirst,followedbytheinnertag.InQinQ
theEtherType=0x9100.VLANtagsmaybestackedthreeormoredeep.
WhenusingthistypeofProviderTaggingyoushouldkeepthefollowinginmind:
UnderProviderTagging,thesystemdoubletagsegressframestowardstheProviders
network.ThesystemaddsatagwithaVLANIDandEtherType=0x9100toallframes,as
configuredbytheserviceprovider(ProviderVLANID).
Thesystemalwaysaddstoeachframe,tagswithVLANIDandEtherType=0x9100.
Therefore,
ForaframewithoutatagthesystemwilladdatagwithVLANIDandEtherType=
0x9100sotheframewillhaveonetag
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
172
VLANUntagging
ForaframewithaVLANtagthesystemwilladdatagwithVLANIDandEtherType
=0x9100sotheframewillbedoubletagged
ForaframewithaVLANtagandaprovidertagthesystemwilladdatagwithVLAN
IDandEtherType=0x9100sotheframewillbetripletaggedandsoon
VLANUntagging
VLANUntaggingmeanstheremovalofaVLANoraProvidertag.
PortFunctionality
TheVLANfunctionalityissupportedbyallLANandSFPportsintheIDU.
EachportcanbeconfiguredhowtohandleEthernetframesattheingressdirection(where
framesentertheIDU)andattheegressdirection(whereframeexittheIDU).
Theconfigurationisindependentateachport.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
173
PortFunctionality
IngressDirection
Table171:PortsettingsIngressdirection
Transparent
TheportdoesnothingwithregardtoVLANsinboundframesareleftuntouched.
FramesenteringtheportwithoutVLANorQinQtaggingaretaggedwithVLANIDand
Prioritya,whicharepreconfiguredbytheuser.Frameswhicharealreadytaggedat
ingressarenotmodified.
Tag
a. PriorityCodePoint(PCP)whichreferstotheIEEE802.1ppriority.Itindicatestheframepriority
levelfrom0(lowest)to7(highest),whichcanbeusedtoprioritizedifferentclassesoftraffic
(voice,video,data,etc).
EgressDirection
Table172:PortsettingsEgressdirection
Transparent
TheportdoesnothingwithregardtoVLANsoutboundframesareleftuntouched.
Allframesareuntagged.
Untagall
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
174
PortFunctionality
Table172:PortsettingsEgressdirection(Continued)
UntagsonlyframestaggedwithoneoftheuserdefinedVIDs.Youcandefineuptoeight
VIDsperport.Otherframesarenotmodified.
Untag
selectedVIDs
Thissettingallowsformutualfilteringofmultipleingresstagsnotrelevantattheegress
end:
Filtered
VLANIDsat
egress
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
175
VLANAvailability
Table172:PortsettingsEgressdirection(Continued)
WithProvidertagging,thesystemdoubletagsegressframestowardstheproviders
network.AllframesaretaggedQinQwithaVLANID,whichisconfiguredbytheservice
provider(ProviderVLANID).
Provider
tagging
Withthissetting,ingressframeswhicharenottaggedwiththeconfiguredProvider
VLANIDareblocked(filtered).
Note:Eachportcanbeconfiguredindependentlytoataggingmode.However,onlya
singleProviderVLANIDcanbedefinedperIDU.
ThissettingfunctionslikeProvidertagging.However,allingressframesarepassed
through.
Provider
tagging
withoutfilter
VLANAvailability
VLANisavailableforlinksusingeitherAirmux200orAirmux400radios.VLANsupport
requirestheuseofIDUEsorIDUsforAirmux200.ForAirmux400youmayalsouseaPoE
deviceandconfigureODUVLAN.SeeChapter9.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
176
VLANConfigurationUsingtheAirmuxManager
VLANConfigurationUsingtheAirmux
Manager
Tip
Disclaimer
IfyouarenotaVLANexpert,pleasebeawarethatincorrectVLAN
configurationmaycausehavoconyournetwork.Thefacilitiesdescribed
belowareofferedasaservicetoenableyoutogetbestvaluefromyour
Airmux400linksandareprovidedasis.UndernocircumstancesdoesRAD
acceptresponsibilityfornetworksystemorfinancialdamagesarisingfrom
incorrectuseoftheseVLANfacilities.
ManagementTrafficandEthernetServiceSeparation
YoucandefineaVLANIDformanagementtrafficseparation.Youshouldconfigurethesystem
topreventconflictsasdetailedbelow.
Whenconfiguredforthedefaultoperationalmode,aProviderportwillhandleingress
trafficasfollows:
FiltersframesthatarenottaggedwiththeProviderVLANID
RemovestheProviderdoubletag
Therefore,ifaportisconfiguredformanagementtrafficseparationbyVLANandasProvider
port,thenthereceivedmanagementframesmustbedoubletaggedasfollows:
TheoutertaghastobetheProviderstag(sotheframeisnotfiltered)
TheinternaltaghastobemanagementVLANID
Toavoidmixups,bestpracticeisto:
Separatethemanagementanddataports
DefineonlyadataportwithProviderfunction
AllIDUEandIDUmodelshavetwoLANportssoyoucaneasilyseparatemanagementand
Ethernetservice.
VLANConfigurationiscarriedoutpersite.Itisuptoyoutoensureconsistencybetweenthe
linksites.ThediscussionbelowisbasedonSiteAhowever,italsoappliestoSiteB.
SeealsoVLANTaggingforEthernetService:Configuration.
TosetupVLANtaggingforEthernetservice,enterSiteConfigurationforSiteA,choosethe
EthernettabandclicktheVLANConfiguration...button(Figure914).Thefollowingwindow
isdisplayed:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
177
Figure173:VLANtagsettings
IfyouareusingaIDU,theSFProwwillnotappear.
Note
NormalandMembershipmodesaredifferentwaysofenteringVLANsettingsandare
describedindetailinVLANTaggingforEthernetService:Configurationonpage28.What
followsbelowisashortsummary.
ThechoicesforIngressModeare
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
178
Figure174:VLAN:Ingressmodes
ThetwochoicescorrespondrespectivelytothetworowsofTable171.ChoosingTagcauses
theVLANIDandVLANPriorityfieldstobecomeavailable:
Figure175:VLAN:IngressmodesettingVLANIDandPriority
Note
Throughoutthischapter,allVLANIDsmustbebetween2and4094,
inclusive.AllVLANprioritiesmustbebetween0and6,inclusive.Thevalues
enteredarerangechecked.Ifforexample,youenteraVLANIDof4095,
then4094willbereflectedback.
ThechoicesforEgressModeare
Figure176:VLAN:Egressmodes
ThefivenontransparentchoicescorrespondrespectivelytothefiverowsofTable172inthe
order,row1,2,4,5,3.
Thefirsttwochoices,TransparentandUntagallrequirenofurtheraction.
UntagselectedVIDscausestheeightVLANIDfieldstobecomeavailable:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
179
Figure177:UntaggingselectedVIDs
YoumaynominateuptoeightVIDsforuntagging;beyondsimplerangechecking,thereisno
othervalidation.
BothProvidertaggingandProvidertaggingwithoutfilterenabletheProviderparameters
fields:
Figure178:Providerparameters
ThereisofcourseonlyoneProviderVLANID.Itismostlikelyyours,astheProvider!
FilteredVLANIDsenablesyoutofilterandblockonlyframestaggedwithoneoftheuser
definedVIDs.YoucandefineuptoeightVIDsperport.Otherframesarenotmodifiedandare
forwardedtransparently.
Whenyouarefinished,remembertoclickOK(Figure173)tosaveyourentries.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
1710
Chapter18:
SoftwareUpgrade
WhatistheSoftwareUpgradeUtility?
TheAirmuxManagerprovidesaSoftwareUpgradeUtility(SWU)toupgradethesoftware
(firmware)ofinstalledODUsinanetwork.Theupdatefilesmaybelocatedanywhere
accessiblebytheoperator.
TheSWUprovidesfor:
Priorbackupofthecurrentfilespriortoupgrade
Upgradefromalist
Delayedupgrade
VariousODUresetoptions
Thedefaultlocationofthesoftwarefilesisintheinstallationarea,andcanbeusedtorestore
factorydefaults.
ThefollowingprocedureisgenerictoallRADpointtopointradioandGSU
products.
Note
UpgradinganInstalledLink
Toupgradesoftwareforalink:
1.IntheAirmuxManagermainmenu,clickTools|SoftwareUpgrade...Thefollowing
detachedwindowappears
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
181
Figure181:SoftwareUpgradeUtilityMainwindow
ThedefaultsitesshownintheSoftwareUpgradelistpanelbelongtothecurrently
link.ThelistmaybeemptyifyouarerunningtheAirmuxManageroffline.
Warning
Whatfollowsaboutaddingsitesmanuallyorfromalistfile,assumesthatall
sitestobeupgradedareofthesametypeeitherAirmux200orAirmux
400.butnotboth.Thiswillnotworkwithamixedlist.
2.ClickAddSitetoaddadditionalsitesforupgrade.
Figure182:Addsiteoptions
ClickAddSingleSiteforonesiteonly:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
182
Figure183:Addingasinglesiteforupgrade
EntertheIPaddressofthesite,theCommunitystrings(Default:publicandnetman,
respectively)andthenclickOK.ThesitewillappearintheSoftwareUpgradelistbox.
ThelistcanbeclearedusingtheClearAllbutton.
Asanalternativetoaddingsitesoneatatime,youcanaddsitesfromapreparedlist
usingtheAddfromFileoptioninFigure182.Thelisthasthefollowingformat:
<IPaddress>,<ReadOnlycommunity>,<ReadWritecommunity>
Hereistheexamplewewilluse:
10.104.2.2,public,netman
3.Havingcreatedanupdatelist,clickClearalltoremovethesites.
4.UseAddfromFiletoloadyourlist.
5.clickUpgradePackagetochosetherelevantfiles.Thedefaultfilesarelocatedinthe
SWUsubdirectoryintheAirmuxManagerinstallationarea.Thedefaultfilenamefor
Airmux400isSWU_2k.swu.Youmayhavetofindthemelsewhere,dependingon
yoursystem.
YoucanonlyincludeonetypeofODUinalist.Thatis,youneedseparatelist
forAirmux400,Airmux5000,Airmux200andGSUproducts.
Note
6.Hereisourexample:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
183
7.Youmakelimitedchangestothelistbyrightclickinganyline:
Figure184:SoftwareUpgradesiteoptions
8.Tobackupyourexistingsystem,checkBackupdevicesoftwarecheckbox.Thenclick
the
buttonforastandardfiledialog.ThedefaultlocationistheMyDocuments
directoryonthemanagingcomputerorthelastbackupdirectoryyouused.
Thebackuphereisthesameasthatinpage942,andservesthesame
purpose.Itprovidesafallbackiftheupgradeprovesproblematic.
Note
9.Inadditiontothepreviousstep,youmayopttoperformadelayedupgrade.Check
theDelayedUpgradebox,andenterthedateandtimeforthedelayedupgrade.
10.Theradiobuttonsontherightdetermineshowyoursitesshouldbereset.Bearin
mindthatontheonehand,aresetinvolvesaserviceinterruption,butontheother
hand,thesoftwareupgradewillnotbecomeeffectiveuntilaftertheresetiscarried
out.
11.Returningtoourtwositeexample,clickStartUpgradetocommencetheprocess.
Foranimmediateupgradeyouwillbeabletoobservetheupgradeprogressfromthe
greenprogressbars:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
184
Figure185:SoftwareupgradeinprogressNotethestopbutton
Figure186:Softwareupgradecompletedsuccessfully
12.ClickClosetoexit.
13.Ifyourequestedadelayedupgrade,anoticelikethiswillappear:
Caution
Ifoneorbothsitesfailtoupdate,awarningnoticewillbedisplayed.
Ifonesiteofalinkupdatesbuttheotherfails,youshouldcorrectthe
problemandupdatethesecondsiteassoonaspossible.Ifyoudonot,
followingthenextresetoftheupdatedsite,youcouldexperiencealink
softwaremismatchwhichmayaffectservice.Seepage103fordetails.
AllGSUsinadistributedsitecanbeupdatedsimultaneously.UseanIPlistasdescribedabove.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
185
Chapter19:
FalseRadarMitigation
Facilities
Whoneedsit
IfyouareusingDFSfrequencybands5.3/5.4GHzETSIand5.4/5.8GHzFCCyoushouldusethis
facility.
DFSandFalseRadarMitigation
AboutDFS
UnderDFSfrequencybands,itmustbeensuredthatradiolinksdonotinterferewithcertain
radarsystemsinthe5GHzband.Ifradarisdetected,theradiolinkshouldmove
automaticallytoafrequencythatdoesnotinterferewiththedetectedradar.
WhatisFalseRadarMitigation
FalseRadarMitigationcapabilityisanadvancedmethodtoreduceoreliminatefalseradar
detectionandDFStriggering(Falsepositives).
Falseradardetectioncanbecausedbyotherradiostransmissionsorexternalinterference
thatcanbeinterpretedastrueradar.
ThisoptionisactiveonlyinDFSfrequencybands,5.3/5.4GHzFCCforSiteAonlyand5.4/
5.8GHzETSI,botesidesofthelink.
Inwhatfollowsfalseradarmeansanysourceofradarlikesignalswhicharenotrealradar.
FalseRadarMitigationhastwocomponents:
1. Reductionoffalsepositiveradardetectionbyreductionoftheprobabilityofdetectingany
kindoffalseradars,whileallowingthesystemtodetectrealradarsignals.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
191
FCC/IC5.4/5.3GHzLinks:Background
Chapter19
2. Eliminationofdetectionofspecificfalseradartypesbyblockingdetectionoffalseradars
ofaspecifictype.Therearethreetypesofradars:
Fixed:Falseradarswithfixedpulsewidthhavingfixedrepetitionfrequency
Variable:Falseradarswithvariablepulsewidthhavingvariablerepetitionfrequency
Staggered:Falseradarswithvariablerepetitionfrequencywithinaburstperiod
(Appliesto5.4GHzETSIonly)
TheFCC/ICregulationfor5.4/5.3GHzallowsunlicensedwirelessdataequipment,provided
thatitdoesnotinterruptradarservices.Ifradaractivityisdetected,theequipmentmust
automaticallychangefrequencychannel.ThisfeatureistermedDynamicFrequencySelection
(DFS).Accordingtothestandard,achannelwithactiveradarisprohibitedfromusefor30
minutes.Beforeusingachannelfortransmission,theradioequipmentmustprobeitforradar
signalsforaperiodof60seconds.
Note
TheFCC/ICregulationsfor5.4GHzbandrequiresthefrequencyrange5600
5650MHztobebannedfromuse.TheFCCregulationfor5.4GHzband
requiresthatwithin35kmradiusfromany(TerminalDopplerWeather
Radars)TDWRlocationthefrequencyrange55705680MHzshallbe
bannedfromuse.
Followtheinstructionsinthelastsectionofthischapter.
RADradioproductssupportDFSaswellasACS.
AnimmediateconsequenceoftheFCC/ICregulationfor5.4/5.3GHzisthatthemethodoflink
installationisslightlydifferent.
First,ACScannotbedisabled:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
192
Chapter19
Figure191:ChannelSelectdialogboxACSpermanentlyenabled
Second:TheTxPowerwindowintheInstallation/Configurationwizardispresetincompliance
withtherelevantregulation,beitFCC/ICorETSI.TxPowerperradioissetto1dBmsothat
anODUwithtworadioshasasystemTxPowerasshown,of 1 + 3 dBm,reflectingthe
requirementtoadd3dBmtodoubleradioTxPower.Theonlyitemsyoucanchangeare
AntennaGainandCableLoss.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
193
Chapter19
AftercompletingInstallation/Configuration,gototheSite:Location|AirInterfacewindows
foreachsiteinturn.
OnesidewillshowasMasterandoneasSlave.Thechoiceisinternal,purelyforthepurpose
ofestablishingthelinkandunderFCC/ICregulations,choosingthesitetocarryoutradar
detection.
TheODUsareeithersuppliedfromthefactoryreadyforuseat5.4GHzor5.3GHzFCC/ICor
alternatively,theycanbesetupforthesebandsusingtheAirmuxManager.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
194
ConfiguringFalseRadarMitigation
Chapter19
ConfiguringFalseRadarMitigation
TheconfigurationmethodforthemanagedODU(ETSIandFCC/IC)isthesame.ETSI
regulationsrequirethattheovertheairsitealsobeseparatelyconfiguredinthesameway.
WewilldemonstratethemethodforSiteAforalinkusingthe5.4GHzFCC/ICband:
ToconfigureFalseRadarMitigation:
1.LogontotheMasterODUasInstaller.
2.EntertheConfigurationwindowandopentheAdvancedtab.
Figure192:FalseRadarMitigation
3.TheDFSFrequencyStatusTableatthebottomofFigure192showsthetime,type
andfrequencyofthelastradarsdetected.Thistableshouldbeusedtoselectthe
bestoption(s)toreduceoreliminatefalseradardetectionwithoutcompletely
blockingoutrealradardetection.
4.Checkthemitigationfeaturestobeused.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
195
FCC/ICRequirements
Chapter19
5.Whenyouaresatisfiedwithyourconfigurationparameters,clickOKtosavethem
anddismisstheConfigurationwindow.
FCC/ICRequirements
TheFCCrequiresthatdevicesinstalledwithin35kmofanyTerminalDopplerWeatherRadars
(TDWR)locationshouldberegisteredinthevoluntaryWISPAsponsoreddatabase.For
convenience,wesupplyguidelinesaboutthewaythisisdoneinFalseRadarMitigation
Facilities.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
196
Chapter20:
FCC/ICDFSConsiderations
FCC5.4GHzDeviceRegistration
TheFCCrequiresthatdevicesinstalledwithin35kmofanyTDWRlocationshouldbe
registeredinthevoluntaryWISPAsponsoreddatabase.
TheFCChaspublishedaTDWRLocationInformationtablethatliststheexactlocationofall
TDWRtowers(seeTable201attheendofthechapter).
1. Wheninstallinga5.4GHzdevicedefineyourexactlocation(latitudeandlongitude)
2. UsetheTDWRLocationInformationtabletodetermineifthedistancebetween
thedeviceandanyTDWRtowerislessthan35km.
3. Ifthedistanceislessthan35kmthenregisterthedeviceinthevoluntaryWISPA
sponsoreddatabase(followingsection)
4. Disablethefrequenciesbetween55705680MHzfromtheavailablechannels
list.
5. Thefrequencyrangebetween5.600to5.650GHzisnotincludedintheavailable
channelslist.
RegisteringtheDevice
Toregisteradevice:
1.Enterthewebsitehttp://www.spectrumbridge.com/udia/home.aspxandfollowthe
instructions.
Atyourfirstentryintothesite,youwillberequiredtoregisterasauser:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
201
2.ClicktheUserRegistrationbuttontoentertheregistrationpage.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
202
3.FillintheregistrationpageandclickRegister.
4.TocompletedeviceregistrationentertheRegisterDevicetabasshown:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
203
Youareofferedthis:
5.FillintherequiredinformationintheprecedingwebpageandclicktheRegister
Devicebutton.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
204
TDWRTable
TDWRTable
ThefollowingtablecontainsthelatitudeandlongitudelocationsofTerminalDoppler
WeatherRadars(TDWR).UsethistabletodetermineiftheMasterorClientdeviceinstalledis
within35kmradiusofaTDWRlocation.Ifoneoftheinstalleddevicesiswithin35kmradius
ofanyTDWRlocationthendisableallfrequenciesbetween55705680MHzfromthe
availablechannelslist.
Table201:LatitudeandlongitudelocationsofTDWRs
STATE
CITY
LONGITUDE
LATITUDE
FREQUENCY
TERRAIN
ELEVATION
(MSL)[ft]
ANTENNA
HEIGHT
ABOVE
TERRAIN[ft]
AZ
PHOENIX
W1120946
N332514
5610MHz
1024
64
CO
DENVER
W1043135
N394339
5615MHz
5643
64
FL
FTLAUDERDALE
W0802039
N260836
5645MHz
113
FL
MIAMI
W0802928
N254527
5605MHz
10
113
FL
ORLANDO
W0811933
N282037
5640MHz
72
97
FL
TAMPA
W0823104
N275135
5620MHz
14
80
FL
WESTPALMBEACH
W0801623
N264117
5615MHz
20
113
GA
ATLANTA
W0841544
N333848
5615MHz
962
113
IL
MCCOOK
W0875131
N414750
5615MHz
646
97
IL
CRESTWOOD
W0874347
N413905
5645MHz
663
113
IN
INDIANAPOLIS
W0862608
N393814
5605MHz
751
97
KS
WICHITA
W0972613
N373026
5603MHz
1270
80
KY
COVINGTONCINCINNATI
W0843448
N385353
5610MHz
942
97
KY
LOUISVILLE
W0853638
N380245
5646MHz
617
113
LA
NEWORLEANS
W0902411
N300118
5645MHz
97
MA
BOSTON
W0705601
N420930
5610MHz
151
113
MD
BRANDYWINE
W0765042
N384143
5635MHz
233
113
MD
BENFIELD
W0763748
N390523
5645MHz
184
113
MD
CLINTON
W0765743
N384532
5615MHz
249
97
MI
DETROIT
W0833054
N420640
5615MHz
656
113
MN
MINNEAPOLIS
W0925558
N445217
5610MHz
1040
80
MO
KANSASCITY
W0944431
N392955
5605MHz
1040
64
MO
SAINTLOUIS
W0902921
N384820
5610MHz
551
97
MS
DESOTOCOUNTY
W0895933
N345345
5610MHz
371
113
NC
CHARLOTTE
W0805306
N352014
5608MHz
757
113
NC
RALEIGHDURHAM
W0784150
N360007
5647MHz
400
113
NJ
WOODBRIDGE
W0741613
N403537
5620MHz
19
113
NJ
PENNSAUKEN
W0750412
N395657
5610MHz
39
113
NV
LASVEGAS
W1150026
N360837
5645MHz
1995
64
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
205
TDWRTable
Table201:LatitudeandlongitudelocationsofTDWRs(Continued)
STATE
CITY
LONGITUDE
LATITUDE
FREQUENCY
TERRAIN
ELEVATION
(MSL)[ft]
ANTENNA
HEIGHT
ABOVE
TERRAIN[ft]
NY
FLOYDBENNETTFIELD
W0735249
N403520
5647MHz
97
OH
DAYTON
W0840723
N400119
5640MHz
922
97
OH
CLEVELAND
W0820028
N411723
5645MHz
817
113
OH
COLUMBUS
W0824255
N400020
5605MHz
1037
113
OK
AERO.CTRTDWR#1
W0973731
N352419
5610MHz
1285
80
OK
AERO.CTRTDWR#2
W0973743
N352334
5620MHz
1293
97
OK
TULSA
W0954934
N360414
5605MHz
712
113
OK
OKLAHOMACITY
W0973036
N351634
5603MHz
1195
64
PA
HANOVER
W0802910
N403005
5615MHz
1266
113
PR
SANJUAN
W0661046
N182826
5610MHz
59
113
TN
NASHVILLE
W0863942
N355847
5605MHz
722
97
TX
HOUSTONINTERCONTL
W0953401
N300354
5605MHz
154
97
TX
PEARLAND
W0951430
N293059
5645MHz
36
80
TX
DALLASLOVEFIELD
W0965806
N325533
5608MHz
541
80
TX
LEWISVILLEDFW
W0965505
N330353
5640MHz
554
31
UT
SALTLAKECITY
W1115547
N405802
5610MHz
4219
80
VA
LEESBURG
W0773146
N390502
5605MHz
361
113
WI
MILWAUKEE
W0880247
N424910
5603MHz
820
113
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
206
Chapter21:
QualityofService
Availability
TheQualityofService(QoS)featureisavailableforlinksusingAirmux400100Mradios.Ifyou
alreadyhavethismodel,youcanaccessthefeaturebycarryingoutaSoftwareUpgradetothe
2.8.30release.
TousethefacilityyoumustbefamiliarwiththeuseofVLAN(802.1p)orDiffserv.
QoSOverview
QoSisatechniqueforprioritizationofnetworktrafficpacketsduringcongestion.
Airmux400100Mlinkssupporttwoclassificationcriteria,VLANbasedorDiffservbased.You
maychoosewhichofthemtouse.
Table211:DefaultprioritiesandallocationbyVLANIDandDiffserv
Priority
Diffserv VLAN
REDAT
%
Realtime
4863
67
15
Nearrealtime
(responsive
applications)
3247
45
20
Controlledload
1631
23
25
Besteffort
015
01
40
Qualityqueue
Note
ForREDAT(RemainingEthernetDataEthernetthroughput)measurement.
Seepage109.REDATmeasuresremainingEthernetthroughputafter
reductionofbandwidthusedbyTDMchannels.UsetheLinkBudget
CalculatortoseehowmuchremainingbandwidthisavailableforEthernet.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
211
SettingupQoS
Basedupontheclassificationcriterionchosen,receivedpacketswillbemappedintooneof
fourqualitygroups:Realtime,Nearrealtime,ControlledloadandBesteffort.
YoumaypartitionthetotallinkcapacityacrossthefourQualityqueues.Thedefaultweights
aspercentagesareshowninTable211.
Further,youmayalsolimitthemaximuminformationrate(MIR)foreachqueuepersite.
SettingupQoS
YoumaysetupQoSfromeithertheInstallationorConfigurationwizards.Beforedoingso,set
upforVLAN(Chapter17)orDiffserv,dependingonwhichyouintendtouse.
TodefineQoSsettingsforalink:
1.UsingeithertheInstallationorConfigurationwizards,navigatetotheServiceswin
dowandchoosetheQoStab.
Figure211:ServiceswindowwithQoSselected
AlthoughQoSisalinkorientedfeature,eachsitemayhaveitsownseparateparame
ters.
2.ClicktheConfigurebuttonforasite.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
212
SettingupQoS
Figure212:EthernetQoSConfigurationModeselection
3.Choosetherequiredmode802.1p(VLAN)orDiffserv.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
213
SettingupQoS
Figure213:Top:VLANallocation.Bottom:Diffservallocation
4.Theentryfieldsinbothcasesareselfevident.UponclickingOK,
IfyouoverbooktheWeightcolumn,thelastenteredfieldwillbereducedsothat
thetotalis100%.
Noweightfieldmaybeleftzero.Ifyoudo,youwillnotbeabletoproceeduntilitis
settosomething:
Thisreflectstheimplementationpolicyunderwhichnocheckedqueuemaybe
completelystarved.Ifyoureallydonotwanttouseaqueueundercongestion,
uncheckit.
Ifyouareunderbooked,youwillreceivethisnotice:
Inanyevent,youmayautomaticallyapplythesamesettingstobothlinksites:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
214
DisablingQoS
5.Priorities:Youarecompletelyresponsibleforthecompletenessandconsistencyof
yourVLANorDiffservpriorities.
6.ChooseaMaximumInformationRateforeachqueue:
Figure214:MIRchoiceperqueue
IfyoupreviouslyusedSite|Ethernet|MaximumInformationRate(Chapter9)to
globallylimitthesite,thenyourchoiceinFigure214willalsobelimited.l
7.ClickOKontheexitdialogtoacceptthesettings.Ifyoudidnotusethesesettingsfor
theoppositesite,youshouldconfigureitnow.
8.Completethewizardintheusualway.
DisablingQoS
InthedialogofFigure212,choosetheDisabledmode.Thetwositesmaybeenabledor
disabledindependently.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
215
Chapter22:
CapacityUpgrade
WhatisCapacityUpgrade
AAirmux400LCseriesODUmayhaveitscapacityincreasedbyapplicationofanupgrade
licensekey.TheCapacityUpgradeprocessconsistsofthreesteps:
DataGatheringpreparationofalistofAirmux400LCODUsforupgradebyserialnum
ber
AcquisitionpurchasingtheCapacityUpgradekeys
ApplicationactivatingtheCapacityUpgradeusingtheAirmuxManager
Applicability
YoumayonlyupgradeaAirmux400LCunitfrom10Mbpsto25Mbps.
DataGathering
Foreachrelevantlink,prepareatablesimilartoTable221:
Table221:Airmux400LCODUCapacityUpgradeLinkList
ODUName
(1)
ODUMACAddress
(2)
ODUSerialNumber
(3)
SiteA
00xxyy41b205
PFC580E500000123
SiteB
00xxyy41b20e
PFC580E500000124
CapacityUpgradeKey
(4)
Columns1isforyourownconvenience.Column2providesapreciseconnectionbetween
ODUidentificationanditsserialnumber.Lateryouwillcopy/pastetheCapacityUpgradekey
intocolumn4asapermanentconvenientrecord.
Togettherequiredlinkinformation:
1.Logontothelink.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
221
Acquisition
2.RuntheGetDiagnosticsutilityfromthemainbuttonmenu.
3.LoadthegeneratedDiagnosticsInformation.txtfileintoaplaintexteditor(like
Notepad)
4.SearchforthetextstringInventory.Youshouldseesomethinglikethis:
Inventory
ODU
Product <Some product ID String>
HW Version 6
SW Version 2.8.00_b2970_Jan 17 2013
MAC Address <Your MAC address>
Serial Number PFC580E500000123
...
5.CopytheMACAddresstocolumn2ofthetable(mostlikelyforSiteA).
6.CopythestringfollowingtheSerialNumbertocolumn3ofthetable.
7.RepeattheprocesstogettheODUserialnumberforSiteB.
8.Ifyouhaveseverallinks,aggregatetheLinkListsintoonelist(considerusinga
spreadsheetforthepurpose).
Acquisition
SendthesupplierofyourequipmentaPurchaseOrderforyourCapacityUpgradeList(Use
theaggregatedversionofTable221).Ensurethatyouincludeacurrentemailaddressfor
receiptofthekeylist.Uponcompletionoftheorder,youwillreceiveanemailwithan
attachedlistconsistingofserialnumbersandalicencekeyperserialnumber.Thelicencekeys
arequitelonganditisimportantthatyoureceivetheminelectronicformatforsubsequent
copy/pasting.
Application
CarryingouttheCapacityUpgrade
EachODUmustbeupgradedindividually.Theprocessisveryunforgivingoferrors,soyou
shouldcarefullycarryoutthefollowingsteps.ItisassumedthatyouhaveTable221ina
sortableformatsuchasaspreadsheet.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
222
CarryingouttheCapacityUpgrade
ToprepareforapplicationoftheCapacityUpgradekeys:
1.SortTable221byserialnumber.
2.MakeaworkingcopyoftheCapacityUpgradekeysattachmentfile.Keeptheoriginal
inasafeplace.
3.Loadtheworkingcopyintoaspreadsheetprogramandensurethatitissortedby
serialnumber.
4.Ensurethatyourtableandthesortedlistmatchlineforlineifnotcheckcarefullyfor
errorsofmissedunits.
5.Copy/pastethekeycolumnintocolumn4ofyourowntable.
6.Foreachlink,logonasInstaller.(ForisolatedspareODUs,youmaylogonusing
LocalConnection.)
7.OpeneachSiteinturn.
8.OpentheInventorypagetocheckwhichlineiteminyourtablematchesit.
9.CopytheCapacityUpgradekeytotheclipboard
10.OpenthetheOperationspage:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
223
CompletingtheCapacityUpgrade
11.PastethekeytotheLicenseKeyfield.TheActivatebuttonisenabled.
12.ClicktheActivatebutton.Youwillreceiveaconfirmatorymessageiftheactivation
succeededoranerrormessageifnot.Inthelattercase,youwillneedtobein
contactwithyourequipmentsuppliertosolvetheproblem.
CompletingtheCapacityUpgrade
Tomaketheupgradeeffective,eachupgradedODUmustbereset.
PersistencyoftheCapacityUpgrade
TheupgradeispersistentacrossanODUreset.Ifhowever,yourestoreacapacityupgraded
ODUtofactorydefaults,youwillneedtoapplytheCapacityUpgradetoitagain.Thisfurther
underlinestheimportanceofsavingthelicensekeysattachmentfileinasafeplaceand
maintainingarecordlikeTable221.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
224
Chapter23:
ChangingtheFactoryDefault
Band
WhythisisNeeded
AllODUssuppliedbyRADcomewithpreconfiguredwithafactorydefaultproductdependent
bandaccordingtotheODUpartnumber.
ForODUssupportingMultiband,itmaybechangedusingtheprocedureinthischapter.The
procedureisgeneric,applyingtoallODUswiththeMultibandfeature.
Caution
Ifforsomereasonthedefaultbandneedstobechanged,itshouldbe
donebeforelinkinstallation.
Useofanincorrectbandmaybeinviolationoflocalregulations.
RequiredEquipment
TheminimalequipmentrequiredtochangeanODUdefaultbandis:
Laptopcomputer(managingcomputer)satisfyingtherequirementsofTable51.
AninstalledcopyoftheAirmuxManager
APoEdevice
AnEthernetLANcable
AnIDUODUcable
Theprocedure
Note
ThefollowingprocedureisgenerictoallrelevantRADradioproducts.What
youseeonyourrunningAirmuxManagermaydifferinsomedetailsfrom
thescreencapturesusedtoillustratethischapter.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
231
Theprocedure
Tochangethefactorydefaultband:
1.UsingtheIDUODUcable,connectthePoEdevicetotheODU,ensuringthatthecable
ispluggedintothePoEportmarkedPLANOUT.
2.ConnectthePoedevicetoACpower.
3.UsingaLANcable,connecttheLANINportofthePoEdevicetotheEthernetportof
themanagingcomputer.TheODUwillcommencebeepingataboutonceper
second,indicatingcorrectoperation.
4.LaunchtheAirmuxManager.
5.LogonasInstaller.
Figure231:BecomingInstaller
6.Enterthedefaultpassword,wireless.Afterafewmoments,theAirmuxManager
mainwindowappears:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
232
Theprocedure
Figure232:OpeningManagerwindowpriortobandchange(defaultcircled)
7.ClickTools|ChangeBand.Thefollowingwindowappears:
Figure233:ChangeBanddialog
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
233
Theprocedure
Note
ThebandsappearinginFigure233areproductdependent.Toseewhich
bandsareavailableforyourproduct,checkyourproductInventory(see
Figure97)andthenconsultRADCustomerSupport.
8.Clickthebandrequired:
Figure234:Adifferentbandselected
9.TheChangeBandwarningisdisplayed.ClickYestocontinue.
Figure235:ChangeBandconfirmation
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
234
ChangingBandforDFS
Thechange,whichmaytakesometime,iscarriedout.Theresultisreflectedinthe
AirmuxManagermainwindow:
Figure236:MainWindowafterbandchangenewbandcircled
Ifyoucarryoutthisoperationonalink,thebandiseffectiveonbothsites
andyouareplacedininstallationmode.
Note
ChangingBandforDFS
ChangingtoaDFSbandissimilartotheforegoingprocedure.ThelinkinestablishedinActive
modeforthenewbandandsettoInstallationmode.SeeChapter19.
SpecialProductsorFeatures:Enteringa
LicenseKey
IfyougototheOperationswindowasInstaller(Figure237),youwillseeaprovisionfor
enteringalicensekey.Shouldyoueverrequiresuchakey,theprocedureisasfollows:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
235
SpecialProductsorFeatures:EnteringaLicenseKey
ToenteraLicensekey:
1.LogonasInstaller(asforthepreviousprocedure).
2.ClicktheSite:Locationtoolbarbuttonfromthemaintoolbar.
Figure237:UsingtheOperationswindowtoenteralicensekey
3.EnteryourlicensekeyandclickActivate.
4.Whenitisaccepted,clickCancel.
Licensekeys,whereappropriate,areobtainablefromRADCustomer
Support.
Note
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
236
ProvisionsforLicensed3.Xand2.5GHzBands
ProvisionsforLicensed3.Xand2.5GHzBands
Overview
3.XBands
ThenewAirmux400100MandAirmux40010Mseriesaddadditionalbandsinthe3.XGHz
rangetothoseinRelease2.5.00.Thenewsupportedbandsfallintotwocategories:Thefirst
categoryconsistsofthosefallingundertheubiquitousFCC,ICorETSIregulation.Thesecond
categoryisreferredtoasRADUniversalbands.Thesebandsareknowntoberegulatedbut
thenumerouscombinationsofregulationandlocationprecludespecificsupport.
Release2.8.30supportstheband3.33.8GHzasfollows:
FCCpart90subpartZandICRSS197supporting3.6503.700GHz
3.6503.675GHzinRestrictedmode
HardwarereadyfortheUnrestrictedModebandoperatinginall50MHzofthe
3.6503.700GHzband
ICRSS192supporting3.4753.650GHz
ETSI3.43.7GHzsplitintothreesubbands,3.6503.675GHz,3.4753.650GHzand
3.5903.710GHz
RADUniversal3.3003.800GHz.
Integratedandconnectorizedproductsareavailable.Allofthemaremultiplebandwiththe
defaultbandbeing3.6503.675GHzotherthantheETSI3.43.7GHzmodels.
Thenewproductsmaybeoperatedunder5,10and20MHzchannelbandwidthsandare
broadlycompatiblewiththefullfeaturesetofAirmux400.
Tomeetregulatoryrequirements,asomewhatdifferentprocedureisrequiredtosetuplinks
usingthesebands.
2.5GHzBandsforBRS/EBS
TherationaleforthesebandsandrelevantdetailsaredescribedinChapter25.The
installationmethodidsthesameasforotherlicencedFCCbandsasdescribedbelow.
TerminologyRecap
UniversalbandsrefertoRADUniversalbandsasdescribedabove
3.Xor3.XGHzreferstothefrequencyrange3.3003.800GHz
A3.XODUisanODUpreconfiguredtooperateinthe3.XGHzlicensedbands
A3.XLinkinaAirmux400linkusingapairof3.XODUs
HighResolutionBandsChannelminimumstepis250KHz.Appliesto3.4753.650GHz
ICRSS192,3.43.7GHzETSIandthe3.33.8GHzUniversalband.
LowResolutionBandsChannelminimumstepis1MHz.AppliestoFCCregulationsin
the3.6503.675GHzband.
InactiveModeAnODUispoweredup,incommunicationwithamanagingcomputer
butnottransmitting.ItisrequiredwhereregulationdoesnotpermittheuseofRADs
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
237
RegulatoryConsiderationsfor3.6503.675GHzFCC/ICpart90subpartZ
defaultInstallationModefrequencyandchannelbandwidth.TheODUmaytransmit
usingthelicensedorregisteredband,channelbandwidthandpermittedTxpower.
RegularModeTheusualdefaultInstallationMode
RegulatoryConsiderationsfor3.6503.675GHzFCC/ICpart
90subpartZ
RestrictedMode
Thebandissupportedinaccordancewith3.6503.675FCC/ICpart90subpartZ:
RADDataCommunicationsLtd.conformstoFCCDA074605(November14,2007)FCC
certifiedwithFCCID:Q3KRW2030andsupportingthefollowingequipmentrequirements:
Restrictedcontentionprotocolscanpreventinterferenceonlywithotherdevicesincorpo
ratingthesameorsimilarprotocols.Equipmentusingarestrictedprotocolcanoperateonly
onthelower25megahertz(36503675MHz)."
Transmissionpoweroptions
Table231showstheextentofcompliancebyAirmux400100MproductstoFCC/ICpower
limits,havingregardstoantennatypeandtransmissionpoweroptions.
Table231:FCC/ICcompliancebyantennaandtransmissionpower
Measured
Frequency
Antenna
21dBiINT
21dBiEXT
(22dBi1dB
feeder)
24dBiEXT(25
1dBfeeder
loss)
Power
Max
LowCenter HighCenter
Conducted
Nominal Frequency Frequency
TxPower
CBW
Channel
Channel
perPole
[MHz]
[MHz]
[dBm]
Total
Conducted
MaxTx
Power
[dBm]
MaxEIRP
[dBm]
5MHz
3653
3672
11.14
14.14
35.14
10MHz
3655
3670
14.46
17.46
38.46
20MHz
3660
3665
17.36
20.36
41.36
5MHz
3653
3672
11.14
14.14
35.14
10MHz
3655
3670
14.46
17.46
38.46
20MHz
3660
3665
17.36
20.36
41.36
5MHz
3653
3672
8.65
11.65
35.65
10MHz
3655
3670
11.36
14.36
38.36
20MHz
3660
3665
13.73
16.73
40.73
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
238
RegulatoryConsiderationsfor3.6503.675GHzFCC/ICpart90subpartZ
HigherTransmissionPowerOptionsandRestrictions:
Table232definesthemaximumtransmissionpowerandEIRPlimitsforthespecified
frequencyandchannelbandwidths.
Itspecifiesthepowerlimitstobeusedbytheoperatorwhenassigningcenterfrequencies.
Table232:HigherTransmissionPowerLimits
Nominal
CBW
5MHz
10MHz
20MHz
Max
Total
LowCenter
HighCenter
ConductedTx Conducted
Frequency
Frequency
Powerper MaxTxPower
Channel[MHz] Channel[MHz]
Pole[dBm]
[dBm]
MaxEIRP
[dBm]
3653
3672
15.60
18.60
35.60
3655
3670
18.69
21.69
38.69
3656
3669
22.00
25.00
38.50
3660
3665
21.18
24.18
41.18
3661
3664
22.60
25.60
39.10
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
239
BandSplittingforETSI3.43.7GHz
AvailabilitySummaryforFCC/ICandUniversal3.XGHz
Table233:AvailabilityforFCC/ICandUniversal3.XGHz
Productsseries
Occupied
Band
GHz
Regulation
Mode
3.650
3.675
FCC/IC
Regular
3.475
Airmux400100M
3.650
Airmux40010M
Channel
Bandwidt
hMHz
MaxTx
Power
dBm
Frequency
Step
KHz
1000
25
IC
5,10,20
Inactive
3.300
3.800
Universal
3.650
3.675
FCC/IC
3.475
3.650
IC
3.300
3.800
Universal
250
Unlimited
Regular
1000
25
5
Inactive
250
Unlimited
BandSplittingforETSI3.43.7GHz
TheETSI3.43.7GHzbandissplitintothreesubbandsreflectingthedifferentMaxTxPower
allowedineachone.Thedetailsareshowninbelow:
Table234:BandsplitforETSI3.43.7GHz
Productsseries
Airmux400100M
Airmux40010M
Occupied Center
SubBand Frequency
GHz
GHz
Mode
Channel
MaxTx
Frequency
Bandwidth Power
StepKHz
MHz
dBm
3.403
3.490
3.413
3.480
3.470
3.610
3.480
3.600
3.590
3.710
3.600
3.700
25()
3.403
3.490
3.413
3.480
16
3.470
3.610
3.480
3.600
3.590
3.710
3.600
3.700
Airmux400UserManual
16
Inactive
Inactive
5,10,20
23()
23()
250
250
25()
Release2.8.30
2310
UsingheAirmuxManagertosetupa3.XorBRSLink
Note
()The3.480GHzfrequencyisoverlapped,occurringintwodierentbands
asshown.Ifyouwishtousethe3.480GHzfrequency,youshouldsetMax
TXPowerto16dBm.
TXPowerto23dBm.
InactiveandActiveMode
LowResolutionBand3.XODUsmaybeinstalledandconfiguredintheusualway.
WhatfollowsappliestoHighResolutionBandODUs.
Toensurecompliancewiththerelevantlicense,3.XODUsforIC,ETSIandUniversalmustbe
configuredfromaninactivemodewheretheODUispoweredup,incommunicationwitha
managingcomputerbutnottransmitting.
Settingupalinkisatwostageprocedure:
1. ActivatetheODUsbyindividuallybyconfiguringtheband,frequencyandchannelband
widthforthelicense
2. Completelinkconfigurationintheusualway
Tosetupa3.XorBRSODU:
1.LogontoitasInstaller(OperatorsufficientforETSI)andsettheIPaddressasshown
inChapter26.
2.NavigatetoSite:Location|AirInterfaceandentertheLinkIDfortheODU.
3.ClickOKtodismisstheSiteConfigurationwindow.AnswerYestothefollowingpopup
message:
4.ForETSImodels,skiptostep7below.Forallothers,navigatetoTools|ChangeBand.
Thefollowingwindowisdisplayed:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2311
5.Choosetherequiredband.Forillustration,wewillchoosetheICband.
6.ClickOKtocontinueandacceptthenotificationmessagewhichappears:
Afterafewseconds,theODUgoesintoinactivemode:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2312
7.ActivatetheODUbynavigatingtoSite:Location|AirInterface:
8.Chooseafrequencyfromthedropdownlist:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2313
9.EnterInstallationModeandconfirmyourchoice:
10.Afterafewmomentsofprocessing,youmayclickOKtodismisstheSite
Configurationwindow.TheODUisnowinnormalInstallationMode:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2314
11.RepeattheaboveprocedureforthesecondODUinthelink,ensuringthattheLink
IDisenteredcorrectlyandthesamebandischosen.
12.Fromthispoint,youmayinstallbothODUsinthefieldaccordingtotheprocedures
inthisUserManual.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2315
Chapter24:
QuickInstallMode
WhythisisNeeded
Itmayberequiredtotemporarilysuspendservicetrafficoveralinkwithoutlosingthelink
connection.ThesimplestwaytodothisistoplacethelinkinInstallationmodebutwithout
changinganyconfiguredparameters.QuickInstallModeisaoneclickmethodfordoing
this.Themethodiscompletelygeneric,workingidenticallyforbothAirmux200andAirmux
400products.
EnablingQuickInstall
Bydefault,thisfeatureisdisabled.
ToenableQuickInstallmode:
1.LogontotheAirmuxManager,navigatetoTools|Preferencesandclickthe
Advancedtab:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
241
UsingQuickInstall
Figure241:Preferences:QuickInstall
2.ChecktheEnableQuickInstallboxandthenOK.Anewbuttonisaddedtothemain
windowtoolbar:
Figure242:NewInstallModebuttonforQuickInstallmode
QuickInstallmodemaybedisabledbyuncheckingtheEnableQuickInstallbox.
UsingQuickInstall
TosuspendservicetrafficandenterInstallationmode:
1.ClicktheInstallmodebutton.Youareofferedaconfirmatorymessage:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
242
UsingQuickInstall
Figure243:ChangetoInstallationModecautionarymessage
2.ClickYestocontinue.ThelinkgoesintoInstallationmode.Themainwindowlooks
thesameasifyouhadenteredInstallationmodeintheusualwaythroughoneofthe
Sitewindowswiththeexceptionofthetoolbar:
Figure244:ServiceModebuttontoresumelinkservicetraffic
3.Whenyouarereadytoresumenormalservicetraffic,clicktheServiceModebutton.
Thefollowingcautionarymessageisdisplayed:
Figure245:Resumptionofservicescautionarymessage
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
243
UsingQuickInstall
4.ClickYestocontinue.Thelinkwillresumenormalserviceswithyourlastset
configurationparametersprovidesthatyoudidnotchangelinkparametersinaa
wayleadingtosyncloss.
Itisalsopossibletochangeparametersinawayleadingtoservice
degradation.Forexamplemisconfiguringthenumberofantennasor
transmissionparametersatonesideofthelinkmayallowserviceto
resume,butinadegradedfashion.
YoumayonlyenterQuickInstallmodefromaconfiguredlink.Ifyouset
bothsitesbacktofactorysettingsandchoseQuickInstall,youwillnotbe
abletocontinue:
Note
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
244
Chapter25:
BRS/EBSConsiderations
WhatisBRS/EBS
TheBroadbandRadioService(BRS),formerlyknownastheMultipointDistributionService
(MDS)/MultichannelMultipointDistributionService(MMDS),isaUSFCCregulated
commercialservice.TherelevantFCCruleis47CFRpart27subpartM.
Inthepast,itwasgenerallyusedforthetransmissionofdataandvideoprogrammingto
subscribersusinghighpoweredwirelesscablesystems.However,overtheyears,ithas
evolvedtoincludedigitaltwowaysystemscapableofprovidinghighspeed,highcapacity
broadbandservice,includingtwowayInternetserviceviacellularizedcommunication
systems.Suchservicesprovideconsumersintegratedaccesstovoice,highspeeddata,video
ondemand,andinteractivedeliveryservicesfromawirelessdevice.
Forfurtherdetailssee:
http://wireless.fcc.gov/services/index.htm?job=service_home&id=ebs_brs
Thislink(partoftheFCCsite)containstheTechnicalRulescoveringmatterssuchas:
Operationalscope
Geographicservicearea
Antennaregistration
BRS/EBSBands
TheBRS/EBSband(posttransition)isillustratedinFigure251belowandinmoredetailin
thethreetablesfollowing.
ObservethattheBRS/EBSspectrumisdividedintosmallchannels,mainlyof5.5and6MHz.
Therearetwosmallrangesof0.333MHzchannelsaswell.
BRS/EBSusermayleaseblocksofuptofourcontiguouschannelstoachievetheirrequired
channelbandwidth.Theseareoftenreferredtoassingle,double,tripleorquadbands.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
251
Posttransitionfreq.assignmentsperFCCCFR47PART27sec.27.5:2009
Posttransitionfreq.assignmentsperFCCCFR47PART27sec.
27.5:2009
Figure251:BRS/EBSBandsSchematic
Thetablesbelowprovideadetailedviewofthespectrumfrom2.495GHzto2.690GHz
ThesectionsmarkedJandKarenotdetailedsincetheyarenotsupportedbyRADproducts.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
252
Table251:BRS/EBSLowerBandSegment
(LBS)
Table251:BRS/EBSLowerBandSegment
(LBS)(Continued)
Channeltype
From
BRSGuard
A1
2502.0
A2
2507.5
A3
2513.0
B1
2518.5
B2
2524.0
B3
EBS
2496.0
2529.5
Table252:BRS/EBSMiddleBandSegment
(MBS)
To
Channeltype
JA3
2507.5
JB1
2513.0
2518.5
2524.0
2529.5
2535.0
2535.0
2540.5
C2
2540.5
2546.0
C3
2546.0
2551.5
D1
2551.5
2557.0
D2
2557.0
2562.5
EBS
JB2
0.33333
2568.0
2572.0
JC1
JC2
To
A4
2572
2578
B4
2578
2584
C4
2584
2590
2590
2596
G4
2596
2602
F4
2602
2608
E4
2608
2614
D4
JB3
BRS/EBS
JC3
JD1
JD2
JD3
Table253:BRS/EBStoAirmux400CBWmap
pingandMaxTxPower
BRS/
EBS
Band
2568.0
LBS&HBS
5.5MHz/slice
Airmux400UserManual
Band
MHz
CBW
MHz
Channel
Tag
From
JA2
2502.0
C1
2562.5
CBW
MHz
JA1
To
5.5
D3
Channel
Tag
Band
MHz
From
EBS
(notsupported
byRAD)
Channeltype
Band
MHz
CBW
MHz
Channel
Tag
Chapter25
Release2.8.30
Channel
Type
Airmux400
CBW
MHz
Total
CBW
MHz
MaxTx
Power
dBm
Single
5.5
22
Double
11.0
10
23
Triple
16.5
Dontuse()
Quad
22.0
20
24
253
Table253:BRS/EBStoAirmux400CBWmap
pingandMaxTxPower
MBS
6MHz/slice
BRS/
EBS
Band
MaxTx
Power
dBm
Airmux400
CBW
MHz
Total
CBW
MHz
Channel
Type
Single
22
Double
12
10
23
Triple
18
Dontuse()
Quad
24
20
24
()Usingatriplechannelwouldbewastefuloverasinglelink.
Table254:BRS/EBSUpperBandSegment(UBS)
Channeltype
Band
MHz
CBW
MHz
Channel
Tag
From
To
KH1
KH2
KH3
KG1
EBS/EBS,mixed
(notsupported
byRAD)
KG2
KG3
0.33333
2614.0
2618.0
2618
2624
E1
2624.0
2629.5
E2
2629.5
2635.0
E3
2635.0
2640.5
F1
2640.5
2646.0
F2
2646.0
2651.5
2651.5
2657.0
H1
2657.0
2662.5
H2
2662.5
2668.0
H3
2668.0
2673.5
G1
2673.5
2679.0
G2
2679.0
2684.5
G3
2684.5
2690.0
KF1
KF2
KF3
KE1
KE2
KE3
BRSGuard
BRS/EBS
F3
5.5
BRS
EBS
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
254
SettingupaBRS/EBSlinkusingAirmux4002.5GHzBand
SettingupaBRS/EBSlinkusingAirmux400
2.5GHzBand
ThekeyissueinsettingupaAirmux4002.5GHzBandBRSlinkisthechoiceofanappropriate
channelbandwidth(CBW),whichinturndependsonwhetheryouareleasingasingle,
double,tripleorquadbandset.
RADBRSradiosoperatewithchannelbandwidthsselectablefrom5,10and20MHz.Choose
yourchannelbandwidthinaccordancewithTable253.
RADdoesnotsupportthebandslabeledJandKinFigure251.
Note
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
255
USERMANUAL
Release2.8.30
Chapter26:
PreloadinganODUwithanIP
Address
WhythisisNeeded
AllODUssuppliedbyRADcomepreconfiguredwithanIPaddressof10.0.0.120.Foruseina
network,theODUsmustbeconfiguredwithsuitablestaticIPaddresses.Themethodfor
doingthisunderofficeconditionsissetoutinChapter6.
TherearetwosituationsunderwhichODUsmayneedtobepreloadedwithanIPaddress
priortoinstallationtoalink:
ChanginganindividualODUinthefield
PreparingalargenumberofODUsinawarehousepriortodeploymentinthefield,
accordingtoanetworkinstallationplan.
Thischapterexplainshowdothis.
RequiredEquipment
TheminimalequipmentrequiredtopreloadanODUwithanIPaddressis:
Laptopcomputer(managingcomputer)satisfyingtherequirementsofTable51
AninstalledcopyoftheAirmuxManager
APoEdevice
AnEthernetLANcable
AnIDUODUcable
IfyouhaveconnectorizedODUs,twoNtypeRFterminators
Caution
Donotcarryoutthisprocedureusingamultihomedmanagingcomputer
alsoconnectedtoanetwork.Itwillfloodthenetworkwithbroadcast
packets.Further,itwillthrowanyotherlinksonthenetworkinto
Installationmode.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
261
Theprocedure
Theprocedure
ThefollowingprocedureisgenerictoallRADradioproducts.Whatyousee
onyourrunningAirmuxManagermaydifferinsomedetailsfromthe
screencapturesusedtoillustratethischapter.
Note
ToPreoladanODUwithanIPaddress:
1.UsingtheIDUODUcable,connectthePoEdevicetotheODU,ensuringthatthecable
ispluggedintothePoEportmarkedPLANOUT.
2.ForconnectorizedODUs,screwtheRFterminatorsintothetwoantennaports.
Warning
ApoweredupODUemitsRFradiationfromtheantennaport(orconnected
antenna).WhenworkingwithapoweredupconnectorizedODU,alwaysuse
RFterminators.
ForanODUwithanintegratedantenna,ensurethattheantennaisalways
directedawayfromotherpeople.
3.ConnectthePoedevicetoACpower.
4.UsingaLANcable,connecttheLANINportofthePoEdevicetotheEthernetportof
themanagingcomputer.TheODUwillcommencebeepingataboutonceper
second,indicatingcorrectoperation.
5.LaunchtheAirmuxManager.
6.Atthelogonwindow,chooseLocalConnection.
Figure261:LogonWindowforLocalConnection
7.Enterthedefaultpassword,admin.Afterafewmoments,theAirmuxManagermain
windowappears:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
262
Theprocedure
Figure262:OpeningAirmuxManagerwindowpriortoinstallation
8.ClicktheungrayedSite:Locationbutton.Thefollowingdialogwindowappears:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
263
Theprocedure
Figure263:ConfigurationDialogBox
9.ClicktheManagementiteminthelefthandpanel.Thefollowingwindowis
presented:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
264
Theprocedure
Figure264:ManagementAddressesSiteConfigurationdialogbox
10.EntertheIPAddress,SubnetMaskandDefaultGatewayasrequested.Forexample,
theODUusedhereistobeconfiguredasfollows:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
265
Theprocedure
Figure265:ODUwithIPAddressingconfigured
11.CLickOK.Youareaskedtoconfirmthechange:
Figure266:ConfirmationofIPAddresschange
12.ClickYestoacceptthechange.Afterabouthalfaminutethechangeswillbe
registeredintheODU.Onthelefthandpanelofthemainwindow,youwillseethe
newIPconfigurationfortheODU.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
266
Theprocedure
Figure267:MainWindowafterIPAddresschange
Note
Someadditionalthingsyoumaywanttodonow:
GotoSiteInstallation|AirInterface.YoucanenteraLinkIDand
changetheInstallationFrequencyandChannelBandwidth.
IfyoulogonasInstaller,youcanchangethedefaultband(Chapter23).
13.ClickCanceltoleavetheopenManagementdialog.YoumaynowexittheAirmux
Manager,orconnecttoanotherODU.IfyouchoosetoconnecttoanotherODU,
afteraboutaminute,themainwindowoftheAirmuxManagerwillreverttothat
showninFigure262above.Inanyevent,powerdownthechangedODU;your
changeswilltakeeffectwhenyoupoweritupagain.
DontforgettoremovetheRFterminatorsfromaconnectorizedODUafter
poweringitdown.
Note
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
267
Tip:HowtoRecoveraForgottenODUIPAddress
Tip:HowtoRecoveraForgottenODUIP
Address
IfyouhaveanODUwithlostorforgottenIPaddress,usetheaboveproceduretologontoit
usingLocalConnection.TheIPaddresswillappearinthelefthandstatusarea:
Figure268:ExistingIPaddressdisplayedafterlogonwithLocalConnection
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
268
Chapter27:
Overview
TheLinkBudgetCalculatorisautilityforcalculatingtheexpectedperformanceoftheAirmux
400wirelesslinkandthepossibleconfigurationsforaspecificlinkrange.
TheutilityallowsyoutocalculatetheexpectedRSSofthelink,andfindthetypeofservices
andtheireffectivethroughputasafunctionofthelinkrangeanddeploymentconditions.
UserInput
Youarerequiredtoenterorchoosethefollowingparameters.Dependingontheproduct,
someoftheparametershaveadefaultvaluethatcannotbechanged.
Band,whichdeterminesfrequencyandregulation
ChannelBandwidth
TxPower(maximumTxpowerpermodulationisvalidated)
AntennaType(cannotbechangedforODUwithintegratedantenna)
AntennaGainpersite(cannotbechangedforintegratedantenna)
CableLosspersite(cannotbechangedforintegratedantenna)
RequiredFadeMargin
Rate(andAdaptivecheckbox)
ServiceType
RequiredRange
LinkBudgetCalculatorInternalData
Foreachproduct(orRegulationandBand)thecalculatorstoresthefollowingdatarequired
forlinkbudgetcalculations:
MaximumTransmitpower(permodulation)
ReceiverSensitivity(permodulation)forEthernetserviceandforTDMservicesatvari
ousBER
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
271
Calculations
Maximumlinearinputpower(usedtocalculateminimumdistance)
AntennagainandcablelossforODUwithintegratedantenna
AvailableChannelBandwidths
Calculations
EIRP
EIRP = TxPower + AntennaGain SiteA CableLoss SiteA
ExpectedRSSandFadeMargin
ExpectedRSS = EIRP PathLoss + AntennaGain SiteB CableLoss SiteB
where:
SiteAisthetransmittingsite
SiteBisthereceivingsite
PathLossiscalculatedaccordingtothefreespacemodel,
PathLoss = 32.45 + 20 log 10 frequency MHz + 20 log 10 RequiredRange Km
ExpectedFadeM arg in = ExpectedRSS Sensitivity
whereSensitivityisdependentonairrate.
MinandMaxRange
MinRangeistheshortestrangeforwhich ExpectedRSS MaxInputPower perairrate.
MaxRange(withAdaptivechecked)isthelargestrangeforwhich
ExpectedRSS Sensitivity ,atthehighestairrateforwhichthisrelationshipistrue.Ina
linkwithadaptiveratethiswillbetheactualbehavior.
MaxRange(foragivenairrate)isthelargestrangeforwhich
ExpectedRSS Sensitivity + RequiredFadeM arg in .
Service
TheEthernetandconfiguredTDMtrunksthroughputiscalculatedaccordingtointernal
productalgorithms.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
272
Availability
Availability
TheServiceAvailabilitycalculationisbasedontheVigantsBarnettmethodwhichpredictsthe
downtimeprobabilitybasedonaclimatefactor(Cfactor).
Availability
= 1 6 10
10
Cfactor frequency GHz RequiredRange KM
----------------------------------------------------------ExpectedFadeM arg in10
AntennaHeight
Therecommendedantennaheightrequiredforlineofsightiscalculatedasthesumthe
Fresnelzoneheightandtheboresightheight.SeeAbouttheFresnelZonebelow.Usingthe
notationofFigure271below,splittingExpectedRangeintod1+d2,theFresnelzoneheight
atdistanced1fromthelefthandantenna,isgivenby
300
---------------------------------- d1 d2
frequency GHz
0.6 ----------------------------------------------------------d1 + d2
Forthemostconservativesetting,wetakethemidpointbetweentheantennas,setting
ExpectedRange
d 1 = d 2 = ----------------------------------------2
300
ExpectedRange 2
----------------------------------- ----------------------------------------frequency GHz
2
whichgives 0.6 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ExpectedRange
ExpectedRange
----------------------------------------- + ----------------------------------------2
2
ExpectedRange- .
simplifyingto 0.52 ---------------------------------------frequency GHz
Theboresightclearanceheightiscalculatedas: R
Mean
ExpectedRange
+ ----------------------------------------2
R Mean
where R Mean = 6367.4425Km .
AbouttheFresnelZone
TheFresnelzone(pronounced"frAnel",withasilents)isanellipticallyshapedconicalzone
ofelectromagneticenergythatpropagatesfromthetransmittingantennatothereceiving
antenna.Itisalwayswidestinthemiddleofthepathbetweenthetwoantennas.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
273
AbouttheFresnelZone
Figure271:Fresnelzone
Fresnellossisthepathlossoccurringfrommultipathreflectionsfromreflectivesurfaces
suchaswater,andinterveningobstaclessuchasbuildingsormountainpeakswithinthe
Fresnelzone.
Radiolinksshouldbedesignedtoaccommodateobstructionsandatmosphericconditions,
weatherconditions,largebodiesofwater,andotherreflectorsandabsorbersof
electromagneticenergy.
TheFresnelzoneprovidesuswithawaytocalculatetheamountofclearancethatawireless
waveneedsfromanobstacletoensurethattheobstacledoesnotattenuatethesignal.
ThereareinfinitelymanyFresnelzoneslocatedcoaxiallyaroundthecenterofthedirect
wave.TheouterboundaryofthefirstFresnelzoneisdefinedasthecombinedpathlengthof
allpaths,whicharehalfwavelength(1/2)ofthefrequencytransmittedlongerthanthe
directpath.Ifthetotalpathdistanceisonewavelength(1)longerthanthedirectpath,then
theouterboundaryissaidtobetwoFresnelzones.OddnumberFresnelzonesreinforcethe
directwavepathsignal;evennumberFresnelzonescancelthedirectwavepathsignal.
TheamountoftheFresnelzoneclearanceisdeterminedbythewavelengthofthesignal,the
pathlength,andthedistancetotheobstacle.Forreliability,pointtopointlinksaredesigned
tohaveatleast60%ofthefirstFresnelzonecleartoavoidsignificantattenuation.
TheconceptoftheFresnelzoneisshowninFigure271above.Thetopoftheobstruction
doesnotextendfarintotheFresnelzone,leaving60%oftheFresnelzoneclear;therefore,
thesignalisnotsignificantlyattenuated.
FormoreaboutFresnelzone,seehttp://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fresnel_zone.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
274
RunningtheLinkBudgetCalculator
TheLinkBudgetCalculatorissuppliedontheAirmuxManagerCD.Itmayberunstandalone
fromtheCD,fromtheAirmuxManagerapplicationorfromtheWindowsStartMenu.
ToruntheLinkBudgetCalculatorfromtheCD:
1.InserttheAirmuxManagerCDintothedriveonthemanagingcomputer.Inthewin
dowwhichopens,clicktheLinkBudgetCalculatoroption.
2.IftheCDautorunapplicationdoesnotstartbyitself,thenpointyourbrowserto
Z:\RAD\Setup\DATA\LinkBudgetCalculator.htm
whereZshouldbereplacedwithyourownCDdrivename.
ToruntheLinkBudgetCalculatorfromtheWindowsStartMenu:
ChooseStart|Programs|AirmuxManager.
ToruntheLinkBudgetCalculatorfromtheAirmuxManager:
ChooseHelp|LinkBudgetCalculatorfromthemainmenuoftheAirmuxManageras
inthefollowingfigure:
Figure272:AccessingtheLinkBudgetCalculator
ToruntheLinkBudgetCalculatorfromtheWindowsStartMenu:
ClickStart|Programs|AirmuxManager|LinkBudgetCalculator.
Howeverinvoked,yourbrowserdisplaysthefollowingpage:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
275
Figure273:LinkBudgetwindow
MicrosoftInternetExplorerusersmayseeawarningmessagelikethis:
Note
Clicktheyellowbarandfollowtheinstructionstoallowblockedcon
tent.
TousetheLinkBudgetCalculatorforAirmux400:
1.Chooseabandfromthedropdownlist.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
276
Figure274:Bandselector
2.ChosetherelevantAirmux400series.
Figure275:Airmux400seriesselector
3.ChoosetheChannelBandwidth.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
277
Figure276:Airmux400ChannelBandwidthselector
4.ForacollocatedlinkchoosetheRFP.UsetheHelpbuttontotherightoftheRFP
selectionboxforhelp:
Figure277:RFPSelector
Figure278:RFPSelectionGuide
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
278
Forcollocationwith:
Airmux400products,youmayonlyuseRFPBorE.
Airmux200products,youmayonlyuseRFPE.
Note5.Entertheradiodetails.NotethatRateischosenfromadropdownlist:
Figure279:Rateselector
IfyouchooseAdaptiveRate,thentheRatelistisunavailableasisthe
Climatefactorlist.Bothofthesequantitiesarecalculated.
Note
TheRateshown,definestheairinterfacerateinMbps.ThesystemoperatesinTDD
modeandhastheoverheadoftheairinterfaceprotoco.lThus,theEthernetactual
throughputisprovidedbytheEthernetRate.
Foragivenairrate,Ethernetthroughputwilldecreasewithincreasingrange
duetopropagationdelay.
Note
TheFademarginistheminimumrequiredforlineosight(LOS)conditions.For
degradedlinkconditions,alargerFademarginshouldbeused.
TheEIRPisgivenindBmandWatts.
6.Iftherequiredrangebetweenthetwolinksitesisknown,youmayenteritdirectly.
Alternatively,youmayenterthelatitudeandlongitudeofeachsiteinthelink,in
whichcasethedistancebetweenthemwillbecalculatedanddisplayed.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
279
Figure2710:Calculationofdistancefromsitecoordinates
Forexample,enter:
SiteA:41.1Nlat74.2WLong
SiteB:40.8Nlat74.0WLong
7.ClickSet.Thedistanceandlinkbudgetiscalculated.
8.LocatedtotherightofthegreenCoordinatesbuttonisadropdownlistofClimacticC
Factorvalues.Itisonlyavailableifyouchooseanonadaptiverate.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2710
Figure2711:ClimacticCFactors
TheCfactordoesnotaffecttheforegoingrangecalculation.ItonlyaffectstheAvail
abilitycalculationforalinkwithnonadaptiverate.
ForhelpaboutwhattheseCfactorvaluesmean,clickthe?buttontotherightofthe
listinFigure2711.
Figure2712:ClimacticCFactordescription
InFigure2713wedisplayamapoftheworldshowingCFactorcontours:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2711
Figure2713:WorldmapshowingCFactorcontours
9.Atanytime,clickCalculatetorecalculatetherequiredperformanceestimate.
Placingthecursorinanyothercalculatedfieldwillalsoupdatethe
calculatedresults.
Note
Figure2714:LBCResultssection
TheExpectedPerformanceparametersarecalculatedanddisplayed:
ExpectedRSStheexpectedRSSthattheAirmuxManagershowswhentheAirmux400
ODUsareoptimallyaligned
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2712
ServicesTypemaxnumberofT1orE1trunksifMaxTrunksisselected
EthernetRatemaximumthroughputavailableforthechosenparametercombination
AntennaheightforLOStheminimumantennaheightrequiredforlineofsightopera
tion.Itisthesumoftheheightrequiredforboresightclearanceduetotheearthscur
vatureplustheheightrequiredtocleartheFresnelzone
Iftheexpectedperformanceisnotsuitableforyourapplication,trydifferentparametersand
repeatthecalculation.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2713
Chapter28:
SpectrumView
WhatisSpectrumView?
TheAirmuxManagerSpectrumViewutilityisanRFsurveytooldesignedtosupportthelink
installationpriortofulllinkserviceactivation.Thetoolprovidescomprehensiveandclear
spectralmeasurementinformationenablingeasier,fasterandbetterqualityinstallations.
Youcanviewrealtimespectruminformation,savethespectralinformationandview
retrievedspectralinformationfromhistoricspectrumscans.
RADsspectrummeasurementandestimationalgorithmsaredesignedtoshowaccurate
informationaccommodatingvariationsinfrequency,temperatureandinterferencepower
andatthesametimeovercominganomaliesthattendtooccurinhighinterference
environments.
RunningSpectrumView
TolaunchSpectrumView,gototheAirmuxManagermainwindowmenuandclickTools|
SpectrumView.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
281
RunningSpectrumView
Figure281:Startingtheanalysis
Toobtainaspectrumanalysis:
1.UsetheTimeoutbuttontosetthemaximumtimefortheanalysis.Thedefaultis120
seconds.
2.ClickStartAnalysis.Sincetheanlysiswilldropthelinkforitsdurationassetin1,you
areaskedforconfirmation:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
282
RunningSpectrumView
3.ClickYes.Afterafewmoments,thefirstresultsforthemanagingsiteappear:
Figure282:SiteA(managingsite)done
Theovertheairsitetakesalittlelonger:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
283
RunningSpectrumView
Figure283:SiteB(overtheairsite)done,showingcurrentchannel
TheanalysiscompletewhentheStartAnalysisbuttonrevertstogreen.Itneverruns
forlongerthanthetimeoutvalueandyoumaystopitanytimebyclickingthered
StopAnalysisbutton.
Note
Ifyouareusingahighresolutionlicensedband,theStopAnalysisbutton
worksdifferently:Itwillhalttheanalysisofthemanagedsite(SiteA),butit
willnothaltanalysisoftheovertheairsite(SiteB).Youshouldtherefore
ensurethatthetimeoutvalueisnottoohigh.
Theresultsfortheovertheairsitearedisplayedafterthelinkisreestablished
regardlessofwhethertheanalysiscompletesbyitselforwasstopped.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
284
UnderstandingtheSpectrumViewDisplay
UnderstandingtheSpectrumViewDisplay
InformationDisplayed
Figure284showsanannotateddisplaytakenfromalivelink.
Figure284:Airmux400SpectrumViewannotateddisplay
FromFigure284above,youcanseethattheSpectrumViewprovidesclearinformation
including:
Spectralmeasurementforeachofthe4receiversthatmakeaAirmux400link(twosites
xtwoantennaspersite)
Spectralpowermeasurementsin5MHzchannelgranularity
Current,averageandmaximumpowerperchannel
Indicationof
channelsfreefromradars
channelswithradarsdetected
barredchannels(forDFSbands)
Indicationofscannedandunscannedchannels
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
285
ChangingtheDisplay
IndicationofchannelsselectedforACS
NotationofthecurrentoperationalchanneloftheAirmux400link
Timestampofthelastspectrumscan
Further,itsupportszoomcapability,selectiveviewofantennasandsitesconstituting
thelinkandselectabledetaillevel
ChangingtheDisplay
Movingthemouseanywhereoveronethedisplayareaschangesittoacrosshair.Themouse
maythenbeusedtoselectanareaforzooming,ortoenablearightclickSystemmenu.
Selectingarectangleandclickingwillzoomthechannelsbelowittofullpanelwidth:
Figure285:Selectinganareaofinteresttozoomwiththerightmousebuttondown
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
286
ChangingtheDisplay
Figure286:Requestedsectionzoomed
ThezoomcanbereversedusingtheSystemmenuobtainedbyrightclickinganyofthe
SpectrumViewdisplaypanels.Italsooffersdisplayvariationssuchasmaximum,averageand
currentpowerperchannel.
Figure287:SpectrumViewSystemmenu
Herearetwoexamples:
IfyouclickShowMax,eachpanelwillshowthepeakvaluesrecordedduringtheanalysis:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
287
RestrictingthePanelstobeDisplayed
Figure288:EffectofsettingShowMax
IfyouclickShowAverage,eachpanelwillshowtheaveragevaluesrecordedduringthe
analysis:
Figure289:EffectofsettingShowAverage
RestrictingthePanelstobeDisplayed
ClickViewforfurtherviewingoptions:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
288
SavingaSpectrumAnalysis
Figure2810:Furtherviewingoptions
IfforexampleyouwantAntennaAonly,theresultingdisplaywilllooklikethis:
Figure2811:AntennaAselected
YouranalysiscanbesavedinaCSV(commaseparatedvalues)textfile.UsetheFiles|Save
menuitemintheusualway.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
289
TheSpectrumViewinformationisloggedaspartoftheDiagnosticsInformationtoimprove
linkandsystemdiagnosticsandremotesupport.ItcanberetrievedfromtheAirmux
ManagermenuusingHelp|GetDiagnosticInformation.TheSpectrumViewvaluesindBm,
arenoisefloor(NF)relative.
HereisanextractfromasavedSpectrumView,importedtoMSExcel:
Table281:SpectrumViewSiteA
SpectrumViewSite:A
Frequency
IsScanned
LastScan
Timestamp
LastNF
AntennaA
LastNF
AntennaB
Average
NF
AntennaA
Average
NF
AntennaB
MaxNF
AntennaA
MaxNF
AntennaB
5735
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
89
91
90
92
89
91
5740
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
89
92
91
93
89
92
5745
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
90
92
91
93
90
92
5750
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
90
92
91
93
90
92
5755
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
90
92
91
93
90
92
5760
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
90
92
91
93
90
92
5815
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
94
92
95
91
94
5820
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
94
93
95
92
94
5825
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
94
93
95
92
94
5830
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
95
93
95
92
95
5835
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
95
93
95
92
95
5840
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
95
93
95
92
95
....
RxPowerAntennaA:54
RxPowerAntennaB:58
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2810
ManagementIntegration
Table282:SpectrumViewSiteB
SpectrumViewSite:B
Frequency
IsScanned
LastScan
Timestamp
LastNF
AntennaA
LastNF
AntennaB
Average
NF
AntennaA
Average
NF
AntennaB
MaxNF
AntennaA
MaxNF
AntennaB
5735
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
90
91
91
92
90
91
5740
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
90
91
91
92
90
91
5745
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
90
91
91
92
90
91
5750
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
90
92
91
93
90
92
5755
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
90
92
91
93
90
92
5760
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
90
92
91
93
90
92
5765
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
91
92
92
93
91
92
5810
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
94
93
94
92
93
5815
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
94
93
95
92
94
5820
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
94
93
95
92
94
5825
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
94
93
95
92
94
5830
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
94
93
95
92
94
5835
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
94
93
95
92
94
5840
TRUE
20/02/201312:57
92
95
93
95
92
95
...
RxPowerAntennaA:55
RxPowerAntennaB:58
ManagementIntegration
SpectrumviewinformationissupportedinRADsMIBandcanbeusedbyexternalNetwork
Managementapplications.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2811
Chapter29:
UsingtheWebInterface
WhatisitFor
TheWebInterface(WI)enablesyoutocarryoutbasiclinkmanagementfunctionsusinga
Webbrowser.Itisaneasywaytorapidlyconfigureandsetupalink.
Itmaybeusedto
EstablishalinkonaminimalbasisforEthernetonly
Checklinkparametersandmakebasicchanges
ViewthelinkInventory
InspecttheRecentEventslogs
WhoNeedsit
TheWIisatoolfortechnicianstoquickinstallalinkwithminimumeffort.Thetechnician
mayusetheWItoinstallalinkforEthernetservice.
Itmayalsobeemployedbyauserforaquicklookatcurrentoperatingparametersandthe
RecentEventslogs.IfthelinkwaspreviouslyinstalledusingtheAirmuxManager,thentheWI
monitorwindowwillalsoshowTDMservices.
HowitWorks
SupposethatyouhaveSiteA(managingcomputer)onIPaddress10.104.2.2andSitB(over
theair)onIPaddress10.104.2.4,youwouldsimplypointyourbrowsertoeitherofthese
addressesandlogonasshownbelow.AsfarastheWIisconcerned,thesitetowhichyoulog
onbecomesthemanagedsiteandtheothersiteisseenastheovertheairsiteregardless
ofthesitetowhichyouarephysicallyconnected.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
291
WhatitProvides
WhatitProvides
TheWIprovidesanInstallation/Configurationwizardaswellassiteconfigurationdialogs.
Prerequisites
Hardware
YouneedaregularLANconnectionbetweenamanagingcomputerandoneofthelinkODUs.
TheWIisavailableforAirmux400100MandAirmux400LODUsatreleaselevel2.6.00or
later.
Software
Yourcomputershouldhaveatleastversion6ofMSInternetExplorer.TheWebinterfacealso
workswithotherbrowserssuchasMozillaFirefoxversion3andlater.
TechnicalBackground
YoushouldbefamiliarwiththeconceptsunderlyingtheAirmuxManagerandpreferablywith
theManageritself.
SpecialConsiderationsWorkingwiththeWI
AdvancedConfigurations
ForsetupconfigurationsusingfeaturessuchasHSS,TDMservice,VLANandQoS,youwill
needtousetheAirmuxManager.
MoreonhowWIWorks
UserInterfaceConsiderations
MoststandardWindowsbasedWizardshaveNext,BackandCancelbuttonsoneachWizard
window.TypicallyaWizarddoesnotcommityourinputuntilyoucompleteit.Youcanalways
backoutfromtheWizard,abandoningyourinputbyusingthestandardCancelbutton.The
WebInterfaceWizardworksdifferently:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
292
SomeWorkingTips
Figure291:WebinterfaceAtypicalWizardwindow
SupposethattheWizardwindowillustratedinFigure291isyourcurrentwindow.Then
ItyouuseSave&Next,itfirstcommitsthedataonthecurrentwindowbeforemoving
tothenextone.
IfyoureturntothepreviouswindowwiththePreviousbutton,itdoesnotcommitthe
currentwindow
IfyouexittheWizardusingtheMonitorbutton,thecurrentwindowisnotcommitted,
butpriorcommitsarenotundone.
MajorimplicationsofthesedifferenceswillbepointedinCautionmessagesbelow.
OperationalEffects
SeveralWIfunctionscausetemporarysyncloss.Typically,changingthenumberofantennas
fallsintothiscategory.ThesecaseswillbepointedoutinWarningmessages.
SomeWorkingTips
Youcan:
LogontoaODUonthedefaultIPaddressof10.0.0.120/8,settheLinkIDandIP
addressinsteadofusingtheAirmuxManagerasinChapter26.Unlikethelatter
method,youneedtoresettheODUtoseethechangeintheWebInterface.
ChangetheoperatingBandofanODUinsteadofusingtheAirmuxManagerasin
Chapter23.Ifyoudo,alwayschangethebandofthephysicalovertheairsitefirst,so
thatyoudonotlockyourselfoutofthelink.
Install/configurealinktoworkwithEthernetonly.
LookatRecentEventsforeithersite
DropbacktoInstallationmodewithoutlosinginstalledTDMservices
Youcannot:
ChangedefaultTxpower
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
293
ScopeofthisChapter
ConfigureMIMO/Diversity
ManageTDMservices
ManageHSS
ManageotherfeaturessuchasGSU,MHS,EthernetRing,VLAN,QoS
PerformSoftwareupgrade
Beverycareful:
Usingthistoolifyourlinkisprovidingcustomerservicewhichmaynotbeinterrupted
withsynclosses
Never:
LeaveyourbrowserunattendedwhileinInstallationmodeandthenforgettoreturn!
ScopeofthisChapter
Theremainderofthischapterisdividedintothreesections:Loggingon,LinkConfiguration
andInstallationandSiteConfiguration.
Loggingon
TousetheWebinterface,simplypointyourbrowsertotheIPaddressofthesitetowhichyou
areconnected.
Figure292:WebinterfaceLogon
TheUserNameandPasswordarerespectively,adminandnetmanasusedforTelnetaccess.
YoumustclicktheLogInbuttontoeffectentrytotheWI.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
294
TheMainWindow
TheMainWindow
Figure293:WebinterfaceMainwindow
Themainwindowshowsasubsetofthelinkoperatingparameters.TheAandBbuttonsopen
SiteConfigurationforSiteAandSiteBrespectively.TheConfigurebuttonopensa
ConfigurationWizard.
Forthepurposesofillustration,weareusingalinkwith16E1ports
configured.Thereasonfordoingthiswillbecomeapparentbelow.
Note
GettingintoInstallationMode
UndercertaincircumstanceyoumaybebetteroffworkinginInstallationmode,particularlyif
youwanttochangetheOperatingBandorOperatingChannel.Tothisend,clickthemanaged
sitebutton(Ahere),AirInterfaceandthenInstallationMode.Figure293changes:
Figure294:WebinterfaceMainwindow,InstallationMode
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
295
UsingtheConfigurationWizard
ToconfigurealinkusingtheConfigureWizard:
1.StarttheWizardbyclickingtheConfigurebutton.TheSystempageisdisplayed:
Figure295:WebinterfaceConfigurationSystemwindow
ThesimilaritytothecorrespondingAirmuxManagerConfigurationWizardpanelis
quiteintentional.Thefieldshavetheexpectedmeanings.TheRefreshbuttonwill
revertyourchangestothepreviousvaluesprovideyouhavenotusedtheSave&
Nextbutton.
Caution
UnderInstallMode,thesefourfieldsmaytakeadefaultvalueswhich
youshouldchange
CommitsarecarriedoutassoonasyouclickSave&Next
2.ThesecondWizardpanelconfigurestheOperatingChannelsettings:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
296
Figure296:WebinterfaceConfigurationChannelsettings
TheonlythingyoumaychangeherearetheoperatingchannelsforACSornone.If
youmakeanychanges,assoonasyouclickSave&Next,thelinkwillimmediatelybe
resettoeffectthem.InInstallationMode,youmaychangetheOperatingChannel:
Figure297:WebinterfaceInstallationChannelsettings
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
297
YoumayselectadditionalchannelsforACSornonebyusingtheAllorNonebuttons
oralternatively,manuallyselectingchannelsbyclickingthem.Supposethatyou
choosethese:
Youwillreceivethefollowingadvisorynotice:
Warning
ChangingOperatingChannels(forACS)ineitherConfigurationor
InstallationmodeisappliedimmediatelyuponclickingSaveandNext,and
isaccompaniedbyashortsyncloss.
3.ThenextwizardpaneldisplaysantennatypesandTxpower:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
298
Figure298:WebinterfaceAntennasettings
Theonlyfieldsthatyoucanchangeherearetheantennatypes.(RequiredTxpower
maybecomeavailableformodificationinafuturerelease.)
4.SupposethatyouchangetheSiteAantennatypetosingle:
Youareaskedforconfirmation.ClickOK:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
299
5.Acceptthenextbrowserinitiatedconfirmation:
TheWIdisplaysthefollowingadvisorymessage:
Warning
ThisoperationleavesthelinkinInstallationmode,whereitremainsuntil
completionoftheWizard.ThelinkthenrevertstonormalActivemode.
ThenextpageChangeBandwidth,isdisplayed:
Figure299:WebinterfaceChannelBandwidthsettings
6.Forthisexample,leavetheBandwidthasis,andclickSave&Next.Hereistheresult:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2910
Themostobviousindicationthatsomethinghaschangedisthereducednumberof
availableE1channels(from16to10)reflectingthedropinlinkcapacityduetothe
antennachange.LessobviousistheEstimatedethernetThroughput,whichhas
droppedfrom17.5Mbpsto4.9Mbpsonbothsidesofthelink.
7.Forthepurposeofillustrationwerevertthelinktodualantennasatbotsitesandrun
throughtheConfigureWizardagain.Gettothelastpanel,ChangeBandwidth:
8.ChangetheChannelBandwidthto40Mhz.(Itissupportedbythelinkregulationin
use.)ClickSave&Next.Thefollowingadvisorymessageisdisplayed:
Afterafewmomentsyouareshownthemainwindow:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2911
Warning
Warning
ChangingtheChannelbandwidthdropsthelinkintoInstallationmode,and
itremainssoaftercompletingtheWizard.
YouareinInstallationmode!Thelinkisup,butservicesarestopped.You
mustwalkthroughtheInstallWizardagain,changingnothing.Thiswill
revertthelinktoActivemodewithallservicesenabled.Ifyoudonotdo
this,youwillhavetoreconfigureyourservicesintheusualway,usingthe
AirmuxManager.
Herethen,isthefinalresult:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2912
SiteConfiguration
Figure2910:WebinterfaceConfigurationcompleted
ObservethedramaticincreaseintheEstimatedEthernetThroughput(from
17.5Mbpsto73.5Mbpsonbothsidesofthelink.)
SiteConfiguration
General
Sitespecificparametersmaybemanagedbyclickingtheappropriatesitebutton.Thereare
somedifferencesbetweenwhatyoumaydowiththemanagedsite(Ahere)andtheoverthe
airsite(Bhere).IfyouclickthesiteAbutton,youareshowntheSystemwindow.Commonto
alloftheSiteConfigurationwindowsisthebuttonmenu:
Figure2911:WebInterfaceSiteConfigurationbuttonmenu
Thebluebuttonindicatesthecurrentlyactivewindow.Wewilldescribeindetaileachofthe
buttonmenuitemsbelow.
OntherighthandsideofeachSiteConfigurationwindowiapairofactionbuttons:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2913
System
Figure2912:WebInterfaceSiteConfigurationactionbuttons
Savecommitsthecurrentwindow.Ifyoumadechangesbutprefertorevertthemtotheir
originalvalues,usetheRefreshbutton.
Note
RefreshwillreverttothelastsavedvaluesortheoriginalvaluesifSavewas
notused.IfyouchangedanythingoutsidetheWIwiththeAirmuxManager
oranyothernetworkmanagementtool,RefreshwithupdatetheWI.
System
Figure2913:WebInterfaceSiteConfigurationSystemwindow
Inthiswindow,theName,ContactandLocationfieldsmaybechanged.Locationisthesite
name(A).ifyouclickRecentEvents,thesiteAODURecentEventslistisdisplayed:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2914
System
Figure2914:WebInterfaceSiteConfigurationRecentEventslist
Fromhere,youarereturnedtotheWImainwindow(Monitorbutton).
IfyouopentheSiteConfigurationwindowforsiteB(overtheair),theRecentEventsbutton
ismissing.TossetheRecentEventslistforsiteB,youmustlogontositeB.Youmaydoitby
simplyopeningupanotherbrowserwindowortab,concurrentlywiththesiteAtab.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2915
AirInterface
AirInterface
Figure2915:WebInterfaceSiteConfigurationAirInterface
TheonlyeditablefieldistheBuzzerstate.Thethreebuttonsatthebottomarefully
functionalandshouldbeusedwithcare:
InstallationMode
ThisbuttonplacesthelinkinInstallationmode:Servicesarestopped.
ChangeBand
ChangeBandshouldbeusedwithcare.ItisnotavailableontheAirInterfacewindowofthe
overtheairsite(B).Again,youmustcreateaseparatesessiontouseitonB.
TochangeBandforaLink:
1.LogOntotheovertheairsite(B).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2916
AirInterface
2.Chosetherequiredbandandsave.YouwilllosecontactwithsiteB.
3.RepeattheprocessforsiteA.Thelinkwillresyncusingthenewlychosenbandin
Installationmode.
4.Reinstallthelink.
Antenna&TxPower
TheAntennaandTxPowerwindowisforinformationonly.
Figure2916:WebInterfaceSiteConfiguration,Antennadetails
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2917
Inventory
Inventory
TheInventorydisplayisforinformationonly,andhasseparatepanelsfortheODUandIDU:
Figure2917:WebInterfaceSiteConfiguration,Inventory
Management
TheManagementwindowmaybeusedtochangethesiteIPAddress,SubnetMaskand
DefaultGateway.Inaddition,youmaydefineTrapDestinations.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2918
Other
Figure2918:WebInterfaceSiteConfiguration,Management
YoucanusetheWIManagementfeaturetosetupsetupdirectlyconnectedODUswithIP
addressesotherthanthedefault(10.0.0.120/8).Furtheryoucanmakechangeswithinan
existingnetwork.Butalwayschangetheovertheairsitefirst,sothatyoudonotlockyourself
outofthelink.
Other
HereyoumaychangetheEthernetportsconfiguration:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2919
Other
Figure2919:WebInterfaceSiteConfiguration,Ethernetportsconfiguration
YoumaychangethemodeforLAN1andLAN2only:
Figure2920:WebInterfaceSiteConfig.,Ethernetportsconfiguration,detail
HereisthecorrespondingsituationforalinkusingGbEsupport:
Figure2921:WebInterfaceSiteConfig.,Ethernetportsconfiguration,GbE
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2920
Other
NoticethatunderGbEsupport,theODUportmodeisalsoconfigurable.HereistheMonitor
panelfortheGbElink:
Figure2922:MonitorpanelforAirmux400100Mlink:Ethernetonly,GbEsupport
Notethe200Mbpsaggregatethroughputinbothdirections.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
2921
USERMANUAL
Release2.8.30
AppendixA:
TechnicalSpecifications
ScopeoftheseSpecifications
Thisappendixcontainstechnicalspecificationsforthemajorlinkcomponentsappearingin
thisUserManual.Theyarecorrectatthedateofpublication,butareintendedforgeneral
backgroundonly.Thelatestauthoritativeandmostuptodatetechnicalspecificationsare
availableasDataSheetsobtainablefromRADCustomerService.
Inanyevent,RADreservestherighttochangethesespecificationswithoutnotice.
ODU
Capacity(NetAggregateorFD)
Series
Airmux400LC
Max
Throughput
(Mbps)
10
25
Airmux400L
50
Airmux400100M 200
Airmux40010M 20
Services
Notes
Ethernet
Only
Separategroups,notselectable
4E1/T1
8E1/T1
SFFembeddedantenna
16E1/T1
3E1or4T1
Configuration
Architecture
ODUtoIDU/PoEInterface
Airmux400UserManual
ODU:OutdoorUnitwithIntegratedAntennaor
ConnectorizedforExternalAntenna
IDU:IndoorUnitforserviceinterfacesorPoEdevicefor
Ethernetonly
OutdoorCAT5ecable;Maximumcablelength:100m
Release2.8.30
A1
ODU
Radio
Range
RadioModulation
AdaptiveModulation&Coding
AutomaticChannelSelection
Diversity
SpectrumView
DuplexTechnology
ErrorCorrection
MaxTxPower
DuplexTechnology
EthernetConnection
SupportedIndoorUnits
QoS
VLAN
EthernetRingProtection
HubSiteSynchronization(HSS)
MonitoredHotStandby(MHS)
Upto120km/75miles
2x2MIMOOFDM(BPSK/QPSK/16QAM/64QAM)
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
TDD
FECk=1/2,2/3,3/4,5/6
25dBm
TDD
10/100/1000BaseT
IDUE,IDU,AirmuxIDUH/2ETH,PoEdevices(specified
below)
Packetclassificationto4queuesaccordingto802.1pand
Diffserv,Dynamicschedulingaccordingtoairinterface
changes
Supported
SupportedincludingEthernet1+1
Supported
1+1withAirmux400linkorAirmux200link
RateDualAntenna[Mbps]@
13
20MHzCBW
RateSingleAntenna[Mbps]@
6.5
20MHzCBW
Modulation
BPSK
26
39
52
78
104
117
130
13
19.5
26
39
52
58.5
65
QPSK
1/2
3/4
FEC[k=]
1/2
MaxTxPower[dBm]for4.86
25
GHz
MaxTxPower[dBm]for4.95.1
23
23
GHzunderJapaneseRegulations
MaxTxPower[dBm]for2.4GHz
26
MaxTxPower[dBm]for2.5GHz
(BRS)
Sensitivity(dBm)@BER<10e
88
86
11@20MHzCBW
Encryption
AES128
Airmux400UserManual
23
16QAM
1/2
3/4
64QAM
2/3
3/4
5/6
24
21
19
23
21
19
18
18
25
24
24
21
20
72
70
67
18
SeeTable253
83
Release2.8.30
81
77
A2
ODU
SupportedBands
ThebandsshownbelowaresupportedbyRADproducts.BoththebandsandrelatedChannel
Bandwidthsareproductdependent.
Band
(GHz)
Occupied
CBW
Regulation FrequencyRange
DFS?
(MHz)
(GHz)
2.3
Universal
2.4
FCC/IC
2.4
ETSI
2.5
FCCBRS
3.4
ETSI
3.5
ETSI
3.6
ETSI
IC
3.5
Universal
FCC/IC
2.30452.4745
2.3022.477
2.2972.482
2.2872.492
2.40952.4645
2.4072.467
2.4022.472
2.3922.482
2.40952.4745
2.4072.477
2.4022.482
2.3922.492
2.49652.6925
2.4942.695
2.4892.700
3.41053.4825
3.4083.485
3.4033.490
3.47753.6025
3.4753.605
3.4703.610
3.59753.7025
3.5953.705
3.5903.710
3.47553.6495
3.4733.652
3.4683.657
3.29753.8025
3.2953.805
3.2903.810
3.65053.6745
3.6503.675
3.6503.675
Airmux400UserManual
5
10
20
40
5
10
20
40
5
10
20
40
5
10
20
5
10
20
5
10
20
5
10
20
5
10
20
5
10
20
5
10
20
Compliance(Notes)
No
N/A(SupportedCBWproductdependent)
No
FCC47CFR,Part15,SubpartCandICRSS
210
No
ETSIEN300328(SupportedCBWproduct
dependent)
No
FCC47CFR,Part27,SubpartM(BRS/EBS)
No
ETSIEN3023262(Nominally,3.5GHz
ETSI)
No
ICRSS192
No
N/A
No
FCCPart90SubpartZandICRSS197
(Restricted)
Release2.8.30
A3
ODU
Band
(GHz)
Occupied
CBW
DFS?
(MHz)
(GHz)
4.4
Universal
4.8
Universal
FCC/IC
4.9
Universal
4.9
5.0
5.0
5
10
20
5
10
20
40
5
10
20
5
10
20
40
No
N/A
No
N/A
No
FCC47CFR,Part90,SubpartYandICRSS
111
No
N/A
JapaneseRegulationsseeJapaneseRegulationstablebelow
Universal
ETSI
5.1
Universal
5.2
4.39755.0025
4.3955.005
4.3905.010
4.80754.9025
4.8054.905
4.8004.910
4.7904.920
4.94254.9875
4.9404.990
4.9404.990
4.89755.0025
4.8955.005
4.8905.010
4.8805.020
Compliance(Notes)
FCC/IC
4.99755.1525
4.9955.155
4.9905.160
4.9805.170
5.1505.350
5.1505.350
5.14755.3375
5.1455.340
5.1405.345
5.1305.355
5.25255.3475
5.2555.345
5.2555.345
5.2555.345
Airmux400UserManual
5
10
20
40
10
20
5
10
20
40
5
10
20
40
No
N/A
Yes
ETSIEN301893
No
N/A
Yes
FCC47CFR,Part15,SubpartEandICRSS
210
Release2.8.30
A4
ODU
Band
(GHz)
Occupied
CBW
DFS?
(MHz)
(GHz)
ETSI
FCC/IC
5.4
Universal
IC
ETSI
FCC/IC
5.8
MIIChina
WPCIndia
5.9
Universal
6.0
Universal
5.4755.720
5.4755.720
5.4755.720
5.47755.7175
5.4805.715
5.4805.715
5.4805.715
5.47255.7225
5.4705.725
5.4655.730
5.4555.740
5.47755.7175
5.4805.715
5.4805.715
5.4805.715
5.7255.875
5.7255.875
5.72755.8475
5.7255.850
5.7255.850
5.7255.850
5.73755.8375
5.7355.840
5.7305.845
5.7205.855
5.83255.8675
5.8305.870
5.8255.875
5.8155.885
5.72755.9525
5.7255.955
5.7205.960
5.7105.970
5.69756.0525
5.6956.055
5.6906.060
5.6806.070
Airmux400UserManual
10
20
40
5
10
20
40
5
10
20
40
5
10
20
40
10
20
5
10
20
40
5
10
20
40
5
10
20
40
5
10
20
40
5
10
20
40
Compliance(Notes)
Yes
ETSIEN301893
Yes
FCC47CFR,Part15,SubpartEandICRSS
210
No
N/A
Yes
ICRSS210
Yes
ETSIEN302502
No
FCC47CFR,Part15,SubpartCandICRSS
210
No
MIIChina(SupportedCBWproduct
dependent)
No
GSR38(SupportedCBWproduct
dependent)
No
N/A
No
N/A
Release2.8.30
A5
ODU
Band
(GHz)
Occupied
CBW
DFS?
(MHz)
(GHz)
5.9286.400
ETSI
6.4
Universal
5.8956.4050
5.8906.410
5.7256.400
5/10/
No
20
10
No
20
5/10/
No
20/40
Compliance(Notes)
Lowtemperature,to35C
N/A
N/ALowtemperature,to55C
ThefollowingMaxTxPowerlimitationsapplytoallproductssupportingthe3.5GHzETSI
band:
OccupiedSub
Band
GHz
Center
Frequency
GHz
3.4033.490
3.4133.480
3.4703.610
3.4803.600
3.5903.710
3.6003.700
Mode
Channel
Bandwidth
MHz
MaxTx
Power
dBm
Frequency
Step
KHz
17
Inactive
5,10,20
23()
250
25()
TXPowerto17dBm.
TXPowerto23dBm.
Note
JapaneseRegulations
Frequenc
Channel
ysub
Bandwidt FrequencyAllocation(MHz)
band
h(MHz)
(GHz)
10
4.9
20
40
5.0
10
20
4915,4920,4925,4935,
4940,4945
4920,4940,4960,4980
4930,4970
5035,5045,5055
5040,5060,5080
Regulation
MICNotification88,Appendix47,
Article2Paragraph1,radiostandard
195/6/7/8/9/10
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
A6
ODU
Management
JapaneseRegulations
Frequenc
Channel
ysub
Bandwidt FrequencyAllocation(MHz)
band
h(MHz)
(GHz)
10
4.9
20
40
5.0
10
20
4915,4920,4925,4935,
4940,4945
4920,4940,4960,4980
4930,4970
5035,5045,5055
5040,5060,5080
Regulation
MICNotification88,Appendix47,
Article2Paragraph1,radiostandard
195/6/7/8/9/10
Protocol
AirmuxManager
WebbasedmanagerforAirmux400LandAirmux400
100Mseries.
SNMPandTelnet
NMS
RADNMS
ManagementApplication(per
link)
Environmental
OperatingTemperatures
Humidity
Storage
ODU:35Cto+60C/31Fto+140F
100%condensing,IP67(totallyprotectedagainstdust
andagainstimmersionupto1m)
40to85C/40Fto185F
Mechanical
ODUwithIntegratedAntenna
37.1/14.84(W)x37.1/14.84(H)x9.00/3.6(D)cm/in;4.2kg
/9.2lbsincludingMountingKit
ODUConnectorized(including
18.0/7.2(W)x27.0/10.8(H)x5.5/2.2(D)cm/in;3kg/6.6
SFFantennaODUsinAirmux400
lbsincludingMountingKit
Lseries)
Power
PowerConsumptionalone
Dualfeeding,20to60VDC(AC/DCconverteris
available)
25W
PowerConsumptionwithIDU
SeeIDUspecifications,thisAppendix
PowerFeeding
Safety
FCC/IC(cTUVus)
ETSI/IEC
Airmux400UserManual
UL609501,UL6095022,CAN/CSAC22.2609501,CAN/
CSAC22.26095022
EN/IEC609501,EN/IEC6095022
Release2.8.30
A7
IDU
EMC
FCC
47CFRClassB,Part15,SubpartB
ETSI
EN300386,EN3014891,EN3014894
CAN/CSA
CISPR22ClassB
AS/NZS
CISPR22ClassB
IDU
TDMInterface
Numberofports
2ornoTDMport
MaxportsusablebyAirmux400 2
Type
E1/T1configurablebyAirmuxManager
Framing
Unframed(transparent)
Timing
Independenttimingperport,TxandRx
StandardsCompliance
ITUTG.703,G.826
LineCode
E1:HDB3@2.048Mbps,T1:B8ZS/AMI@1.544Mbps
Latency
Configurable520ms
Impedance
E1:120,balanced,T1:100,balanced
Jitter&Wander
AccordingtoITUTG.823,G.824
JitterBufferconfigurationenablingalatencyfrom5msto
16msforinterferenceimmunityconfront
0.05ppb
20ppmasclockmaster(crucialforwanderrequirements
ofcellularoperators)
JitterBuffer
ClockRecoveryResolution
Clockstability
EthernetInterface
Connector
2
10/100BaseTwithAutoNegotiation(IEEE802.3u).
Framing/CodingIEEE802.3
RJ45
LineImpedance
100
VLANSupport
Transparent
MaximumFrameSize
2048Bytes
Layer2,selflearningofupto2047MACaddresses(IEEE
802.1Q),hub/Bridgeselectablemode
3ms(typicalat20MHzChannelBandwidth
NumberofPorts
Type
Bridge
Latency
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
A8
IDU
DryContactAlarms
DryContactAlarms
4Inputs+4Outputs;ConfigurablebytheAirmux
Manager
ODUInterface
Connector
RJ45
Cable
Mechanical
Style
Half19wallmountedordesktop
Dimensions
22cm(W)x17cm(D)x4.4cm(H)
Weight
0.5kg/1.1lbs
Power
PowerConsumption
WithAirmux400ODU
<35W
Alone
<5W
PowerFeedingOptions
110240VAC*;20to60VDC
Environmental
0C50C/32F122F
Humidity
90%noncondensing
Storage
-20 to 70C / --4F to 158F Humidity 95%
Safety
TUV
UL609501,CAN/CSAC22.2609501
EN/IEC
609501
EMC
FCC
47CFRClassB,Part15,SubpartB
ETSI
EN300386,EN3014894
CAN/CSACEI/IEC
CISPR22ClassB
AS/NZS
CISPR22:2006ClassB
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
A9
IDUE
IDUE
TDMInterface
Numberofports
16,8,4portsornoTDMports.
MaxportsusablebyAirmux400 16(modeldependent)
Type
E1/T1configurablebyAirmuxManager
Framing
Unframed(transparent)
Timing
Independenttimingperport,TxandRx
Connector
RJ45
StandardsCompliance
ITUTG.703,G.826
LineCode
E1:HDB3@2.048Mbps,T1:B8ZS/AMI@1.544Mbps
Latency
Configurable520ms(default8ms)
Impedance
E1:120,balanced,T1:100,balanced
Jitter&Wander
AccordingtoITUTG.823,G.824
JitterBufferconfigurationenablingalatencyfrom5msto
16msforinterferenceimmunityconfront
0.05ppb
20ppmasclockmaster(crucialforwanderrequirements
ofcellularoperators)
Supported
JitterBuffer
ClockRecoveryResolution
Clockstability
MonitoredHotStandby
Ethernetports
NumberofPorts
Type
2
10/100/1000BaseTwithAutoNegotiation(IEEE802.3u).
Framing/CodingIEEE802.3
Connector
RJ45
LineImpedance
100
SFPInterface
1port,Type:FastEthernet
VLANSupport
Transparent
MaximumFrameSize
2048Bytes
Layer2,selflearningofupto2047MACaddresses(IEEE
802.1Q),hub/Bridgeselectablemode
3ms
Bridge
Latency
DryContactAlarms
DryContactAlarms
Airmux400UserManual
4Inputs+4Outputs;ConfigurablebytheAirmux
Manager
Release2.8.30
A10
IDUE
ODUInterface
Connector
RJ45
Cable
Mechanical
Style
1U19Rackmounted
Dimensions
43.6cm(W)x21cm(D)x4.4cm(H)
Weight
1.5kg/3.3lbs
Power
PowerConsumption
WithAirmux400ODU
<35W
Alone
<10W
PowerFeedingOptions
Dualfeeding,20to60VDC,ACPowerAdaptersavailable
Environmental
0C50C/32F122F
Humidity
90%noncondensing
Storage
-20 to 70C / --4F to 158F Humidity 95%
Safety
TUV
UL609501,CAN/CSAC22.2609501
EN/IEC
609501
EMC
FCC
CFR47ClassB,Part15,SubpartB
ETSI
EN300386,EN3014894,EN3014891
CAN/CSACEI/IEC
CISPR22ClassB
AS/NZS
CISPR22:2006ClassB
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
A11
AirmuxIDUH/2ETH(AggregationUnit)
AirmuxIDUH/2ETH(AggregationUnit)
EthernetInterface
LANInterfaceFraming/Coding
6xlegacymodePoEports(10/100/1000Mbps),upto
25Wperport
2xRJ45PHYportsof10/100/1000MbpsBasedT
Ethernet
IEEE802.3/U
LANInterfaceLineImpedance
100
LANInterfaceEthernetMode
Autonegotiation10/100/1000
SFPInterfaces
2xSFPportsof1000Mbps(standardMSA)
MACAddressEntries
Upto1KMACAddressentries
MaximalFrameSize
2048bytes
EthernetLatency
3ms
PoEInterfaces
EthernetPorts
Mechanical
Dimensions
1U19Rackmounted,halfwidth
Weight
0.8Kg
Power
InternalPowerConsumption
PowerFeeding
Grounding
Protection
<15W@MaximalPowerfeeding
44VDC56VDC,Dualredundantinputs.3pinfemaleDC
connector
Frontpanelgroundinglug
DCinputLine&ReversePolarityprotection
PoEPortsover/underCurrent&over/underVoltage
protections
Environmental
40Cto55C/40Fto131F
Humidity
90%noncondensing
Storage
40to70C/40Fto158FHumidity95%
Safety
TUV
UL609501,CAN/CSAC22.2No.609501
ETSI/IEC
EN/IEC609501
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
A12
GbEPoEDeviceIndoor,AC
EMC
FCC
47CFRPart15,SubpartB,ClassB
ETSI
EN300386;3014894;3014891
CAN/CSAAS/NZS
CISPR22ClassB
GbEPoEDeviceIndoor,AC
Electrical
ACInputVoltage
100240VACnominal,90264VACmaxrange
InputFrequency
StandbyPower
4763Hz
2.0A(rms)115VACatMax.load
1.2A(rms)230VACatMax.load
30Afor115VACatMax.load
60Afor230VACatMax.load
0.5W(Max)at240Vac
DCOutputVoltage
56VDC
InputCurrent
Max.InrushCurrent
Protection
Indication
Shortcircuitprotection
Autorecovery
Overvoltageprotection
Greenledfornormaloperation
Interfaces
PoEoutput
PoEtoODUInterface
RJ45connector
OutdoorCAT5e;Maximumcablelength:75mfor
1000BaseTor100mfor10/100BaseT.
Ethernetinput
RJ45connector
ACinputondevice
StandardsocketIEC320C14type
ACcable
VarietyofACplugsavailable(seebelow)
Ethernet/ODU
RADRJ45connector
RJ-45, 10/100/1000BaseT Interface (Line
Impedance -100)
EthernetLANinterfacetype
Mechanical
Case
Plastic
Dimensions
16cm(W)x6.3cm(D)x3.33cm(H)
Weight
250g
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
A13
PoEDeviceOutdoor,DC
Environmental
0Cto40C/32Fto104F
Humidity
90%noncondensing
Safety
ULCSA
609501,C22.2No.609501
ETSI/IEC
IEC/EN609501
EMC
ESD
61000-42
RS
61000-43
EFT
61000-44
Surge
61000-45
CS
61000-46
DIPS
61000-411
FCCpart15classB,CISPRPub22classB,AS/NZSCISPR22
classB
EMI
PoEDeviceOutdoor,DC
Electrical
Inputvoltagerange
20to60VDC(singleinput)
Outputvoltage
48VDC/0.6A
PowerConsumption
0.5W(notincludingradio)
Protections
Differential15KW
Common3KW
Interfaces
EthernetLANinterfacetype
RJ45,10/100BaseTInterface(LineImpedance100W)
DCinput
2pinsconnector
ODU(PoEPort)
RJ45
Mechanical
Enclosure
Allweathercases
Dimensions
24.5cm(H)x13.5cm(W)x4.0cm(D)
Weight
1.0kg/2.2lbs
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
A14
GSU
Environmental
35Cto60C/31Fto140F
Humidity
Upto100%noncondensing
IEC6072134Class4M5
IP67
Standards
Safety
FCC/IEC/CAN/CSA
Designedtomeet609501,6095022
EMC
ETSI
DesignedtomeetEN300386;EN3014891
FCC
Designedtomeet47CFRPart15,SubpartB,ClassB
CAN/CSA
DesignedtomeetICES003ClassB
AS/NZS
DesignedtomeetCISPR22classB
GSU
Configuration
Architecture
OutdoorSynchronizationUnit;IncludingExternalGPS
Antenna,HSScableandPoEdevice
GSUtoPoEInterface
Mechanical
Dimensions
24.5cm(H)x13.5cm(W)x4.0cm(D)
Weight
1.0kg/2.2lbs
Power
PowerFeeding
PowerprovidedbyPoEdevice
MaxPowerDissipation
10Watt
Environmental
OperatingTemperatureRange
35Cto60C/13Fto140F
Humidity
Upto100%noncondensing
Safety
EN/IEC
Airmux400UserManual
DesignedtomeetEN/IEC609501,6095022
Release2.8.30
A15
LightningProtector
EMC
CAN/CSACEI/IEC
Designedtomeet47CFRClassB,Part15,SubpartB
DesignedtomeetEN300386;EN3014894;EN301489
1
DesignedtomeetCISPR2202
AS/NZS
DesignedtomeetCISPR22ClassB
FCC
ETSI
LightningProtector
Electrical
CompatibleInterfaces
10/100/1000BaseT
DataRates
Upto1000Mbps
NominalOperationalVoltage
48VDC
MaximumOperationalVoltage
60VDC650mA
MaximumContinuouscurrent
1A
Impedance
90to110Ohm
Connectiontype
RJ45CAT5eSTP(shielded)
Pin-out
8wires+shielding
PinsProtected
Allpinsprotected
Responsetime
<5microseconds(withODU)
Nominaldischargecurrents
LinetoLine
500A@8/20s
LinetoGround
2000A@8/20s
ImpulseDischargeCurrent
20000A,8/20s
1operationminimum
10000A,8/20s
>10operations
2000A,10/350s
1operation
200A,10/1000s
>300operations
200A,10/700s
>500operations
ImpulseSparkover
DCSpark-over20%@100V/s
150V
100V/s
350V
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
A16
FastEthernetCAT5ecablerepeater
1000V/s
500V
Capacitance
<2pF
DCHoldoverVoltage
80V
Mechanical
Enclosure
Metal
ConnectiontobondingNetwork
Screw
Dimensions
150mm
Weight
220gram(0.22Kg)
Environmental
Operatingtemperature
40Cto60C
Storagetemperature
50Cto70C
Enclosurerating
IP67
Humidity
100%noncondensing
FastEthernetCAT5ecablerepeater
Electrical
CompatibleInterfaces
100BaseT
DataRates
Upto1000Mbps
NominalOperationalVoltage
48VDC
MaximumOperationalVoltage
60VDC650mA
Currentconsumption
0.5A
Impedance
90to110Ohm
Connectiontype
RJ45CAT5eSTP(shielded)
Pin-out
8wires+shielding
Mechanical
Enclosure
Metal
ConnectiontobondingNetwork
Screw
Dimensions
150mm
Weight
220gram(0.22Kg)
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
A17
AntennaCharacteristics
Environmental
Operatingtemperature
40Cto60C
Storagetemperature
50Cto70C
Enclosurerating
IP67
Humidity
100%noncondensing
Safety
TUV
ETSI/IEC
UL609501,UL6095022,CAN/CSAC22.2609501,CAN/
CSAC22.26095022
EN/IEC609501,EN/IEC6095022
EMC
FCC
CFR47ClassB,Part15,SubpartB
ETSI
EN300386,EN3014894,EN3014891
CAN/CSAAS/NZS
CISPR22ClassB
AntennaCharacteristics
Anantennaistheradiatingandreceivingelementfromwhichtheradiosignal,intheformof
RFpower,isradiatedtoitssurroundingsandviceversa.Thetransmissionrangeisafunction
oftheantennagainandtransmittingpower.Thesefactorsarelimitedbycountryregulations.
TheAirmux400maybeoperatedwithanintegratedantennaattachedtotheODUunit,or
withanexternalantennawiredtotheODUviaNtypeconnectors.Allcablesandconnections
mustbeconnectedcorrectlytoreducelosses.Therequiredantennaimpedanceis50.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
A18
AppendixB:
WiringSpecifications
ODUIDUCable
TheODUIDUcableisshielded/outdoorclassCAT5e,4twistedpair24AWGterminatedwith
RJ45connectorsonbothends.
Thefollowingtableshowstheconnectorpinout:
TableB1:ODU-IDU RJ-45 Connector Pinout
Function
Color
IDU
ODU
Ethernet(RxN)
White/Green
Ethernet(RxT)
Green
Ethernet(TxT)
White/Orange
Ethernet(TxN)
Orange
Power(+)
Blue
Power(+)
White/Blue
Power()
White/Brown
Power()
Brown
TableB2:ODU/HSS Unit Connection Pinout
Color
ODU
RJ45
HSSUNIT
RJ45
White/Green
Green
Notconnected
White/Orange
Orange
Blue
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
B1
UserPortConnectors
TableB2:ODU/HSS Unit Connection Pinout (Continued)

Color
ODU
RJ45
HSSUNIT
RJ45
White/Blue
White/Brown
Brown
UserPortConnectors
LANPort
TheLAN10/100BaseTinterfaceterminatesinan8pinRJ45connector,wiredinaccordance
toTableB3.
TableB3:Fast Ethernet Connector Pinout
Function
Signal
Pin
TransmitData(positive)
TD(+)
TransmitData(negative)
TD()
ReceiveData(positive)
RD(+)
ReceiveData(negative)
RD()
TrunkPortsE1/T1RJ45Connector
TheE1/T1interfacesterminatein8pinRJ45connectors,asshowninTableB4below:
TableB4:Trunk Ports - E1/T1 RJ45Pinout
Function
Signal
Pin
TransmitDataTip
TxTip
TransmitDataRing
TxRing
ReceiveDataTip
RxTip
ReceiveDataRing
RxRing
HotStandbyPortRJ11
TableB5:Hot Standby RJ-11 Port Pinout
Pin
SideA
Pin
SideB
HSBout
HSBin
Signal
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
B2
IDU(allmodels)AlarmConnector
TableB5:Hot Standby RJ-11 Port Pinout (Continued)

Signal
Pin
SideA
Pin
SideB
Ground
Ground
TheIDUAlarminterfaceisa25pinDtypefemaleconnector.ItspinoutislistedinTableB6.
TableB6:IDU Alarm Connector (Dry-Contact)
I/O
Description
Pin
Input1
Positive
14
Input1
Negative
15
Input2
Positive
16
Input2
Negative
17
Input3
Positive
18
Input3
Negative
19
Input4
Positive
20
Input4
Negative
21
Output1
NormallyOpen
Output1
Common
Output1
NormallyClosed
Output2
NormallyOpen
Output2
Common
Output2
NormallyClosed
Output3
NormallyOpen
Output3
Common
Output3
NormallyClosed
Output4
NormallyOpen
10
Output4
Common
11
Output4
NormallyClosed
12
Thefigurebelow,showshowtoconnectexternalinputandoutputalarms.
Note
Useanexternalcurrentlimitresistortolimitthecurrentattheoutput
relaysto1Amp.Suchresistorisnotrequirediftheequipmentcon
nectedtotheIDUsupportscurrentlimitingto1Amp.
Thevoltageoftheinputalarmmustbewithintherangeof10to50
VDC.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
B3
FigureB1:Exampleforconnectingthealarmconnector
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
B4
DCPowerTerminals
DCPowerTerminals
IDUE&E
TableB7:Terminal Block 3-pin -48VDC
Function
Pin
Right
Chassis
Center
Left
DCPoE
TableB8:Terminal Block 2-pin -48VDC
Function
Pin
Right
Left
UnbalancedModeforE1Interface
YoumayconfiguretheE1interfacetounbalancedmode(75ohm)usingtheAirmuxManager.
FigureB2showsanadaptercableforconnectingdeviceswithbalancedE1interfacetothe
userequipmentwithunbalancedE1interface.TheYsplittercableincludesoneRJ45
balancedconnector(left)andtwounbalancesBNCcoaxialconnectors(right).
FigureB2:UnbalancedE1adaptercable(YSplitter)
FigureB3providesaschematic:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
B5
UnbalancedModeforE1Interface
FigureB3:UnbalancedE1adaptercable(YSplitter)schematic
TableB9:E1 Y Splitter Pinout for Unbalanced Mode
BNCConnector
ColorCode
2(NGND)
RJ45ConnectorPin
1,4,7,8
Red
1(Center)
2(NGND)
1,4,7,8
Green
1(Center)
Note
TheYsplittercablecannotbeusedasabalancedtounbalancedconverter.
Thecablemerelyprovidesaphysicalinterfaceconversionwithoutany
impedancematching.Somedevicesautomaticallydetectcableinsertion
andchangetheimpedanceinternally
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
B6
AppendixC:
SmallFormfactorPluggable
Transceiver
IDUESFPSupport
TheSmallFormfactorPluggable(SFP)transceiver,isacompact,hotpluggabletransceiver
usedincommunicationsapplications.
TheSFPtransceivertechnologyallowsalmostanyprotocolconverterimplementationwith
seamlessintegrationtoastandardEthernetswitch.
TheIDUEsupportsSFPtransceiverstoprovideandsupportseveralnetworkapplications.
AnystandardFastEthernet(FE)SFPtransceivercanbepluggedintotheIDUE.TheseSFPs
supportvariousEthernetinterfaces.Forexampleafibreopticinterfacecanbeusedto
supportlongfibredistances.
Inaddition,SystemonSFPtransceiverscanbeused,supportingaprotocolconverter
concept.ThemainapplicationforsuchSFPtransceiversisTDMoverEthernetprovidingE1/
T1orE3/T3overfullduplexEthernetRemoteBridge
ThefollowingtableprovidesafewSFPtypesthatcanbeusedwiththeIDUE:
SFPType
InterfaceDescription
100baseT/1000baseT
100BaseT,1000BaseTIEEE802.3,UTPCAT5
100baseFX/1000baseFX
Multimodefiberoptic(MMF)linkspansupto2kmlong
100baseLX/1000baseLX
Singlemodefiberoptic(SMF)linkspansupto10km
100baseBX/1000baseBX
SMFsinglestrandlinkspansupto10kmor40km
E1/T1/FE
E1/T1with100M
E3/T3/FE
E3/T3with100M
E1/T1/GBE
E1/T1with1000M
E3/T3/GBE
E3/T3with1000M
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
C1
AppendixD:
MIBReference
Introduction
AbouttheMIB
TheRADMIBisasetofAPIsthatenablesexternalapplicationstocontrolRADequipment.
TheMIBisdividedintopublicandaprivateAPIgroups:
Public:RFC1213(MIBII)variables,RFC1214(MIBII)SystemandInterfacessections
Private:ControlledbyRADandsupplementsthepublicgroup.
ThisappendixdescribesthepublicandprivateMIBusedbyRAD.
Terminology
Thefollowingtermsareusedinthisappendix.
Term
Meaning
MIB
ManagementInformationBase
API
ApplicationProgrammingInterface
SNMP
SimpleNetworkManagementProtocol
Inaddition,theMIBusesinternally,theoldernotionsofLocalsiteandRemotesitewhere
thismanualwouldusesiteAandsiteB.
Toavoidburdeningthereader,thisappendixwillfollowtheMIBusage.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D1
InterfaceAPI
InterfaceAPI
ControlMethod
TheAirmuxManagerapplicationprovidesallthemeanstoconfigureandmonitoraAirmux
400link,communicatingwiththeSNMPagentineachODU.EachSNMPagentcontainsdata
oneachoftheIDUsandODUsinthelink.Bothagentscommunicatewitheachotheroverthe
airusingaproprietaryprotocol.
EachODUhasasingleMACaddressandasingleIPaddress.
Note
TocontrolandconfigurethedeviceusingtheMIB,youshouldadheretothefollowingrules:
Theconnectionforcontrolandconfigurationistothelocalsite,overanySNMP/UDP/IP
network.
AllParametersshouldbeconsistentbetweenbothoftheODUs.Notethatinconsistency
ofairparameterscanbreaktheairconnection.Tocorrectairparametersinconsistency
youmustreconfigureeachoftheODUs.
Commonpracticeistoconfiguretheremotesitefirstandthentoconfigurethelocal
site.
Forsomeoftheconfigurationparametersadditionalactionmustbetakenbeforethe
newvalueisloaded.Pleaserefertotheoperationintheparametersdescription.
SomeoftheMIBparametersvaluesareproductdependent.Itisstronglyrecommend
usingtheAirmuxManagerApplicationforchangingthesevalues.Settingwrongvalues
maycauseindeterminateresults.
CommunityString
Tocontrolalink,allSNMPrequestsshouldgotothelocalsiteIPaddress.
SeeTable52fordefaultCommunitystrings.
PrivateMIBStructure
ThesectionsintheprivateRADMIBanditslocationintheMIBtreeareshowninFigureD1
below:
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D2
PrivateMIBStructure
FigureD1:TopLevelSectionsoftheprivateMIB
TheproductsMIBsectioncontainsthedefinitionoftheObjectIDsforthetwoformfactorsof
theODU,IntegratedAntennaandConnectorized(referredintheMIBasexternal
antenna)andGSU:
FigureD2:ProductMIBforAirmux400
TheODUMIBcontainsthesections:Admin,Service,Ethernet,Bridge,Air,PerfMonand
Agent.
TheIDUMIBcontainsthesections:Admin,Service,Ethernet,BridgeandTDM.
TheGpsSynchronizerFamilyMIBdefinestheGSU.
ThegeneralMIBincludeasinglegenericparameterthatisusedbyalltrapsasatrap
descriptionparameter.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D3
MIBParameters
MIBParameters
ThefollowingsectiondescribesalloftheMIBparameters.TheMIBparametersfollowthe
followingnamingconvention:
<radwllMil><Section1>...<Sectionn><ParameterName>
Foreachoftheconfigurationandcontrolparameters(parameterswithreadwriteaccess),
theDescriptioncolumndescribeswhenthenewvalueiseffective.Itisrecommendedthat
youperformtheappropriateactiontomakethevaluesaffectiveimmediatelyafterany
change.Whereachangeisrequiredonbothsidesofthelink,itisrecommendedthatyou
changebothsidesofthelinkfirstandthenperformtheaction.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D4
SupportedVariablesfromtheRFC1213MIB
SupportedVariablesfromtheRFC1213MIB
TableD1:SupportedRFC1213Variables
Access
Name
OID
Type
Description
ifIndex
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.xa
Integer
RO
Auniquevalueforeachinterface.Itsvalue
rangesbetween1andthevalueofifNumber.The
valueforeachinterfacemustremainconstantat
leastfromonereinitializationoftheentity's
networkmanagementsystemtothenextre
initialization.
ifDescr
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.2
DisplayString
RO
Atextualstringcontaininginformationabout
theinterface.Thisstringshouldincludethe
nameofthemanufacturer,theproductname
andtheversionofthehardwareinterface.
ifType
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.3
Integer
RO
Thetypeofinterface,distinguishedaccordingto
thephysical/linkprotocol(s)immediately
`below'thenetworklayerintheprotocolstack.
ifSpeed
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.5
Gauge
RO
Anestimateoftheinterface'scurrent
bandwidthinbitspersecond.Forinterfaces
whichdonotvaryinbandwidthorforthose
wherenoaccurateestimationcanbemade,this
objectshouldontainthenominalbandwidth.
ifPhysAddress
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.6
PhysAddress
RO
Theinterface'saddressattheprotocollayer
immediately`below'thenetworklayerinthe
protocolstack.Forinterfaceswhichdonothave
suchanaddress(e.g.,aserialline),thisobject
shouldcontainanoctetstringofzerolength.
ifAdminStatus
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.7
Integer
RW Thedesiredstateoftheinterface.Thetesting(3)
stateindicatesthatnooperationalpacketscan
bepassed.
ifOperStatus
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8
Integer
RO
Thecurrentoperationalstateoftheinterface.
Thetesting(3)stateindicatesthatno
operationalpacketscanbepassed.
ifInOctets
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.x
Counter
RO
Thetotalnumberofoctetsreceivedonthe
interface,includingframingcharacters.
ifInUcastPkts
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.11.x
Counter
RO
Thenumberofsubnetworkunicastpackets
deliveredtoahigherlayerprotocol.
ifInNUcastPkts
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.12.x
Counter
RO
Thenumberofnonunicast(i.e.,subnetwork
broadcastorsubnetworkmulticast)packets
deliveredtoahigherlayerprotocol.
ifInErrors
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14.x
Counter
RO
Thenumberofinboundpacketsthatcontained
errorspreventingthemfrombeingdeliverable
toahigherlayerprotocol.
ifOutOctets
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16.x
Counter
RO
Thetotalnumberofoctetstransmittedoutof
theinterface,includingframingcharacters.
ifOutUcastPkts
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.17.x
Counter
RO
Thetotalnumberofpacketsthathigherlevel
protocolsrequestedbetransmittedtoa
subnetworkunicastaddress,includingthose
thatwerediscardedornotsent.
ifOutNUcastPkts
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.18.x
Counter
RO
Thetotalnumberofpacketsthathigherlevel
protocolsrequestedbetransmittedtoanon
unicast(i.e.,asubnetworkbroadcastor
subnetworkmulticast)address,includingthose
thatwerediscardedornotsent.
a. x is the interface ID
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D5
MIBParameters
MIBParameters
TableD2:PrivateMIBParameters(Sheet1of30)
Access
Name
OID
Type
Description
radwllMilOduAdmProductType
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.1
DisplayString
RO
ODUconfigurationdescription.
radwllMilOduAdmHwRev
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.2
DisplayString
RO
ODUHardwareVersion.
radwllMilOduAdmSwRev
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.3
DisplayString
RO
ODUSoftwareVersion.
radwllMilOduAdmLinkName
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.4
DisplayString
RW LinkName.Achangeiseffectiveimmediately.
radwllMilOduAdmResetCmd
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.5
Integer
RW ResetCommand.Asetcommandwithavalue
of3willcauseadevicereset.HBSonly:Aset
commandwithavalueof4willcauseadevice
resetfortheentiresector.Thereadvalueis
always0.
radwllMilOduAdmAddres
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.6
IPAddress
RW ODUIPaddress.Achangeiseffectiveafterreset.
Theparameteriskeptforbackward
compatibility.Usingthealternativeparameter:
radwllMilOduAdmIpParamsCnfgis
recommended.
radwllMilOduAdmMask
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.7
IPAddress
RW ODUSubnetMask.Achangeiseffectiveafter
reset.Theparameteriskeptforbackward
recommended.
radwllMilOduAdmGateway
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.8
IPAddress
RW ODUdefaultgateway.Achangeiseffectiveafter
reset.Theparameteriskeptforbackward
recommended.
radwllMilOduAdmBroadcast
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.1
0
Integer
RW ThisparameterisreservedfortheManager
applicationprovidedwiththeproduct.
radwllMilOduAdmHostsTable
N/A Trapdestinationstable.Eachtrapdestinationis
definedbyanIPaddressandaUDPport.Upto
10addressescanbeconfigured.
radwllMilOduAdmHostsEntry
N/A Trapdestinationstableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilOduAdmHostsIndex}
radwllMilOduAdmHostsIndex
RO
Trapdestinationstableindex.
radwllMilOduAdmHostsIp
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.1
2.1.2
IPAddress
RW TrapdestinationIPaddress.Achangeiseffective
immediately.
radwllMilOduAdmHostsPort
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.1
2.1.3
Integer
RW UDPportofthetrapdestination.Achangeis
effectiveimmediately.
radwllMilOduBuzzerAdminState
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.1
3
Integer
RW Thisparametercontrolstheactivationofthe
buzzerwhiletheunitisininstallmode.A
changeiseffectiveimmediately.Thevalidvalues
are:disabled(0)enabledAuto(1)
enabledConstantly(2)advancedAuto(3).
radwllMilOduProductId
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.1
4
DisplayString
RO
radwllMilOduReadCommunity
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.1
5
DisplayString
RW ReadCommunityString.Thisparameteralways
returns*****whenretrievingitsvalue.Itis
usedbytheManagerapplicationtochangethe
ReadCommunityString.TheSNMPagent
acceptsonlyencryptedvalues.
radwllMilOduReadWriteCommunity 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.1
6
DisplayString
RW Read/WriteCommunityString.Thisparameter
alwaysreturns*****whenretrievingitsvalue.
ItisusedbytheManagerapplicationtochange
theRead/WriteCommunityString.TheSNMP
agentacceptsonlyencryptedvalues.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
ThisparameterisreservedfortheManager
D6
MIBParameters
Access
Name
OID
Type
radwllMilOduTrapCommunity
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.1
7
DisplayString
RW TrapCommunityString.Thisparameterisused
bytheManagerapplicationtochangetheTrap
CommunityString.TheSNMPagentaccepts
onlyencryptedvalues.
radwllMilOduAdmSnmpAgentVersi
on
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.1
8
Integer
RO
MajorversionoftheSNMPagent.
radwllMilOduAdmRemoteSiteName 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.1
9
DisplayString
RO
Remotesitename.Returnsthesamevalueas
sysLocationparameteroftheremotesite.
radwllMilOduAdmSnmpAgentMino
rVersion
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.2
0
Integer
RO
MinorversionoftheSNMPagent.
radwllMilOduAdmLinkPassword
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.2
1
DisplayString
RW LinkPassword.Thisparameteralwaysreturns
*****whenretrievingitsvalue.Itisusedby
theManagerapplicationtochangetheLink
Password.TheSNMPagentacceptsonly
encryptedvalues.
radwllMilOduAdmSiteLinkPassword 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.2
2
DisplayString
RW SiteLinkPassword.Thisparameteralways
returns*****whenretrievingitsvalue.Itis
usedbytheManagerapplicationtochangethe
LinkPasswordofthesite.TheSNMPagent
acceptsonlyencryptedvalues.
radwllMilOduAdmDefaultPassword
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.2
3
Integer
RO
ThisparameterindicatesifthecurrentLink
Passwordisthedefaultpassword.
radwllMilOduAdmConnectionType
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.2
4
Integer
RO
ThisparameterindicatesiftheManager
applicationisconnectedtothelocalODUorto
theremoteODUovertheair.Avalueof
'unknown'indicatescommunitystring
mismatch.
radwllMilOduAdmBackToFactorySet 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.2
tingsCmd
5
Integer
RW BacktofactorysettingsCommand.Achangeis
effectiveafterreset.Thereadvalueisalways
0.
radwllMilOduAdmIpParamsCnfg
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.2
6
DisplayString
RW ODUIPaddressConfiguration.Theformatis:
<IP_Address>|<Subnet_Mask>|<Default_Gatew
ay>|
radwllMilOduAdmVlanID
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.2
7
Integer
RW VLANID.Validvaluesare1to4094.Initialvalue
is0meaningVLANunaware.
radwllMilOduAdmVlanPriority
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.2
8
Integer
RW VLANPriority.0islowestpriority7ishighest
priority.
radwllMilOduAdmSN
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.2
9
DisplayString
RO
ODUSerialNumber
radwllMilOduAdmProductName
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.3
0
DisplayString
RO
ThisistheproductnameasitexistsatEC
radwllMilOduAdmActivationKey
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.3
1
DisplayString
RW Activatesageneralkey.
radwllMilOduAdmRmtPermittedOd
uType
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.3
2
DisplayString
RW MobileApplication:permittedpartnerOduType.
radwllMilOduAdmCpuID
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.3
3
Integer
RO
radwllMilOduAdmOvrdCmd
Description
CPUID
RW AbilitytoperformspecialcommandintheODU.
radwllMilOduSrvMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.1
Integer
RW Systemmode.Theonlyvaluesthatcanbeset
areinstallModeandslaveMode;normalMode
reservedtotheManagerapplicationprovided
withtheproduct.Achangeiseffectiveafter
linkresynchronization.
radwllMilOduSrvBridging
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.3
Integer
RO
radwllMilOduSrvRingLinkMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4. Integer
1
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
BridgingMode.Validvaluesare:disabled(0)
enabled(1).
RW Modeofthelinkregardingringtopology.
D7
MIBParameters
OID
Type
radwllMilOduSrvRingTopologySupp
orted
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4. Integer
2
Access
Name
RO
Description
RingTopologyoptionsare:supportednot
supported
radwllMilOduSrvRingVlanIdTable
N/A RingVLANIDstable.
radwllMilOduSrvRingVlanIdEntry
N/A VLANIDoftheinternalringmessages.Valid
valuesare1to4094.Initialvalueis0meaning
VLANunaware.INDEX{
radwllMilOduSrvRingVlanIdIndex}
radwllMilOduSrvRingVlanIdIndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4. Integer
3.1.1
RO
IndexofVLANIDoftheinternalringmessages.
radwllMilOduSrvRingVlanId
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4. Integer
3.1.2
RW VLANIDoftheinternalringmessages.Valid
valuesare1to4094.Initialvalueis0meaning
VLANunaware.
radwllMilOduSrvRingEthStatus
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4. Integer
4
RO
radwllMilOduSrvRingMaxAllowedTi
meFromLastRpm
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4. Integer
5
RW Definestheminimaltime(inms)requiredfor
determinationofringfailure.
radwllMilOduSrvRingWTR
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4. Integer
6
RW Definestheminimaltime(inms)requiredfor
ringrecovery.
radwllMilOduSrvQoSMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5. Integer
1
RW ModeofQoSfeature.
RepresentstheEthernetserviceblockingstate
ofaRingslink
radwllMilOduSrvQoSConfTable
N/A QoSconfigurationtable.
radwllMilOduSrvQoSConfEntry
N/A QoSconfigurationtable.INDEX{
radwllMilOduSrvQoSConfIndex}
radwllMilOduSrvQoSConfIndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5. Integer
2.1.1
RO
IndexofQoSConfiguration.
radwllMilOduSrvConfVlanQGroups
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5. Integer
2.1.2
RO
FramesclassificationaccordingtoVLANPriority
IDs.
radwllMilOduSrvConfDiffservQGrou 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5. Integer

ps
2.1.3
RO
FramesclassificationaccordingtoDiffserv.
radwllMilOduSrvConfQueMir
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5. Integer
2.1.4
RW DesiredPrivateMIR.
radwllMilOduSrvConfQueWeight
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5. Integer
2.1.5
RW QoSqueueu'sweightsinpercent.
radwllMilOduSrvQoSVlanQGroupsS
etStr
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5. DisplayString
3
RW FramesclassificationaccordingtoVLANIDs
stringforset.
radwllMilOduSrvQoSDiffservQGrou
psSetStr
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5. DisplayString
4
RW FramesclassificationaccordingtoDiffservIDs
stringforset.
radwllMilOduSrvQoSMaxRTQuePer
cent
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5. Integer
5
RO
MaximalpercentforRT&NRTqueues.
radwllMilOduSrvVlanSupport
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.6. Integer
1
RO
ODUEthernetportVLANsupportand
configurationavailabilityindication.1ODU
VLANFunctionalityNotSupported2ODU
VLANFunctionalitySupported3ODUVLAN
FunctionalitySupportedandAvailable
radwllMilOduSrvVlanIngressMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.6. Integer
2
RW ODUEthernetportingressVLANmode.
radwllMilOduSrvVlanEgressMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.6. Integer
3
RW ODUEthernetportegressVLANmode.
radwllMilOduSrvEgressTag
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.6. Integer
4
RW ODUethernetportegressVLANtag.Right
mostdigitisVlanpriority(07)otherdigits
composeVlanId(24094)
radwllMilOduSrvEgressProviderTag
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.6. Integer
5
RW ODUethernetportegressProviderVLANtag.
RightmostdigitisVlanpriority(07)other
digitscomposeVlanId(24094)
radwllMilOduSrvVlanIngressAllowe
dVIDs
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.6. DisplayString
6
RW ODUethernetportVLANIDsthatwillnotbe
filteredoningress.w|w|w|w|w|w|w|w|(
wherew={04094}andw!=1)
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D8
MIBParameters
OID
Type
radwllMilOduSrvVlanDisable
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.6. Integer
7
radwllMilOduServiceVlanProviderLi
stTPIDstr
radwllMilOduEthernetRemainingRa 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.1
te
Integer
Access
Name
Description
RW DisableVLANfunctionality.Thefollowingvalues
canbeset:3DisableODU&IDUVLAN
Configurations.
RO
HoldsthepossibleProviderTPIDs.
RO
CurrentEthernetbandwidthinbps.
radwllMilOduEthernetIfTable
N/A ODUEthernetInterfacetable.
radwllMilOduEthernetIfEntry
N/A ODUEthernetInterfacetableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilOduEthernetIfIndex}
radwllMilOduEthernetIfIndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.2. Integer
1.1
RO
ODUEthernetInterfaceIndex.
radwllMilOduEthernetIfAddress
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.2. DisplayString
1.5
RO
ODUMACaddress.
radwllMilOduEthernetIfAdminStatu 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.2. Integer

s
1.6
RW Requiredstateoftheinterface.
radwllMilOduEthernetIfOperStatus
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.2. Integer
1.7
RO
radwllMilOduEthernetIfFailAction
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.2. Integer
1.8
RW Failureactionoftheinterface.
radwllMilOduEthernetNumOfPorts
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.3
Integer
RO
NumberofODUnetworkinterfaces.
radwllMilOduEthernetGbeSupporte 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.4
d
Integer
RO
SupportedGigabitEthernetinODU.
Currentoperationalstateoftheinterface.
radwllMilOduBridgeBasePortTable
N/A ODUBridgePortstable.
radwllMilOduBridgeBasePortEntry
N/A ODUBridgePortstableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilOduBridgeBasePortIndex}
radwllMilOduBridgeBasePortIndex
RO
ODUBridgePortNumber.
radwllMilOduBridgeBaseIfIndex
RO
IfIndexcorrespondingtoODUBridgeport.
radwllMilOduBridgeTpMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.4.4. Integer
101
RW ODUbridgemode.Achangeiseffectiveafter
reset.Validvalues:hubMode(0)bridgeMode
(1).
radwllMilOduBridgeTpPortTable
N/A ODUTransparentBridgePortstable.
radwllMilOduBridgeTpPortEntry
N/A ODUTransparentBridgePortstableentry.
INDEX{radwllMilOduBridgeTpPortIndex}
radwllMilOduBridgeTpPortIndex
RO
ODUTransparentBridgePortNumber.
radwllMilOduBridgeTpPortInFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.4.4. Counter

3.1.3
RO
Numberofframesreceivedbythisport.
radwllMilOduBridgeTpPortOutFram 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.4.4. Counter

es
3.1.4
RO
Numberofframestransmittedbythisport.
radwllMilOduBridgeTpPortInBytes
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.4.4. Counter
3.1.101
RO
Numberofbytesreceivedbythisport.
radwllMilOduBridgeTpPortOutBytes 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.4.4. Counter

3.1.102
RO
Numberofbytestransmittedbythisport.
radwllMilOduBridgeConfigMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.4.4. Integer
102
RO
ODUbridgeconfigurationmode
radwllMilOduAirFreq
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
Integer
RW InstallationCenterFrequency.Validvaluesare
productdependent.Achangeiseffectiveafter
linkresynchronization.
radwllMilOduAirDesiredRate
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
Integer
RW Deprecatedparameteractualbehaviorisread
only.RequiredAirRate.ForChannel
Bandwidthof20105MHzdividethevalueby
124respectively.
radwllMilOduAirSSID
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.3
DisplayString
RW ReservedfortheManagerapplicationprovided
withtheproduct.TheSectorIDinPointTo
MultiPointsystems.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D9
MIBParameters
Access
Name
OID
Type
Description
radwllMilOduAirTxPower
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
Integer
RW RequiredTransmitpowerindBm.Thisisa
nominalvaluewhiletheactualtransmitpower
includesadditionalattenuation.Theminand
maxvaluesareproductspecific.Achangeis
effectiveimmediately.
radwllMilOduAirSesState
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
Integer
RO
CurrentLinkState.Thevalueisactive(3)during
normaloperation.
radwllMilOduAirMstrSlv
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.6
Integer
RO
Thisparameterindicatesifthedevicewas
automaticallyselectedintotheradiolinkmaster
orslave.Thevalueisundefinedifthereisno
link.Thevalueisrelevantonlyforpointto
pointsystems.
radwllMilOduAirResync
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.8
Integer
RW Settingthisparameterto1willcausethelinkto
restartthesynchronizationprocess.
radwllMilOduAirRxPower
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.9. Integer
1
RO
ReceivedSignalStrengthindBm.Relevantonly
forpointtopointsystems.
radwllMilOduAirTotalFrames
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.9. Counter
2
RO
Totalnumberofradioframes.
radwllMilOduAirBadFrames
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.9. Counter
3
RO
TotalnumberofreceivedradioframeswithCRC
error.Thevalueisrelevantonlyforpointto
pointsystems.
radwllMilOduAirCurrentRate
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.9. Integer
4
RO
Deprecatedparameter.Actualrateoftheair
interfaceinMbps.ForChannelBandwidthof
20105MHzdividethevalueby124
respectively.
radwllMilOduAirCurrentRateIdx
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.9. Integer
5
RO
Indexofcurrentairrate.
radwllMilOduAirTxPower36
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
0
Integer
RW Deprecatedparameter.Actualbehaviorisread
only.
radwllMilOduAirTxPower48
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
1
Integer
RW Deprecatedparameter.Actualbehaviorisread
only.
radwllMilOduAirCurrentTxPower
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
2
Integer
RO
CurrentTransmitPowerindBm.Thisisa
nominalvaluewhiletheactualtransmitpower
includesadditionalattenuation.
radwllMilOduAirMinFrequency
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
3
Integer
RO
MinimumcenterfrequencyinMHz.
radwllMilOduAirMaxFrequency
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
4
Integer
RO
MaximumcenterfrequencyinMHz.
radwllMilOduAirFreqResolution
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
5
Integer
RO
CenterFrequencyresolution.Measuredin
MHzifvalue<100otherwiseinKHz.
radwllMilOduAirCurrentFreq
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
6
Integer
RO
CurrentCenterFrequency.MeasuredinMHzif
centerfrequencyresolutionvalue<100
otherwiseinKHz.
radwllMilOduAirNumberOfChannel
s
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
7
Integer
RO
Numberofchannelsthatcanbeused.
radwllMilOduAirChannelsTable
N/A Tableofchannelsusedbyautomaticchannels
selection(ACS).
radwllMilOduAirChannelsEntry
N/A ACSchannelstableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilOduAirChannelsIndex}
radwllMilOduAirChannelsIndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
8.1.1
Integer
RO
ChannelIndex.
radwllMilOduAirChannelsFrequenc
y
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
8.1.2
Integer
RO
ChannelfrequencyinMHz.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D10
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilOduAirChannelsOperState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
8.1.3
Integer
RW Channelstate.Canbesetbytheuser.
AutomaticChannelSelectionuseschannelsthat
areAirChannelsOperStateenabledand
AirChannelsAvailenabled.Achangeis
effectiveafterlinkresynchronization.Valid
values:disabled(0)enabled(1).Rewriteable
onlyinPointToPointproducts.
radwllMilOduAirChannelsAvail
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
8.1.4
Integer
RO
Channelstate.Productspecificandcannotbe
changedbytheuser.AutomaticChannel
Selectionuseschannelsthatare
AirChannelsOperStateenabledand
AirChannelsAvailenabled.Validvalues:
disabled(0)enabled(1).
radwllMilOduAirChannelsDefaultFr
eq
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
8.1.5
Integer
RO
Defaultchannel'savailabilityforallCBWs.The
validvaluesare:forbidden(0)available(1).
radwllMilOduAirDfsState
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1
9
Integer
RO
Radardetectionstate.Validvalues:disabled(0)
enabled(1).
radwllMilOduAirAutoChannelSelect 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
ionState
0
Integer
RO
Deprecatedparameter.IndicatingAutomatic
ChannelSelectionavailabilityatcurrentchannel
bandwidth.Validvalues:disabled(0)enabled
(1).
radwllMilOduAirEnableTxPower
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
1
Integer
RO
IndicatingTransmitpowerconfiguration
enabledordisabled.
radwllMilOduAirMinTxPower
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
2
Integer
RO
MinimumTransmitpowerindBm.
radwllMilOduAirMaxTxPowerTable
N/A TableofMaximumtransmitpowerperairrate
indBm.
radwllMilOduAirMaxTxPowerEntry
N/A MaximumTransmitpowertableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilOduAirMaxTxPowerIndex}
radwllMilOduAirMaxTxPowerIndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
3.1.1
Integer
RO
Airinterfacerateindex.
radwllMilOduAirMaxTxPower
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
3.1.2
Integer
RO
MaximumTransmitpowerindBm.
radwllMilOduAirChannelBandwidth 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
4
Integer
RW ChannelbandwidthinKHz.Achangeiseffective
afterreset.
radwllMilOduAirChannelBWTable
N/A ChannelBandwidthstable.
radwllMilOduAirChannelBWEntry
N/A ChannelBandwidthtableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilOduAirChannelBWIndex}
radwllMilOduAirChannelBWIndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
5.1.1
Integer
RO
ChannelBandwidthindex.
radwllMilOduAirChannelBWAvail
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
5.1.2
Integer
RO
ChannelBandwidthavailabilityproduct
specific.Optionsare:Notsupportedsupported
withmanualchannelselectionsupportedwith
AutomaticChannelSelection.
radwllMilOduAirChannelsAdminSta
te
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
5.1.3
DisplayString
RO
Channels'availabilityperCBW.
radwllMilOduAirChannelBWHSSATD 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
DConflictPerCBW
5.1.4
Integer
RO
IndicationforpossibleLinkdropperCBWdueto
conflictbetweenHSSandATDD.
radwllMilOduAirChannelBWMinRat 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
ioForSupporting
5.1.5
Integer
RO
MinimalTXratiothatmaybeusedbytheHSM
andstillenableproperoperationofthe
aforementionedCBW.
radwllMilOduAirChannelBWMaxRat 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
ioForSupporting
5.1.6
Integer
RO
MaximalTXratiothatmaybeusedbytheHSM
andstillenableproperoperationofthe
aforementionedCBW.
radwllMilOduAirRFD
Integer
RO
Currentradioframedurationinmicroseconds.
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
6
radwllMilOduAirRatesTable
Airmux400UserManual
N/A AirRateindexestableforcurrentchannel
bandwidth.
Release2.8.30
D11
MIBParameters
OID
Type
radwllMilOduAirRatesEntry
Access
Name
Description
N/A AirRateindexestableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilOduAirRatesIndex}
radwllMilOduAirRatesIndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
7.1.1
Integer
RO
AirRateindex.
radwllMilOduAirRatesAvail
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
7.1.2
Integer
RO
AirRateavailabilitydependingonairinterface
conditions.
radwllMilOduAirDesiredRateIdx
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
8
Integer
RW RequiredAirRateindex.0reservedforAdaptive
Rate.Achangeiseffectiveimmediatelyafter
Setoperationtothemastersidewhilethelink
isup.
radwllMilOduAirLinkDistance
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2
9
Integer
RO
Linkdistanceinmeters.Avalueof1indicates
anillegalvalueandisalsousedwhenalinkis
notestablished.
radwllMilOduAirLinkWorkingMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.3
0
Integer
RO
Linkworkingmodeasaresultofcomparing
versionsofbothsidesofthelink.Possible
modesare:UnknownnolinkNormalversions
onbothsidesareidenticalwithfull
compatibilitywithrestrictedcompatibilityor
versionsonbothsidesaredifferentwith
softwareupgradeorversionsincompatibility.
radwllMilOduAirMajorLinkIfVersion 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.3
1
Integer
RO
Majorlinkinterfaceversion
radwllMilOduAirMinorLinkIfVersion 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.3
2
Integer
RO
Minorlinkinterfaceversion
radwllMilOduAirHssDesiredOpState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.1
Integer
RW RequiredHubSiteSynchronizationoperating
state.
radwllMilOduAirHssCurrentOpState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.2
Integer
RO
CurrentHubSiteSynchronizationoperating
state.
radwllMilOduAirHssSyncStatus
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.3
Integer
RO
HubSiteSynchronizationsyncstatus.
radwllMilOduAirHssExtPulseStatus
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.4
Integer
RO
HubSiteSynchronizationexternalpulse
detectionstatus.InGSSmode:ifgenerating
then1PSPisautogeneratedbytheGSSUnit.if
generatingAndDetectingthen1PSPisgenerated
byGPSsatellitessignal.
radwllMilOduAirHssExtPulseType
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.5
Integer
RO
HubSiteSynchronizationexternalpulsetype.
radwllMilOduAirHssDesiredExtPulse 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
Type
0.6
Integer
RW HubSiteSynchronizationrequiredexternal
pulsetype.Validvaluesforreadwrite:
{typeA(2)typeB(3)typeC(4)typeD(5)typeE(6)
typeF(7)}.Validvalueforreadonly:
{notApplicable(1)}.
radwllMilOduAirHssRfpTable
N/A ODURadioFramePatterns(RFP)Table.
radwllMilOduAirHssRfpEntry
N/A ODURFPTableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilOduAirHssRfpIndex}
radwllMilOduAirHssRfpIndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.7.1.1
Integer
RO
ODURFPTableindex.Theindexrepresentthe
RadioFramePattern:typeA(2)typeB(3)
typeC(4)typeD(5)typeE(6).
radwllMilOduAirHssRfpEthChannel
BW5MHz
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.7.1.2
Integer
RO
RepresentsthecompatibilityofEthernetservice
underChannelBWof5MHzinthespecific
RadioFramePattern.
radwllMilOduAirHssRfpTdmChannel 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
BW5MHz
0.7.1.3
Integer
RO
RepresentsthecompatibilityofTDMservice
RadioFramePattern.
BW10MHz
Integer
RO
RadioFramePattern.
Airmux400UserManual
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.7.1.4
Release2.8.30
D12
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
BW10MHz
0.7.1.5
Integer
RO
RadioFramePattern.
BW20MHz
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.7.1.6
Integer
RO
RadioFramePattern.
BW20MHz
0.7.1.7
Integer
RO
RadioFramePattern.
BW40MHz
RO
RadioFramePattern.
radwllMilOduAirHssRfpTdmChannel
BW40MHz
RO
RadioFramePattern.
radwllMilOduAirHssRfpStr
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.8
DisplayString
RO
HubSiteSynchronizationsupportedpatterns
radwllMilOduAirHssHsmID
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.9
Integer
RO
AuniqueIDwhichiscommontotheHSMand
allitscollocatedODUs
radwllMilOduAirHssTime
RO
HubSiteSynchronizationGPStime
radwllMilOduAirHssLatitude
RO
HubSiteSynchronizationGPSLatitude
radwllMilOduAirHssNSIndicator
RO
HubSiteSynchronizationGPSN/SIndicator
radwllMilOduAirHssLongitude
RO
HubSiteSynchronizationGPSLongitude
radwllMilOduAirHssEWIndicator
RO
HubSiteSynchronizationGPSE/WIndicator
radwllMilOduAirHssNumSatellites
RO
HubSiteSynchronizationGPSNumberof
satellites
RO
HubSiteSynchronizationGPSAltitude
radwllMilOduAirHssAltitude
radwllMilOduAirHssRfpPhase
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.17
Integer
RW HubSiteSynchronizationGPSRFPphase
radwllMilOduAirHssInterSiteSynchr
onizationMode
RW InterSiteSynchronizationModeindependent/
synchronized
radwllMilOduAirHssInterSiteSynchr
onizationAvailability
RO
radwllMilOduAirHssSatellitesSatSyn
cRequired
RW SatellitesSynchronizationIsRequired
InterSiteSynchronizationAvailability
radwllMilOduAirHssDomainID
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.21
DisplayString
RW HSSoEdomain.IndentifysetofCUswithsame
HSSsynchronization
radwllMilOduAirHssSupportedSync
hronizationProtocol
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.22
Integer
RO
radwllMilOduAirHssDesiredSynchro 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
nizationProtocol
0.23
Integer
RW DesiredSynchronizationProtocols
radwllMilOduAirHssDiscover
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.24
Integer
RW InitiateDiscoveryprocessofODUsonthe
network.
radwllMilOduAirHssNumberOfDisco 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
veredODUs
0.25
Integer
RO
SupportedSynchronizationProtocols
NumberOFDiscoveredODUsinnetwork.
radwllMilOduAirHssDiscoverTable
N/A HSSDiscoverTable.
radwllMilOduAirHssDiscoverEntry
N/A ODUDiscoverTableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilOduAirHssDiscoverIndex}
radwllMilOduAirHssDiscoverIndex
RO
HSSDiscoverTableIndex.
radwllMilOduAirHssDiscoverODUDe
scription
RO
HoldODUHSSstatusincompressformat:
DomainIPHSSRoleHsssupportEnabledHSS
protocolSyncStatusLocation.
RO
EHSMversioncompatibility.Relevantto
EthernetHSSClientsonly.
radwllMilOduAirHssMasterSlaveCo
mpatibility
Airmux400UserManual
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.27
Integer
Release2.8.30
D13
MIBParameters
OID
Type
radwllMilOduAirHssNumberOfAsso
ciatedCU
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.28
Integer
Access
Name
RO
Description
NumberofassociatedEthernetHSSClients.
RelevanttoEthernetHSSMastersonly
radwllMilOduAirHssAssociatedCUTa
ble
N/A AssociatedEthernetHSSClientsTable.Releant
forEthernetHSSMastersonly.
radwllMilOduAirHssAssociatedCUTa
bleEntry
N/A AssociatedEthernetHSSClientsTableEntry.
ReleantforEthernetHSSMastersonly.INDEX{
radwllMilOduAirHssAssociatedCUIndex}
radwllMilOduAirHssAssociatedCUIn 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
dex
0.29.1.1
Integer
RO
AssociatedEthernetHSSClientsTableIndex.
ReleantforEthernetHSSMastersonly.
radwllMilOduAirHssAssociatedCUD
escription
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.29.1.2
DisplayString
RO
HoldsAssociatedEthernetHSSClients
Descriptionincompressformat:IPDelay
CompatibilityEthernetSpeedEthernetRxrate
radwllMilOduAirHssSyncStatusEth
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.30
Integer
RO
EthernetHSSClientSynchronizationLevel
radwllMilOduAirHssEthVLANTag
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.31
Integer
RW EthernetHSSVLanTag:Theleastsignificate
decimaldigitistheVLanPriority(06)andthe
restofthedigitsrepresentsVLanID(24094)
radwllMilOduAirHssHSMIPAddress
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.32
IPAddress
RO
HSMsIPaddress.RelevantforHSCsynchronized
overEthernet.
radwllMilOduAirHssDelayToHSM
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
0.33
Integer
RO
DelayinmicrosecondstoHSM.RelevantforHSC
synchronizedoverEthernet.
radwllMilOduAirHssSyncAcquisition
Seconds
RW Accumulatedquantityofsecondsinclock
acquisitionwhileconnectedtocurrentHSM
radwllMilOduAirLockRemote
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
1
Integer
RW Thisparameterenableslockingthelinkwitha
specificODU.Thefollowingvaluescanbeset:
Unlock(default)TheODUisnotlockedona
specificremoteODU.Unlockcanonlybe
performedwhenthelinkisnotconnected.
LockTheODUislockedonaspecificremote
ODU.Lockcanonlybeperformedwhenthelink
isactive.
radwllMilOduAirAntennaGain
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
2
Integer
RW CurrentAntennaGainin0.1dBiresolution.User
definedvalueforexternalantenna.Legal
range:
MinAntennaGain<AntennaGain<MaxAntennaG
ain.
radwllMilOduAirFeederLoss
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
3
Integer
RW CurrentFeederLossin0.1dBmresolution.User
definedvalueforexternalantenna.
radwllMilOduAirMaxAntennaGain
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
4
Integer
RO
MaximumallowedAntennaGainin0.1dBi
resolution.
radwllMilOduAirMinAntennaGain
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
5
Integer
RO
MinimumallowedAntennaGainin0.1dBi
resolution.
radwllMilOduAirMaxEIRP
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
6
Integer
RO
MaximumEIRPvalueasdefinedbyregulationin
0.1dBmresolution.
radwllMilOduAirAntennaGainConfig 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
Support
7
Integer
RO
AntennaGainConfigurabilityoptionsare
productspecific:supportednotsupported.
radwllMilOduAirAntennaType
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
8
Integer
RW ExternalAntennaType:singlepoleordualpole.
radwllMilOduAirRssBalance
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4
9
Integer
RO
RSSbalance.RelationbetweenRSSinradio1
andRSSinradio2.2:Radio2RSSismuch
strongerthanRadio1RSS.1:Radio2RSSis
strongerthanRadio1RSS.0:Radio2RSSis
equaltoRadio1RSS.1:Radio1RSSisstronger
thanRadio2RSS.2:Radio1RSSismuch
strongerthanRadio2RSS.
radwllMilOduAirTotalTxPower
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
0
Integer
RO
TotalTransmitPowerindBm.Thisisanominal
valueWhiletheactualtransmitpowerincludes
additionalattenuation.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D14
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilOduAirInstallFreqAndCBW 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
1
DisplayString
RW InstallationfrequencyChannelBW.Relevantin
pointtopointsystems.
radwllMilOduAirDFStype
Integer
RO
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
2
DFSregulationtype.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandTab
le
N/A ODUMultibandSubBandsTable.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandEnt
ry
N/A ODUMultibandSubBandsTableentry.INDEX
{radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandIndex}
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandInd 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
ex
3.1.1.1
Integer
RO
ODUMultibandsubbandstableindex.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandId
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
3.1.1.2
DisplayString
RO
RepresentstheMultibandsubbandID.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandDe
scription
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
3.1.1.3
DisplayString
RO
Multibandsubbanddescription.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandIns 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
tallFreq
3.1.1.4
Integer
RO
RepresentstheMultibandsubbandinstallation
frequencyinKHz.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandAd
minState
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
3.1.1.5
Integer
RO
RepresentstheMultibandsubband
administrativestate.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandIns 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
tallationAllowed
3.1.1.6
Integer
RO
ReflectsiftheMultibandsubbandallowes
installtion.
radwllMilOduAirComboFrequencyB 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
andId
3.1.1.7
Integer
RO
ReflectsthefrequencybandId.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandCh
annelBW5AdminState
RO
ReflectstheCBW5MHzadminstatevector.
annelBW10AdminState
RO
annelBW20AdminState
RO
annelBW40AdminState
RO
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandAll
owableChannels
RO
Reflectstheallowablechannelsvector.
annelBWAvail
RO
ReflectstheavailableCBWsvector.
annelBandwidth
RO
Reflectsthesubbanddefaultchannel
bandwidth.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandMi
nFreq
RO
Reflectsthesubbanddefaultminimal
frequency.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandMa
xFreq
RO
Reflectsthesubbanddefaultmaximal
frequency.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandFre
quencyResolution
RO
Reflectsthesubbandfrequencyresolution.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandDef
aultChannelList
RO
Reflectsthedefaultchannellistvector.
radwllMilOduAirComboSubBandDfs
State
RO
ReflectsthesubbandDFSstate.
RepresentsthenumberofMultibandsub
bands.
radwllMilOduAirComboNumberOfS 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
ubBands
3.2
Integer
RO
radwllMilOduAirComboSwitchSubB
and
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
3.3
DisplayString
RW Switchsubbandoperationwithagivensub
bandID.Thegetoperationretrievesthe
currentsubbandID.
radwllMilOduAirComboCurrentSub
BandDesc
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
3.4
DisplayString
RO
CurrentSubBanddescription.
radwllMilOduAirInternalMaxRate
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
4
Integer
RO
MaxEthernetthroughputofthesite(inKpbs).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D15
MIBParameters
Access
Name
OID
Type
Description
radwllMilOduAirCapacityDirection
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
5
Integer
RW Capacitydirectionofthesite.
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumAnalysisO 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
perState
6.1
Integer
RW SpectrumAnalysisoperationstate.The
configurablevaluesareSpectrumAnalysisStop
StartandRestart.NotSupportedvalue
indicatesthatthefeatureisnotsupportedon
thedevice.NotSupportedisnota
configurablestate.
radwllMilOduAirRxPowerAntennaA
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
6.2
Integer
RO
ReceivedSignalStrengthindBmofAntennaA.
radwllMilOduAirRxPowerAntennaB
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
6.3
Integer
RO
ReceivedSignalStrengthindBmofAntennaB.
radwllMilOduAirNumberOfSpectru
mChannels
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
6.4
Integer
RO
RepresentsthenumberofSpectrumChannels.
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelT
able
N/A ODUSpectrumAnalysisChannelTable.
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelT
ableEntry
N/A ODUSpectrumAnalysisChannelTableentry.
INDEX{radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelIndex
}
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelI
ndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
6.5.1.1
Integer
RO
ODUSpectrumChannelindex.
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelF 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
requency
6.5.1.2
Integer
RO
ODUSpectrumChannelfrequencyinMHz.
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelS 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
canned
6.5.1.3
Integer
RO
Anindicationofthevaildityofthechannel's
data.Ifthechannelwasscannedthedatais
valid,elsenot.
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelS 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
canningTimestamp
6.5.1.4
TimeTicks
RO
Channellastscantimestampinhundredthsofa
secondsincedeviceuptime.Ifthechannel
wasnotscannedthanthereturnvaluewillbe0.
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelL 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
astNFAntennaA
6.5.1.5
Integer
RO
NormalizedNoiseFloorvalueindBmof
AntennaA(including2neighborfrequencies).
astNFAntennaB
6.5.1.6
Integer
RO
NormalizedNoiseFloorvalueindBmof
AntennaB(including2neighborfrequencies).
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelA 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
verageNFAntennaA
6.5.1.7
Integer
RO
AveragenormalizedNoiseFloorvalueindBm
ofAntennaAoveralldwells.
verageNFAntennaB
6.5.1.8
Integer
RO
AveragenormalizedNoiseFloorvalueindBm
ofAntennaBoveralldwells.
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannel
MaxNFAntennaA
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
6.5.1.9
Integer
RO
MaxnormalizedNoiseFloorvalueindBmof
AntennaAoveralldwells.
MaxNFAntennaB
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
6.5.1.10
Integer
RO
MaxnormalizedNoiseFloorvalueindBmof
AntennaBoveralldwells.
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelC 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
ACPerformed
6.5.1.11
Integer
RO
WasCACperformedonthechannel.
astCACTimestamp
6.5.1.12
TimeTicks
RO
LastCACperformedtimestampinhundredths
ofasecondsincedeviceuptime.IfnoCAChas
performedonthechannelthereturnvaluewill
be0.
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelR 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
adarDetected
6.5.1.13
Integer
RO
WasRadardetectedonthechannel.
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelR 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
adarDetectionTimestamp
6.5.1.14
TimeTicks
RO
LastRadarDetectiontimestampinhundredths
ofasecondsincedeviceuptime.IfnoRadar
hasdetectedonthechannelthereturnvalue
willbe0.
vailable
6.5.1.15
Integer
RO
Isthechannelavailableforuse.
MaxBeaconRss
Integer
RO
ThemaxRSSvalueofareceivedbeacononthe
specificchannelindBm.
Airmux400UserManual
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
6.5.1.16
Release2.8.30
D16
MIBParameters
OID
Type
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumChannelC 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
ompressed
6.5.1.17
OctetString
radwllMilOduAirChipMinMaxFreq
Access
Name
Description
RO
CompressalltheSpectrumdataperchannel
intoonevariable.Frequency(4bytes)
Scanned(1byte)Timestamp(4bytes)LastNF
AntennaA(1byte)LastNFAntennaB(1byte)
AvgNFAntennaA(1byte)AvgNFAntennaB(1
byte)MaxNFAntennaA(1byte)MaxNF
AntennaB(1byte)CACPerformed(1byte)
LastCACTimestamp(4bytes)RadarDetected
(1byte)RadarDetectedTimestamp(4bytes)
ChannelAvailable(1byte)MaxBeaconRSS(1
byte).
RO
Theminimumandmaximumfrequenciesin
MHzwhichthechipsupports.
radwllMilOduAirSpectrumAnalysisTi 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
meout
6.7
Integer
RW Spectrumanalysistimeoutinseconds.
radwllMilOduAirAntConfAndRatesS
tatus
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
7
Integer
RO
radwllMilOduAirDualAntTxMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
8
Integer
RW Description:TransmissiontypewhenusingDual
radios(MIMOorAdvancedDiversityusingone
streamofdata).
radwllMilOduAirTxOperationMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5
9
Integer
RW ThisparametercontrolstheOperationmodeof
framessentovertheair.TheOperationmode
iseithernormal(1)forregulartransmission
whereframesizeisdeterminedbythetrafficor
throughputtest(2)whentheuserrequestsan
actualovertheairthroughputestimationusing
fullframes.Thelatterlastsnomorethana
predeterminedinterval(default30sec).
radwllMilOduAirDesiredNetMasterT 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.6
xRatio
0.1
Integer
RW Thisparameterisreservedtotheelement
managerprovidedwiththeproduct.
radwllMilOduAirCurrentNetMaster
TxRatio
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.6
0.2
Integer
RO
RepresentstheactualNetMasterTxRAtio.
radwllMilOduAirMinUsableMasterT 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.6
xRatio
0.3
Integer
RO
Representstheminimalvaluetheusercan
configureforDesirednetmAsterTxRatio.
radwllMilOduAirMaxUsableMasterT 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.6
xRatio
0.4
Integer
RO
Representsthemaximalvaluetheusercan
configureforDesirednetmAsterTxRatio.
radwllMilOduAirAccumulatedUAS
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.6
1
Integer
RO
AccumulatestheUnavailablesecondsoftheAir
Interface.Relevantforpointtopointsystems.
radwllMilOduAirDistStr
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.6
2
DisplayString
RO
PossibilitiesofthelinkaccordingtoRFPand
CBW
RO
Astringrepresentingthechannelsavailable.
Eachcharacterrepresentsonefrequencywhen
'1'meansitsavailableand'0'meansitsnot.
radwllMilOduAirChannelsDefaultFr
eqStr
radwllMilOduAirAntConnectionTyp
e
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.6
4
Integer
Description:AntennaconfigurationandRates
status(1=Singleantennawithsingledata
stream2=Dualantennawithsingledata
stream3=Dualantennawithdualdata
stream).
RW Antennaconnectiontype(External(1)
Integrated(2)Embedded_External(3)
Embedded_Integrated(4)).
radwllMilOduAirAllowableChannels
Str
RW Astringrepresentingtheallowablechannels.
Eachcharacterrepresentsonechannelwhen'1'
meansitsavailableand'0'meansitsnot.
radwllMilOduAirDfsAlgorithmTypeS
tate
RW BitmapforstateofRadarAlgorithmType.Filters
bybit'sposition:0=ZeroPW1=Fixed2=
Variable3=Staggered4=Long.
radwllMilOduAirDfsLastDetectedTbl
N/A Lastdetectedradarstable.
radwllMilOduAirDfsLastDetectedEn
try
N/A ODUMultibandSubBandsTableentry.INDEX
{radwllMilOduAirDfsLastDetectedIndex}
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D17
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilOduAirDfsLastDetectedInd
ex
RO
DfsLastDetectedRadarsTableIndex.
radwllMilOduAirDfsLastDetectedTi
me
RO
Dfstimeofthelastdetectedradar.
radwllMilOduAirDfsLastDetectedAlg
orithmType
RO
Dfstypeofthelastdetectedradar.
radwllMilOduAirDfsLastDetectedFre
quency
RO
Dfsfrequencyofthelastdetectedradar.
radwllMilOduAirPreferredChannels
Str
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.6
7
DisplayString
RW Astringrepresentingthepreferredchannels.
Eachcharacterrepresentsonechannelwhen'1'
meansitspreferredand'0'meansitsnot.
radwllMilOduAirSyncLossThreshold
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.6
8
Integer
RW Whenthecurrentthroughputisbelowthis
threshold(inKbps)synclosswilloccur.
radwllMilOduAirGeoLocation
radwllMilOduAirAggregateCapacity
RW Geographicdevicelocationinformat:latitude
longitude.
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.7
0
Integer
RO
AggregateCapacityoftheODUinMbps.
radwllMilOduPerfMonCurrTable
N/A Thistabledefines/keepsthecountersofthe
current15mininterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonCurrEntry
N/A ThisisanentryintheCurrentIntervalTable.
INDEX{ifIndex}
radwllMilOduPerfMonCurrUAS
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.1. Gauge
1.1
RO
ThecurrentnumberofUnavailableSeconds
startingfromthepresent15minutesperiod.
radwllMilOduPerfMonCurrES
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.1. Gauge
1.2
RO
CurrentnumberofErroredSecondsstarting
fromthepresent15minutesperiod.
radwllMilOduPerfMonCurrSES
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.1. Gauge
1.3
RO
CurrentnumberofSeverelyErroredSeconds
radwllMilOduPerfMonCurrBBE
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.1. Gauge
1.4
RO
CurrentnumberofBackgroundBlockErrors
radwllMilOduPerfMonCurrIntegrity
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.1. Integer
1.5
RO
Indicatestheintegrityoftheentry.
radwllMilOduPerfMonCurrCompres
sed
RO
Holdsacompressedstringofalldataper
interface.CompressedAirInterfaceStructure
(sizeinbrackets):UAS(4)ES(4)SES(4)BBE
(4)Integrity(1)MinRSL(1)MaxRSL(1)
RSLThresh1Exceeded(4)RSLThresh2Exceeded
(4)MinTSL(1)MaxTSL(1)TSLThresh1Exceed
(4)BBERThresh1Exceed(4)RxMBytes(4)
TxMBytes(4)EthCapacityThreshUnder(4)
HighTrafficThreshExceed(4)Compressed
EtherentODUinterface(sizeinbrackets):UAS
(4)ES(4)SES(4)BBE(4)Integrity(1)
RxMBytes(4)TxMBytes(4)
EthCapacityThreshUnder(4)
HighTrafficThreshExceed(4)ActiveSeconds(4)
radwllMilOduPerfMonIntervalTable
N/A Thistabledefines/keepsthecountersofthelast
day(inresolutionof15minintervals).
radwllMilOduPerfMonIntervalEntry
N/A ThisisanentryintheIntervalTable.INDEX
{ifIndexradwllMilOduPerfMonIntervalIdx}
radwllMilOduPerfMonIntervalIdx
RO
Thistableisindexedperintervalnumber.Each
intervalisof15minutesandtheoldestis96.
radwllMilOduPerfMonIntervalUAS
RO
ThecurrentnumberofUnavailableSecondsper
interval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonIntervalES
RO
CurrentnumberofErroredSecondsperinterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonIntervalSES
RO
CurrentnumberofSeverelyErroredSecondsper
interval.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D18
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilOduPerfMonIntervalBBE
RO
CurrentnumberofBackgroundBlockErrorsper
interval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonIntervalIntegr
ity
RO
Indicatestheintegrityoftheentryperinterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonIntervalComp
ressed
RO
radwllMilOduPerfMonDayTable
N/A Thistabledefines/keepsthecountersofthelast
month(inresolutionofdays).
radwllMilOduPerfMonDayEntry
N/A ThisisanentryintheDaysTable.INDEX
{ifIndexradwllMilOduPerfMonDayIdx}
radwllMilOduPerfMonDayIdx
RO
intervalisof24hoursandtheoldestis30.
radwllMilOduPerfMonDayUAS
RO
ThecurrentnumberofUnavailableSecondsper
intervalof24hours.
radwllMilOduPerfMonDayES
RO
CurrentnumberofErroredSecondsperinterval
of24hours.
radwllMilOduPerfMonDaySES
RO
CurrentnumberofSeverelyErroredSecondsper
intervalof24hours.
radwllMilOduPerfMonDayBBE
RO
CurrentnumberofBackgroundBlockErrorsper
intervalof24hours.
radwllMilOduPerfMonDayIntegrity
RO
Indicatestheintegrityoftheentryperinterval
of24hours.
radwllMilOduPerfMonDayCompress
ed
RO
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrTable
N/A Thistabledefines/keepstheaircountersofthe
current15mininterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrEntry
INDEX{ifIndex}
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrMinRS 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4. Integer

L
1.1
RO
CurrentMinReceivedLevelReferencestarting
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrMaxR
SL
RO
CurrentMaxReceivedLevelReferencestarting
RO
NumberofsecondsReceiveSignalLevel
exceededtheRSL1thresholdinthelast15
minutes.
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4. Integer
1.2
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrRSLTh 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4. Gauge

resh1Exceed
1.3
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D19
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrRSLTh 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4. Gauge

resh2Exceed
1.4
RO
exceededtheRSL2thresholdinthelast15
minutes.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrMinTS 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4. Integer

L
1.5
RO
CurrentMinTransmitSignalLevelstartingfrom
thepresent15minutesperiod.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrMaxT
SL
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4. Integer
1.6
RO
CurrentMaxTransmitSignalLevelstartingfrom
thepresent15minutesperiod.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrTSLTh
resh1Exceed
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4. Gauge
1.7
RO
NumberofsecondsTransmitSignalLevel
exceededtheTSL1thresholdinthelast15
minutes.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirCurrBBERT 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4. Gauge

hresh1Exceed
1.8
RO
NumberofsecondsBackgroundBlockError
RatioexceededtheBBER1thresholdinthelast
15minutes.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalTa
ble
lastday(inresolutionof15minintervals).
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalEn
try
{ifIndexradwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalIdx}
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalIdx
RO
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalMi
nRSL
RO
CurrentMinReceivedLevelReferenceper
interval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalM
axRSL
RO
CurrentMaxReceivedLevelReferenceper
interval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalRS
LThresh1Exceed
RO
exceededtheRSL1thresholdperinterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalRS
LThresh2Exceed
exceededtheRSL2thresholdACCESSreadonly
perinterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalMi
nTSL
RO
CurrentMinTransmitSignalLevelperinterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalM
axTSL
RO
CurrentMaxTransmitSignalLevelperinterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalTS
LThresh1Exceed
RO
exceededtheTSL1thresholdperinterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirIntervalBB
ERThresh1Exceed
RO
RatioexceededtheBBER1thresholdper
interval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayTable
lastmonth(inresolutionofdays).
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayEntry
{ifIndexradwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayIdx}
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayIdx
RO
ThistableisindexedperDaynumber.EachDay
isof15minutesandtheoldestis96.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayMinRS
L
RO
CurrentMinReceivedLevelReferenceperDay.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayMaxRS
L
RO
CurrentMaxReceivedLevelReferenceperDay.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayRSLThr
esh1Exceed
RO
exceededtheRSL1thresholdperDay.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayRSLThr
esh2Exceed
RO
exceededtheRSL2thresholdperDay.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayMinTS
L
RO
CurrentMinTransmitSignalLevelperDay.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayMaxTS
L
RO
CurrentMaxTransmitSignalLevelperDay.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D20
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayTSLThr
esh1Exceed
RO
exceededtheTSL1thresholdperDay.
radwllMilOduPerfMonAirDayBBERT
hresh1Exceed
RO
RatioexceededtheBBER1thresholdperDay.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthCurrTable
N/A Thistabledefines/keepstheethernetcounters
ofthecurrent15mininterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthCurrEntry
INDEX{ifIndex}
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthCurrRxMB 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.7. Gauge

ytes
1.1
RO
CurrentRXMegaBytesstartingfromthe
present15minutesperiod.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthCurrTxMB 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.7. Gauge

ytes
1.2
RO
CurrentTransmitMegaBytesstartingfromthe
present15minutesperiod.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthCurrEthCa 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.7. Gauge

pacityThreshUnder
1.3
RO
Thenumberoftimesthroughputwasbelow
thresholdinthepresent15minutesperiod.
Relevantforpointtopointsystems.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthCurrHighT 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.7. Gauge

rafficThreshExceed
1.4
RO
Thenumberoftimesactualtrafficwasabove
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthCurrActiv
eSeconds
RO
ThenumberofsecondsinwhichRPLEthernet
swervicewasnotblockedinthepresent15
minutesperiod.
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.7. Gauge
1.5
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthIntervalTa
ble
ofthelastday(inresolutionof15minintervals).
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthIntervalEn
try
{ifIndexradwllMilOduPerfMonEthIntervalIdx}
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthIntervalId
x
RO
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthIntervalRx
MBytes
RO
CurrentRXMegaBytesperinterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthIntervalTx
MBytes
RO
CurrentTransmitMegaBytesperinterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthIntervalEt
hCapacityThreshUnder
RO
thresholdintheeachinterval.Relevantfor
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthIntervalHi
ghTrafficThreshExceed
RO
thresholdintheeachinterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthIntervalAc
tiveSeconds
RO
servicewasnotblockedintheeachinterval.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayTable
ofthelastmonth(inresolutionofdays).
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayEntry
{ifIndexradwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayIdx}
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayIdx
RO
ThistableisindexedperDaynumber.Each
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayRxMB
ytes
RO
CurrentRXMegaBytesperday.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayTxMB
ytes
RO
CurrentTransmitMegaBytesperday.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayEthCa
pacityThreshUnder
RO
thresholdeachday.Relevantforpointtopoint
systems.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayHighTr
afficThreshExceed
RO
thresholdeachday.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthDayActive
Seconds
RO
servicewasnotblockedeachday.
radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmCurrTabl
e
N/A Thistabledefines/keepstheTDMcountersof
thecurrent15mininterval.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D21
MIBParameters
OID
Type
radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmCurrEntr
y
Access
Name
Description
INDEX{ifIndex}
radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmCurrActiv 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.1
eSeconds
0.1.1
Gauge
RO
ParameterindicatingwhethertheTDMservice
wasactive.UnderTDMbackuplinkthe
parameterindicateswhetherthebackuplink
wasactive.
radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmIntervalT
able
thelastday(inresolutionof15minintervals).
radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmIntervalE
ntry
{ifIndexradwllMilOduPerfMonTdmIntervalIdx}
radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmIntervalI
dx
RO
radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmIntervalA
ctiveSeconds
RO
wasactive.
radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmDayTable
thelastmonth(inresolutionofdays).
radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmDayEntry
{ifIndexradwllMilOduPerfMonTdmDayIdx}
radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmDayIdx
RO
radwllMilOduPerfMonTdmDayActiv
eSeconds
RO
wasactive.
radwllMilOduPerfMonTxThresh1
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.2
0
Integer
RW WhentheTransmitpowerexceedsthis
thresholdaperformancemonitoringTSL1
counterisincremented.
radwllMilOduPerfMonRxThresh1
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.2
1
Integer
RW WhentheRXpowerexceedsthisthresholda
performancemonitoringRSL1counteris
incremented.
radwllMilOduPerfMonRxThresh2
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.2
2
Integer
RW WhentheRXpowerexceedsthisthresholda
performancemonitoringRSL2counteris
incremented.
radwllMilOduPerfMonBBERThresh1 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.2
3
Integer
RW WhentheBBERexceedsthisthresholda
performancemonitoringBBERcounteris
incremented.Theunitsare1/10ofapercent.
radwllMilOduPerfMonEthCapacityT 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.2
hreshKbps
4
Integer
RW Whenthecurrentthroughputisbelowthis
thresholdthecorrespondingcounteris
incremented
radwllMilOduPerfMonHighTrafficTh 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.2
reshKbps
5
Integer
RW Whenthecurrenttrafficisabovethisthreshold
thencorrespondingcounterisincremented.
radwllMilOduAgnGenAddTrapExt
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.1. Integer
1
RW If'yes'ischosentheifIndexUnitSeverity
Time_TandAlarmIdfromthe
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmTablewillbebind
totheendofeachprivatetrap.
radwllMilOduAgnGenSetMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.1. Integer
2
RW Thisparameterisreservedtotheelement
managerprovidedwiththeproduct.
radwllMilOduAgnGenLocalConnecti
onMode
RW LocalConnection(Broadcast)Configuration
Mode.Optionsare:1SNMPReadWrite2
SNMPReadOnly.
radwllMilOduAgnNTPCfgTimeServer 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.2. IPAddress

IP
1
RW IPaddressoftheserverfromwhichthecurrent
timeisloaded.
radwllMilOduAgnNTPCfgTimeOffset 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.2. Integer

FromUTC
2
RW OffsetfromCoordinatedUniversalTime
(minutes).Possiblevalues:1440..1440.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D22
MIBParameters
OID
Type
radwllMilOduAgnRealTimeAndDate
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.2. OctetString
3
Access
Name
Description
RW Thisparameterspecifiestherealtimeanddate
Format'YYYYMMDDHH:MM:SS'
(Hexadecimal).Adatetimespecification:
fieldoctetscontentsrange
112year
0..6553623month1..12
34day1..3145hour
0..2356minutes0..596
7seconds0..60(use60
forleapsecond)78deciseconds
0..9ForexampleTuesdayMay261992
at1:30:15PMEDTwouldbedisplayedas:
07c8051a0d1e0f00(1992526
13:30:15)
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmLastCha 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3. Integer

nge
1
RO
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmTable
N/A Thistableincludesthecurrentlyactivealarms.
WhenaRAISEDtrapissentanalarmentry
isaddedtothetable.WhenaCLEARtrapissent
theentryisremoved.
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmEntry
N/A Entrycontainingthedetailsofacurrently
RAISEDtrap.INDEX{
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmCounter}
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmCounter 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3. Integer

2.1.1
RO
Arunningcounterofactivealarms.Thecounter
isincrementedforeverynewRAISEDtrap.Itis
clearedafteradevicereset.
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmSeverity 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3. Integer

2.1.2
RO
CurrentAlarmseverity.
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmId
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3. Integer
2.1.3
RO
UniqueAlarmIdentifier(combinesalarmtype
andinterface).ThesameAlarmIdisusedfor
RAISEDandCLEAREDalarms.
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmIfIndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3. Integer
2.1.4
RO
InterfaceIndexwherethealarmoccurred.
Alarmsthatarenotassociatedwithaspecific
interfacewillhavethefollowingvalue:65535.
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmUnit
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3. Integer
2.1.5
RO
Unitassociatedwiththealarm.
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmTrapID
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3. Integer
2.1.6
RO
IDoftheraisedtrapthatwassentwhenthis
alarmwasraised.
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmTimeT
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3. Integer
2.1.7
RO
Timestampofthisalarm.Thisnumberisin
secondsfromMidnightJanuary1st1970.
radwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmText
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3. DisplayString
2.1.8
RO
Alarmdisplaytext(sameasthetextinthesent
trap).
radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsNumbe 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.4. Integer

r
1
RO
Thiscounterindicatesthesizeofthe
radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsTable
radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsTable
N/A Thistableincludesthelastevents.Whenatrap
issentanevententryisaddedtothetable.
radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsEntry
N/A Entrycontainingthedetailsoflasttraps.INDEX
{radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsIndex}
radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsIndex
Thiscounterisinitializedto0afteradevice
resetandisincrementeduponeachchangein
theradwllMilOduAgnCurrAlarmTable(eitheran
additionorremovalofanentry).
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.4. Integer
2.1.1
RO
Theindexofthetable
radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsSeverity 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.4. Integer

2.1.2
RO
CurrentTrapseverity.
radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsIfIndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.4. Integer
2.1.3
RO
InterfaceIndexwheretheeventoccurred.Traps
thatarenotassociatedwithaspecific
interfacewillhavethefollowingvalue:65535.
radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsTimeT
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.4. Integer
2.1.4
RO
Timestampofthistrap.Thisnumberisin
secondsfromMidnightJanuary1st1970.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D23
MIBParameters
Type
Access
Name
OID
radwllMilOduAgnLastEventsText
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.4. DisplayString
2.1.5
RO
Trapdisplaytext(sameasthetextinthesent
trap).
radwllMilIduAdmProductType
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.1
DisplayString
RO
IDUconfigurationdescription.
radwllMilIduAdmHwRev
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.2
DisplayString
RO
IDUHardwareRevision.
radwllMilIduAdmSwRev
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.3
DisplayString
RO
IDUSoftwareRevision.
Integer
RO
Indicatesthenumberofcurrentlyavailable
ExternalAlarmInputs.
radwllMilOduAdmNumOfExternalAl 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.4
armIn
Description
radwllMilOduAdmExternAlarmInTa
ble
N/A ThisistheExternalAlarmInputstable.
radwllMilOduAdmExternAlarmInEnt
ry
N/A Entrycontainingtheelementsofasingle
ExternalAlarmInput.INDEX{
radwllMilOduAdmExternAlarmInIndex}
radwllMilOduAdmExternAlarmInInd 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.5. Integer

ex
1.1
RO
radwllMilOduAdmExternAlarmInTex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.5. DisplayString

t
1.2
RW ThisfielddescribestheExternalAlarmInput.It
isanoptionalstringofnomorethan64
characterswhichwillbeusedintheevent
beingsentasaresultofachangeinthestatusof
theExternalAlarmInput.DEFVAL{Alarm
Description}
radwllMilOduAdmExternAlarmInAd 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.5. Integer

minState
1.3
RW ThisvalueindicatesifthisExternalAlarmInput
isenabledordisabled.
radwllMilOduAdmExternAlarmInSta 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.5. Integer

tus
1.4
RO
Thisvalueindicatesthecurrentstatusofthe
ExternalAlarmInput.
radwllMilIduAdmSN
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.6
DisplayString
RO
IDUSerialNumber
radwllMilIduAdmIduDetectionMod
e
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.7
Integer
RW Theparameterdefineswhethertosend
EthernetframestodetectanIDU.Thevalid
writablevaluesare:userDisabled(3)
userEnabled(4).Achangerequiresaresetand
iseffectiveafterreset.
radwllMilIduAdmMountedTrunks
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.8
Integer
RO
NumberofmountedtrunksintheIDU
radwllMilIduAdmLicensedTrunks
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.9
Integer
RO
NumberofLicensedTrunksintheIDU
radwllMilIduAdmVlanSupported
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.1
0
Integer
RO
IdentifiesifthelocalIDUsupportsVLANtag/
untag
radwllMilIduAdmVlanEgressMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.1
1
DisplayString
RW VLANtag/untagegressvalues
radwllMilIduAdmVlanIngressMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.1
2
DisplayString
RW VLANtag/untagingressvalues
radwllMilIduAdmVlanDefaultPortVI 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.1
Ds
3
DisplayString
RW VLANtag/untagdefaultVLANidsforeachport
RightmostdigitisVlanpriority(06)otherdigits
composeVlanId(14094)
radwllMilIduAdmVlanLan1Untagge
dVIDs
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.1
4
DisplayString
RW VLANuntaggedVIDsforLAN1port
radwllMilIduAdmVlanLan2Untagge
dVIDs
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.1
5
DisplayString
RW VLANuntaggedVIDsforLAN2port
radwllMilIduAdmVlanSfpUntaggedV 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.1
IDs
6
DisplayString
RW VLANuntaggedVIDsforSfpport
radwllMilIduAdmVlanLan1FilteredV 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.1
IDs
7
DisplayString
RW VLANfilteredVIDsforLAN1port
radwllMilIduAdmVlanLan2FilteredV 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.1
IDs
8
DisplayString
RW VLANfilteredVIDsforLAN2port
radwllMilIduAdmVlanSfpFilteredVI
Ds
DisplayString
RW VLANfilteredVIDsforSfpport
Airmux400UserManual
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.1
9
Release2.8.30
ThisvalueindicatestheindexoftheExternal
AlarmInputentry.
D24
MIBParameters
Access
Name
OID
Type
Description
radwllMilIduAdmPortsConnection
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.2
0
Integer
RW IDUportsconnectionbitmap.bit0LAN1
LAN2bit1SFPLAN1bit2SFPLAN2bit
values:0portsaredisconnected.1ports
areconnected.
radwllMilIduAdmVlanMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.2
1
Integer
RW LocalIDUVlanMode.
radwllMilIduAdmVlanMembershipV 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.2
IDs
2
OctetString
RW VLANMembershipVLANIDslist.
radwllMilIduAdmVlanMembershipP 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.2
ortsCode
3
OctetString
RW VLANMembershipportscode.Eachvalue
representtherelation(bitmap)Betweenthe
suitableVIDtotheIDUports.bit0LAN1bit
1LAN2bit2SFPbitvalue0notmember
ofappropriateVIDbitvalue1memberof
appropriateVID
radwllMilIduAdmVlanMembership
UntaggedHandle
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.2
4
DisplayString
RW VLANMembershipUntaggedframeshandling.
The3valuesrepresentingLAN1LAN2andSFP
accordingly.Foreachporttheoptionalvalues
are:1Discard2Tag3LeaveUnmodified
radwllMilIduAdmVlanMembershipT 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.2
agUntagged
5
DisplayString
RW VLANMembershipUntaggedframestagging.
The3valuesrepresentingLAN1LAN2andSFP
accordingly.Thevalueoneachportentry
representthetaggingvaluewhichisbuiltof:
VLANID&VLANPriority.
radwllMilIduSrvDesiredTrunks
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.2
Integer
RW Requiredtrunksbitmap.Notethatthenumber
ofpossibletrunksthatcanbeconfiguredmay
varybasedontheIDUhardwareconfiguration
theselectedairinterfacerateandtherangeof
theinstallation.TheprovidedManager
applicationenablestheusertoselectonly
availableconfigurations.Achangeiseffective
immediatelyifappliedtoamasterunitandthe
linkisinservicemode.
radwllMilIduSrvServices
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.4
ObjectID
RO
ThisparameterisreservedtotheManager
radwllMilIduSrvActiveTrunks
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.6
Integer
RO
AbitmapdescribingthecurrentlyopenTDM
trunks.
radwllMilIduSrvAvailableTrunks
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.8
Integer
RO
AbitmapdescribingthenumberofTDMtrunks
thatcanbeopenedinthecurrentconfiguration.
ThevaluestakeintoaccounttheIDUhardware
configurationtheairrateandtheinstallation
range.
radwllMilIduSrvPossibleServicesTab
le
N/A IDUPossibleServicestable.
radwllMilIduSrvPossibleServicesEnt
ry
N/A IDUServicestableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilIduSrvPossibleServicesIndex}
radwllMilIduSrvPossibleServicesInd
ex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
0.1.1
Integer
RO
TableindexRateindexoftheairinterface.
radwllMilIduSrvPossibleTdmService 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
s
0.1.2
Integer
RO
Deprecatedparameter.Abitmapdescribingthe
TDMtrunksthatcanbeopenedinthe
correspondingAirRate.
radwllMilIduSrvPossibleEthServices 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
0.1.3
Integer
RO
Deprecatedparameter.Thisparameter
describesiftheEthernetServicecanbeopened
inthecorrespondingAirRate.Thevalidvalues
are:disabled(0)enabled(1).
radwllMilIduSrvRemainingRate
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
0.1.4
Integer
RO
CurrentEthernetbandwidthinbpsperairrate.
radwllMilIduSrvTrunkCost
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
0.1.5
Integer
RO
CostoftheTDMServiceinbps.
radwllMilIduSrvAvailServicesTable
Airmux400UserManual
N/A ODUPossibleTDMServicestable.
Release2.8.30
D25
MIBParameters
OID
Type
radwllMilIduSrvAvailServicesEntry
Access
Name
Description
N/A ODUTDMServicestableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilIduSrvAvailServicesIndex}
radwllMilIduSrvAvailServicesIndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
1.1.1
Integer
RO
Tableindex.Theindexisthebitmaskofthe
TDMservice.
radwllMilIduSrvAvailServicesState
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
1.1.2
Integer
RO
RepresentstheTDMserviceavailability.
radwllMilIduSrvAvailServicesMinRa
teIdx
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
1.1.3
Integer
RO
Minimumrateindexoftheairinterfacewhich
maketheservicepossible.
radwllMilIduSrvAvailServicesMaxRa 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
teIdx
1.1.4
Integer
RO
Maximumrateindexoftheairinterfacewhich
maketheservicepossible.
radwllMilIduSrvAvailServicesReason 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
1.1.5
Integer
RO
InformationabouttheTDMServiceavailability.
NotApplicableiftheserviceisavailable.The
reasonsforTDMServiceunavailability:The
availablethroughputisn'tsufficientforService
demands;TheIDUHWdoesn'tsupportthe
service;ALinkPasswordmismatchwas
detected;Theexternalpulsetypedetectedis
improperforTDMservices;ASoftware
versionsmismatchwasdetected.ASymetric
TDDModeIsObligated.
radwllMilIduSrvEthActive
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
2
Integer
RO
RepresentstheEthernetserviceactivationstate.
radwllMilIduSrvEthAvailable
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
3
Integer
RO
RepresentstheEthernetserviceavailability
state.
radwllMilIduSrvEthThroughput
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
4
Gauge
RO
CurrentavailableEthernetservicethroughputin
bps.
radwllMilIduSrvEthMaxInfoRate
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
5
Integer
RW Holdsthemaximumbandwidth(kbps)tobe
allocatedforEthernetservice.Valueofzero
meansthatEthernetserviceworksasbest
effort.Themaximumvalueisproductspecific.
Refertotheusermanual.
radwllMilIduSrvAvailableTrunksT1
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.1
6
Integer
RO
AbitmapdescribingtheTDMtrunksthatcanbe
openedunderT1configuration.Thevalues
takeintoaccounttheIDUhardware
configurationtheairrateandtheinstallation
range.
radwllMilIduEthernetIfTable
N/A IDUEthernetInterfacetable.
radwllMilIduEthernetIfEntry
N/A IDUEthernetInterfacetableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilIduEthernetIfIndex}
radwllMilIduEthernetIfIndex
radwllMilIduEthernetIfAddress
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.3.1. DisplayString
1.5
RO
IfIndexcorrespondingtothisInterface.
RO
IDUMACaddress.
radwllMilIduEthernetNumOfLanPor 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.3.3
ts
Integer
RO
NumberofLANinterfacesintheIDU.
radwllMilIduEthernetNumOfSfpPor
ts
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.3.4
Integer
RO
ThenumberofSFPinterfacesintheIDU.
radwllMilIduEthernetSfpProperties
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.3.5
DisplayString
RO
SFPvenforproperties:VendorNamePNand
Revision.
radwllMilIduEthernetGbeSupported 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.3.6
Integer
RO
SupportedGigabitEthernetinIDU.
radwllMilIduEthernetOduInErrors
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.3.7
Counter
RO
Thenumberofinboundpacketsthatcontained
errorspreventingthemfrombeingdeliverable
toahigherlayerprotocol.
radwllMilIduBridgeTpAging
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.4.4. Integer
2
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
RW Timeoutinsecondsforaging.Notethatforthis
parametertobeeffectivetheODUmustbe
configuredtoHUBmode.Achangeiseffective
immediately.
D26
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilIduTdmTxClockAvailStates 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1. Integer

1
RO
radwllMilIduTdmTxClockDesiredStat 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1. Integer

e
2
RW RequiredstateoftheTDMTransmitClock
Control.Achangeiseffectiveafterreactivation
oftheTDMservice.
radwllMilIduTdmTxClockActualState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1. Integer

3
RO
ActualstateoftheTDMTransmitClockControl.
radwllMilIduTdmMasterClockAvailO 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2. Integer

ptions
1
RO
AvailableoptionsoftheTDMMasterClock
Controleachinputstatusisrepresentedbya
bit.Whentheoptionisavailablethebitvalue
is1.Whentheoptionisunavailablethebit
valueis0.Theavailableoptionsare:bit2=
Automaticbit3=Trunk#1bit4=Trunk#2bit
5=Trunk#3bit6=Trunk#4Whennooptions
areavailablethereturnedvalueis:1
radwllMilIduTdmMasterClockDesire 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2. Integer

d
2
RW RequiredTDMMasterClock.Achangeis
effectiveafterreactivationoftheTDMservice.
radwllMilIduTdmMasterClockActual 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2. Integer

3
RO
radwllMilIduTdmConfigTable
N/A IDUTDMLinksConfigurationtable.
radwllMilIduTdmConfigEntry
N/A IDUTDMLinksConfigurationtableentry.
INDEX{radwllMilIduTdmConfigIndex}
radwllMilIduTdmConfigIndex
RO
Tableindex.
RO
Linkindexintheinterfacetable.
radwllMilIduTdmIfIndex
AvailablestatesoftheTDMTransmitClock
Controleachinputstatusisrepresentedbya
bit.Whenthestateisavailablethebitvalueis
1.Whenthestateisunavailablethebitvalue
is0.Theavailablestatesare:bit2=
Transparentbit3=LocalLoopTimedbit4=
RemoteLoopTimedbit5=LocalInternalbit6
=RemoteInternal
ActualTrunkusedforTDMMasterClock.
radwllMilIduTdmLineCoding
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.6. Integer
1.6
RW ThisparameterappliestoT1trunksonly.The
parametercontrolsthelinecoding.Settingthe
valuetoeachoftheindicesappliestoall.A
changeiseffectiveafterthenextopenofthe
TDMservice.
radwllMilIduTdmLoopbackConfig
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.6. Integer
1.9
RW Loopbackconfigurationtable.Eachofthe
trunkscanbesetNormalLineloopbackor
Reverselineloopback.Achangeiseffective
immediately.
radwllMilIduTdmLineStatus
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.6. Integer
1.10
RO
Linestatus.
radwllMilIduTdmCurrentTable
N/A IDUTDMLinksStatisticstable.
radwllMilIduTdmCurrentEntry
N/A IDUTDMLinksStatisticstableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilIduTdmCurrentIndex}
radwllMilIduTdmCurrentIndex
RO
Tableindex(Sameas
radwllMilIduTdmLineIndex).
radwllMilIduTdmCurrentBlocks
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.7. Counter
1.101
RO
Numberofcorrectblockstransmittedtothe
line.
radwllMilIduTdmCurrentDrops
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.7. Counter
1.102
RO
Numberoferrorblockstransmittedtotheline.
radwllMilIduTdmCurrentTxClock
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.7. Integer
1.103
RW TDMTransmitClock.Achangeiseffectiveafter
reactivationoftheTDMservice.
radwllMilIduTdmCurrentBlocksHigh 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.7. Counter

1.104
RO
Highpartofthe64bitscounterCurrentBlocks
radwllMilIduTdmRemoteQual
RO
Estimatedaverageintervalbetweenerror
secondevents.Thevalidvaluesare12^31
whereavalueof1isusedtoindicatean
undefinedstate.
Airmux400UserManual
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.8
Integer
Release2.8.30
D27
MIBParameters
Access
Name
OID
Type
Description
radwllMilIduTdmRemoteQualEval
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.9
Integer
RO
radwllMilIduTdmSrvEval
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1
0
Integer
RW EvaluatedTDMservicebitmask.Settingthis
parametertovaluethatisbiggerthanthe
activatedTDMservicebitmaskwillexecute
theevaluationprocessfor30seconds.Setting
thisparameterto0willstoptheevaluation
processimmediately.
radwllMilIduTdmBackupAvailableLi
nks
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1
1
Integer
RO
Estimatedaverageintervalbetweenerror
secondeventsduringevaluationprocess.The
validvaluesare12^31whereavalueof1is
usedtoindicateanundefinedstate.
NumberofTDMbackuptrunks.
radwllMilIduTdmBackupTable
N/A IDUTDMLinksStatisticstable.
radwllMilIduTdmBackupEntry
N/A IDUTDMLinksStatisticstableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilIduTdmBackupIndex}
radwllMilIduTdmBackupIndex
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1
2.1.1
Integer
RO
Tableindex.
radwllMilIduTdmBackupMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1
2.1.2
Integer
RW TDMbackupmode:EnableorDisablewhere
themainlinkistheairlinkortheexternallink.
Changeswillbeeffectiveimmediatly.
radwllMilIduTdmBackupCurrentActi 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1
veLink
2.1.3
Integer
RO
radwllMilIduTdmJitterBufferSize
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1
3
Integer
RW TDMJitterBufferSize.Thevaluemustbe
betweentheminimumandthemaximumTDM
JitterBufferSize.Theunitsare0.1x
millisecond.
radwllMilIduTdmJitterBufferDefault 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1
Size
4
Integer
RO
TDMJitterBufferDefaultSize.Theunitsare0.1
xmillisecond.
radwllMilIduTdmJitterBufferMinSize 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1
5
Integer
RO
TDMJitterBufferMinimumSize.Theunitsare
0.1xmillisecond.
radwllMilIduTdmJitterBufferMaxSiz
e
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1
6
Integer
RO
TDMJitterBufferMaximumSize.Theunitsare
0.1xmillisecond.
radwllMilIduTdmJitterBufferSizeEval 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1
7
Integer
RW TDMJitterBufferSizeforevaluation.The
valuemustbebetweentheminimumandthe
maximumTDMJitterBufferSize.Theunitsare
0.1xmillisecond.
radwllMilIduTdmType
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1
8
Integer
RW TDMType(Thevalueundefinedisreadonly).
radwllMilIduTdmTypeEval
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1
9
Integer
RW TDMTypeforevaluation.
radwllMilIduTdmLineStatusStr
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2
0
DisplayString
RO
Linestatus.
radwllMilIduTdmHotStandbySuppor 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2
t
1
Integer
RO
IndicatesifHotStandbyissupported.
radwllMilIduTdmDesiredHotStandb
yMode
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2
2
Integer
RW DesiredHotStandbyMode.
radwllMilIduTdmHotStandbyOperat 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2
ionStatus
3
Integer
RO
radwllMilIduTdmBackupLinkConfigu 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2
ration
4
Integer
RW Thecurrentconfigurationofthebackuplink.
radwllMilIduTdmLineInterfaceConfi
guration
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2
5
Integer
RW TDMLineinterfaceconfiguration.
radwllMilIduTdmLineImpedanceCo
nfiguration
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2
6
Integer
RW TDMlineimpedanceconfiguration(standardT1
100OhmnonStandardT1110Ohm)
ApplicableonlyforT1TDMtype.
TDMbackupcurrentactivelink:N/Aairlinkis
activeorexternallinkisactive.
TheLinkActualStatus.
radwllMilHbsAirState
RO
radwllMilHbsAirOpMode
RW HoldstheoperationmodeoftheHBS.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
HoldsthestateoftheHBS.
D28
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilHbsAirAvailTimeSlots
RO
Thisparameterholdsthenumberofavailable
timeslots(notinuse)intheairinterface.
radwllMilHbsAirSectorCbwSupport
edStr
RO
Representsthechannelbandwidthwhichis
supportedbytheHBSandallconnectedHSUs.
radwllMilHbsAirCompressedMon
RO
HoldsHBSmonitordataincompressedformat:
HBSTrafficMonitorInBytes(4)OutBytes(4)
InFrames(4)OutFrames(4)HBSState(1)HBS
Freq(4)NumberofLinks(2)ECChange
Counter(4)CurrentRatio(2)TotalAirFrames
(4)HBSRxRateinKbps(4)HBSTxRateinKbps
(4)HBSRxRateinFps(4)HBSTxRateinFps
(4)HBSSetMode(1).
radwllMilHbsAirConfChanges
RO
16charactersthatrepresent16HSUs.Each
timeaconfigurationisbeenchangedincrement
therelevantcharacter.
radwllMilHbsAirConfTable
N/A HoldsthetableforallregisteredHSUsinthe
sector(16entries).
radwllMilHbsAirConfEntry
N/A HSUsconfigurationtableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilHbsAirConfIndex}
radwllMilHbsAirConfIndex
RO
radwllMilHbsAirConfUpMir
RW UplinkMIRtowardsspecificHSUinunitsof
kbps.
radwllMilHbsAirConfDownMir
RW DownlinkMIRtowardsspecificHSUinunitsof
kbps.
radwllMilHbsAirConfHsuName
RW HSUname.
radwllMilHbsAirConfHsuLocation
RW HSUlocation.
radwllMilHbsAirConfDualAntTxMod
e
RW Spatialmultiplexing:MIMO(1)orDiversity(2)
radwllMilHbsAirConfNumOfTs
RW Numberoftimeslotwhichareallocatedto
specificHSU.
radwllMilHbsAirConfGeoLocation
RW Geographicdevicelocationinformat:latitude
longitude.
radwllMilHbsAirConfHsuType
RW HSUtype(1=Fixed2=Stationary3=Mobile)
radwllMilHbsAirConfHsuLevel
RW HSUlevel(1..4)
radwllMilHbsAirConfDesiredRateIn
dex
RW Therateindexofbothsidesofthelinktothis
HSU.
radwllMilHbsAirConfMacAddress
RO
radwllMilHbsAirConfNumOfTsUp
RW NumberofULtimeslotwhichareallocatedto
specificHSU.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkNumOfLinks
RO
radwllMilHbsAirLinkTable
N/A Holdsthetableforalllinksinthesector.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkEntry
N/A Linktableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilHbsAirLinkIndex}
radwllMilHbsAirLinkIndex
RO
HSUsconfigurationtableindex.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkHsuId
RO
HSUIDofspecificlink(ifregistered).
Unregisteredlinkshave1.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkState
RO
Holdsthestateofspecificlink.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkWorkingMode
RO
Indicatesthesubstatewithintheversion
compatibility.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkSessionId
RO
HoldstheSessionIDofthelink.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkHbsEstTput
RO
HoldstheEstimatedthroughputfromtheHBS
totheHSU.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkHsuEstTput
RO
HoldstheEstimatedthroughputfromtheHSU
totheHBS.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkRange
RO
Holdstherangeofspecificlink.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
HSUsconfigurationtableindex.
HSUMACAddress.
Numberoflinksinthelinkstable.
D29
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilHbsAirLinkHbsRss
RO
HoldstheRSSofspecificlink(HBSside).
radwllMilHbsAirLinkHbsRssBal
RO
HoldstheRSSBalanceofspecificlink(HBSside).
2:Radio2RSSismuchstrongerthanRadio1
RSS.1:Radio2RSSisstrongerthanRadio1
RSS.0:Radio2RSSisequaltoRadio1RSS.1
:Radio1RSSisstrongerthanRadio2RSS.2:
Radio1RSSismuchstrongerthanRadio2RSS.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkHsuRss
RO
HoldstheRSSofspecificlink(HSUside).
radwllMilHbsAirLinkHsuRssBal
RO
HoldstheRSSBalanceofspecificlink(HSUside).
2:Radio2RSSismuchstrongerthanRadio1
RSS.1:Radio2RSSisstrongerthanRadio1
RSS.0:Radio2RSSisequaltoRadio1RSS.1
:Radio1RSSisstrongerthanRadio2RSS.2:
Radio1RSSismuchstrongerthanRadio2RSS.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkHsuSerial
RO
HoldstheserialnumberforspecificHSU.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkTxOperMode
RO
HoldstheTXoperationmode.
radwllMilHbsAirHsuInBytes
RO
NumberofframesreceivedintheHSULanport.
radwllMilHbsAirHsuOutBytes
RO
NumberofframestransmittedfromtheHSU
Lanport.
radwllMilHbsAirHsuInFrames
RO
NumberofbytesreceivedintheHSULanport.
radwllMilHbsAirHsuOutFrames
RO
NumberofbytestransmittedfromtheHSULan
port.
radwllMilHbsAirHsuMacAddress
RO
HSUMACAddress.
radwllMilHbsAirMaxTputDown
RO
MaxThroughputDownlink.
radwllMilHbsAirMaxTputUp
RO
MaxThroughputUplink.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkCompressedMo
n
RO
Holdsallthelinkinformationincompressed
binary(Bytes/octets).Fieldsincluded(sizein
bytes):LinkState(1)LinkWorking
Mode(1)SessionId(4)HBSEst.
Tput(4)HSUEst.Tput(4)HBSRss(1)
HBSRssBalance(1)HSURss(1)HSU
RssBalance(1)TxOperationMode(1)
HSUInBytes(4)HSUOutBytes(4)
HSUInFrames(4)HSUOutFrames(4)
HSUID(1bytes)HSURxRateInKbps(4)HSU
TxRateInKbps(4)HSURxRateInFps(4)HSU
TxRateInFps(4)PeakthroughputintheDL
direction(4)PeakthroughputintheUL
direction(4).
radwllMilHbsAirLinkCompressedSta
tic
RO
Holdsalltheconfigurationdataofthislinkin
compressedformat.HelpstheNMStogetinfo
regardingnewUnregisteredlinks.Fields
Included:SessionID(4bytes)HSUIPaddress
(4bytes)HSUName(32bytes)HSULocation
(32bytes)HSUSerialnumber(16bytes)HSU
MACAddress(12bytes)AirLinkRangeMax
ThroughputDown(4bytes)MaxThroughput
Up.(4bytes)CpacityLimit(4bytes)HSU
Antennatype(1byte)AggregateCapacity(4
bytes)
radwllMilHbsAirCpeCapacityLimit
RO
CapacityLimitinKilobitpersecond.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkAntennaType
RO
HSUExternalAntennaType:singlepoleordual
pole.
radwllMilHbsAirHsuRxRateInKbps
RO
HSURxRateinKbps.
radwllMilHbsAirHsuTxRateInKbps
RO
HSUTxRateinKbps.
radwllMilHbsAirHsuRxRateInFps
RO
HSUTxRateinFps.
radwllMilHbsAirHsuTxRateInFps
RO
HSUTxRateinFps.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkPeakTputDown
RO
PeakthroughputintheDLdirection(kbps).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D30
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilHbsAirLinkPeakTputUp
RO
PeakthroughputintheULdirection(kbps).
radwllMilHbsAirLinkUtilDownSecRe
lMill
RO
Theaveragetimepercentage(inthousandths)
outoftheBTSDLcapabilitythatwasusedfor
transmittingdatatotheSU.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkUtilUpSecRelMi
ll
RO
Theaveragetimepercentage(inthousandths)
outoftheBTSULcapabilitythatwasusedfor
receivingdatafromtheSU.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkUtilDownAllocR
elMill
RO
Thetimepercentage(inthousandths)relative
totheSUDLallocationthatwasusedfor
transmittingdatatotheSU.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkUtilUpAllocRel
Mill
RO
Thetimepercentage(inthousandths)relative
totheSUULallocationthatwasusedfor
receivingdatafromtheSU.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkUtilDownTraffic
Kbps
RO
Averagedatathroughput(ExportedinKbps)
transmittedintheDLtowardstheSUduring
thelastsecond.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkUtilUpTrafficKb
ps
RO
Averagedatathroughput(ExportedinKbps)
receivedintheULfromtheSUduringthelast
second.
radwllMilHbsAirLinkUtilCompresse
dMon
RO
Onestringthatholdsthe6Utilizationperlink
values:DownSecRel(2bytes)UpSecRel
(2bytes)DownAllocRel(4bytes)UpAllocRel
(4bytes)DownTraffic(4bytes)UpTraffic(4
bytes).
radwllMilHbsAirComboSwitchSecto
rFreqBandId
RW SwitchFrequencybandforthewholesector.
radwllMilHbsAirGeoAzimuth
RW Geographicsectorazimuthindegrees*10.
radwllMilHbsAirGeoBeamwidth
RW Geographicsectorbeamwidthindegrees*10.
radwllMilHbsAirMaxDistanceMeter
sMobility
RW Maximumdistanceinmeters.UsedbyMobility
linksonly.
radwllMilHbsAirComboSwitchSecto
rFreqBandIdStr
RW SwitchFrequencybandforthewholesector
overridingsomeoftheComboparameters.
radwllMilHbsAirTimeSlotAllocation
Bitmap
RW TimeSlotsAllocationBitmapfortheentire
sector(HexValue).
radwllMilHbsAirAvailTimeSlotsUp
RO
Thisparameterholdsthenumberofavailable
ULtimeslots(notinuse)intheairinterface.
radwllMilHbsAirDownUtilMill
RO
SectorAirInterfaceutilizationintheDownlink
direction(thousandths).Averagetime
percentageoutoftheentireBTSDLcapability
thatwasusedfortransmittingdatatoallthe
SUs.
radwllMilHbsAirUpUtilMill
RO
SectorAirInterfaceutilizationintheUplink
direction(thousandths).Theaveragenumber
oftimeslotsthatwereusedintheUL(byallthe
links)outoftheentirenumberoftimeslots.
radwllMilHbsAirDownTrafficKbps
RO
Averagedatathroughput(expressedinKbps)
transmittedintheDLtowardsalltheSUs
duringthelastsecond.
radwllMilHbsAirUpTrafficKbps
RO
Averagedatathroughput(expressedinKbps)
receivedintheULfromalltheSUsduringthe
lastsecond.
radwllMilHbsAirCompressedMonSe
c
RO
Onestringthatholdsthe4UtilizationperSector
values:DownUtil(2bytes)UpUtil(2bytes)
DownTraffic(4bytes)UpTraffic(4bytes).
radwllMilHbsBridgeAgingTime
RW Timeoutinsecondsforaging.
radwllMilHbsBridgeVlanTable
N/A HoldsthebridgeVlanoperationstowardsallthe
registeredHSUs.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D31
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilHbsBridgeVlanEntry
N/A HBSbridgeVlantableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilHbsBridgeVlanIndex}
radwllMilHbsBridgeVlanIndex
RO
radwllMilHbsBridgeVlanIngress
RW HBSbridgeVlaningress.
radwllMilHbsBridgeVlanEgress
RW HBSbridgeVlanegress.
radwllMilHbsBridgeVlanFilterIn
RW HBSbridgeVlanfilterin.
radwllMilHbsBridgeVlanFilterOut
RW HBSbridgeVlanfilterout.
radwllMilHbsBridgeVlanDoubleTag
RW HBSbridgeVlandoubletag.
radwllMilHbsBridgeVlanDefaultId
RW HBSbridgeVlandefaultid.
radwllMilHbsBridgeMembershipTab
le
N/A Holdsthebridgemembershiprelationsforall
theregisteredHSUs.
radwllMilHbsBridgeMembershipEnt
ry
N/A HBSbridgemembershiptableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilHbsBridgeMembershipIndex}
radwllMilHbsBridgeMembershipInd
ex
RO
radwllMilHbsBridgeMembershipSta
te
RW HBSbridgemembershipstatebitmap.Eachbit
representsBlocked/Openedrelation
(membership)betweentwoHSUs.Blocked=0
(bit)Opened=1(bit).Thisobjectholdsthe
relationto32HSUs.
radwllMilHbsBridgeMembershipSta
te2nd
RW HBSbridgemembershipstatebitmap.Eachbit
representsBlocked/Openedrelation
(membership)betweenHSUandLAN/Stackport
oftheHBS.Blocked=0(bit)Opened=1(bit).
Only2bitsareused.
radwllMilHbsBridgeFloodOverloadP
rotect
RW Floodoverloadprotection1Enabled2
Disabled.
radwllMilHbsServiceCommandStr
RW AbilitytoperformspecialcommandintheHBS.
Format(string):OperationIndexSession
Param1Param2....|ParamNTheindexand
SessionIDcanbeunitingtooneparameter.On
registeredHSUitisHSUIDandonUnregistered
itisSessionID.
radwllMilHbsServiceVlanTable
N/A HoldstheVlanoperationstowardsallthe
registeredHSUs.
radwllMilHbsServiceVlanEntry
N/A HBSserviceVlantableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilHbsServiceVlanIndex}
radwllMilHbsServiceVlanIndex
RO
radwllMilOduServiceVlanTblTag
RW TheVIDtobeusedwhenaddingTAGoradding
Provider
radwllMilOduServiceVlanTblPri
RW TheVlanpriority07tobeusedwhenadding
TAGoraddingProvider
radwllMilOduServiceVlanTblMajor
Mode
RW TheVlanmajormode
radwllMilOduServiceVlanTblEgress
Mode
RW TheVlanmodeintheEgressdirection
radwllMilOduServiceVlanTblIngress
Mode
RW TheVlanmodeintheIngressdirection
radwllMilOduServiceVlanTblEgressF
ilter1
RW VLANFilter1VID
ilter2
RW VLANFilter2VID
ilter3
RW VLANFilter3VID
ilter4
RW VLANFilter4VID
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
HBSbridgeVlantableindex.
HBSbridgemembershiptableindex.
HBSserviceVlantableindex.
D32
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilOduServiceVlanTblUntagFi
lteredBitmap
RW Represents(inbitmap)iftoUntagaframeafter
itisfiltered(Egressdirection)[4bitsrepresent4
filters].
radwllMilOduServiceVlanTblProvide
rTPID
RW HoldstheProviderTPIDthatisusedinall
provideroperations.
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSMode
RW QualityofServicemode.
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSVlanQGrou
psStr
RW FrameclassificationaccordingtoVLANpriority
(all4groupsseparatedbycomma).
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSDiffservQG
roupsStr
RW FrameclassificationaccordingtoDiffserv(all4
groupsseparatedbycomma).
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSMaxRtQue
Pct
RO
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSTable
N/A HoldstheQoSoperationstowardsallthe
registeredHSUs.
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSEntry
N/A HBSserviceQoStableentry.INDEX{
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSIndex}
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSIndex
RO
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSConfAdmin
State
RW QoSadministrativestate.Thevalidvaluesare:
enabled(1)disabled(2).
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSConfUpQu
eMir
RW PrivateMIRforeachQoSgroupoftheUplink
direction(4valuesseparatedbycomma).
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSConfUpQu
eWeight
RW WeightinpercentforeachQoSgroupofthe
Uplinkdirection(4valuesseparatedbycomma).
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSConfDown
QueMir
RW PrivateMIRforeachQoSgroupoftheDownlink
direction(4valuesseparatedbycomma).
radwllMilHbsServiceQoSConfDown
QueWeight
RW WeightinpercentforeachQoSgroupofthe
Downlinkdirection(4valuesseparatedby
comma).
radwllMilHbsServiceMobilitySuppor
ted
RO
MobilitySupport(1=Notsupported2=
Supported)
radwllMilHbsServiceMaxNumOfHS
Us
RO
HoldsthemaximumnumberofregisteredHSUs
intheHBS.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonThreshTable
N/A Holdstheperformancemonitorthresholds
towardsalltheregisteredHSUs.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonThreshEntry
N/A HBSperformancemonitorthresholdtableentry.
INDEX{radwllMilHbsPerfMonThreshIndex}
radwllMilHbsPerfMonThreshIndex
RO
radwllMilHbsPerfMonTxThresh1
RW HBSperformancemonitortransmitpower
threshold.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonRxThresh1
RW HBSperformancemonitorreceivepower
threshold1.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonRxThresh2
RW HBSperformancemonitorreceivepower
threshold2.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonBBERThresh1
RW HBSperformancemonitorBBERthreshold.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonEstThroughpu
tThreshKbps
RW HBSperformancemonitorestimated
throughputThreshold.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonHighTrafficTh
reshKbps
RW HBSperformancemonitorhightrafficthreshold.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenCurrTa
ble
ofthecurrent15mininterval.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenCurrEn
try
INDEX{ifIndex}
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
MaximalpercentforRTandNRTqueues.
HBSserviceQoStableindex.
HBSperformancemonitorthresholdtable
index.
D33
MIBParameters
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenCurrRx
MBytes
RO
CurrentRXMegaBytesstartingfromthe
present15minutesperiod.(Representsthe
LANtrafficRXdirectiontowardtheHSU)
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenCurrTx
MBytes
RO
CurrentTransmitMegaBytesstartingfromthe
present15minutesperiod.(Representsthe
LANtrafficTXdirectionfromtheHSU)
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenCurrEt
hCapacityThreshUnder
RO
Relevantforpointtopointsystems.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenCurrHi
ghTrafficThreshExceed
RO
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenCurrAc
tiveSeconds
RO
swervicewasnotblockedinthepresent15
minutesperiod.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenInterva
lTable
ofthelastday(inresolutionof15minintervals).
lEntry
{ifIndexradwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenIntervalIdx
}
lIdx
RO
lRxMBytes
RO
CurrentRXMegaBytesperinterval.
(RepresentstheLANtrafficRXdirectiontoward
theHSU).
lTxMBytes
RO
CurrentTransmitMegaBytesperinterval.
(RepresentstheLANtrafficTXdirectionfrom
theHSU)
lEthCapacityThreshUnder
RO
thresholdintheeachinterval.Relevantfor
lHighTrafficThreshExceed
RO
thresholdintheeachinterval.
lActiveSeconds
RO
servicewasnotblockedintheeachinterval.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenDayTa
ble
ofthelastmonth(inresolutionofdays).
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenDayEn
try
{ifIndexradwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenDayIdx}
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenDayIdx
RO
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenDayRx
MBytes
RO
CurrentRXMegaBytesperday.(Represents
theLANtrafficRXdirectiontowardtheHSU)
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenDayTx
MBytes
RO
CurrentTransmitMegaBytesperday.
(RepresentstheLANtrafficTXdirectionfrom
theHSU)
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenDayEth
CapacityThreshUnder
RO
thresholdeachday.Relevantforpointtopoint
systems.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenDayHig
hTrafficThreshExceed
RO
thresholdeachday.
radwllMilHbsPerfMonAirGenDayAc
tiveSeconds
RO
servicewasnotblockedeachday.
radwllMilHsuAirState
RO
HoldsthestateoftheHSU.
radwllMilHsuAirLinkState
RO
HoldsthestateoftheHSUlink.
radwllMilHsuAirHsuId
RO
HoldstheHSUIDassentbytheHBS.
radwllMilHsuAirLocalDeregister
RW PerformsLocalHSUDeregistrationwhenonly
whenthelinkisoff.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D34
MIBTraps
OID
Type
Access
Name
Description
radwllMilHsuAirRemoteCompresse
dMon
RO
HoldsalltheconfigurationdataofTheHBSin
compressedformat.FieldsIncluded:Rss(1
byte)RssBalance(1byte)Est.Tput(4
bytes)InBytesofthewholesector(4bytes)
OutBytesofthewholesector(4bytes)In
Framesofthewholesector(4bytes)Out
Framesofthewholesector(4bytes)Max
ThroughputDownLink(4bytes)Max
ThroughputUpLink(4bytes)RxRateInKbpsof
thewholesector(4bytes)TxRateInKbpsof
thewholesector(4bytes)RxRateInFpsofthe
wholesector(4bytes)TxRateInFpsofthe
wholesector(4bytes)PeakThroughputinthe
DLdirectioninKbps(4bytes)PeakThroughput
intheULdirectioninKbps(4bytes)
radwllMilHsuAirRemoteCompresse
dStatic
RO
HoldsalltheconfigurationdataoftheHBSina
compressedformat.HelpstheNMStogetinfo
regardingnewUnregisteredlinks.Fields
Included:Location(32bytes)IPaddress(8
bytesinhexa)Subnetmask(8bytesinhexa)
HBSAntennatype(1byte)HBSAgentVersion
(4bytes)
radwllMilHsuAirRssThreshSync
RW HSUswillbesychnornizedimmediatelyifRSSis
betterthanthreshold.
radwllMilHsuServiceCommandStr
RW AbilitytoperformspecialcommandintheHSU.
Format(string):OperationParam1Param2....|
ParamN.
radwllMilHsuServiceHsuType
RW HSUtype(1=Fixed2=Stationary3=Mobile)
radwllMilHsuServiceHsuLevel
RW HSUlevel(1..4)
radwllMilHsuEthernetPoESupporte
d
RO
IndicatedifthisHSUhasspecialportforPoE
devices.
radwllMilHsuEthernetPoETemperat
ure
RO
Holdsthetemperature(Celsius)ofthePOE
component.
radwllMilHsuEthernetPoEEquConsu
mption
RO
Holdstheconsumptionoftheconnected
equipment(milliampere).
radwllMilHsuEthernetPoEEquVoltag
e
RO
Holdsthevoltageoftheconnectedequipment
(Volt).
radwllMilGeneralTrapDescription
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.100.1 DisplayString
RO
Trap'sDescription.UsedforTrapparameters.
radwllMilGeneralTrapSeverity
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.100.2 Integer
RO
Trap'sSeverity.UsedforTrapparameters.
radwllMilGeneralCookie
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.100.3 DisplayString
RW ReservedfortheManagerapplicationprovided
withtheproductusedforsavinguser
preferencesaffectingODUoperation.
radwllMilGeneralEcChangesCounter 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.100.4 Integer
RO
Thiscounterisinitializedto0afteradevice
resetandisincrementeduponeachelement
constantwriteoperationviaSNMPorTelnet.
radwllMilGeneralTelnetSupport
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.100.5 Integer
RW Enable/DisableTelnetprotocol.
radwllMilGeneralWISupport
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.100.6 Integer
RW Enable/DisableWebInterfaceprotocol.
MandatoryDisabledNooptiontoenablethe
feature.MandatoryEnabledNooptionto
disablethefeature.
MIBTraps
General
EachODUcanbeconfiguredwithupto10differenttrapdestinations.Whenthelinkis
operational,eachODUsendstrapsoriginatingfrombothSiteAandSiteB.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D35
MIBTraps
ThesourceIPaddressofthetrapisthesendingODU.Thetraporiginatorcanbeidentifiedby
thetrapCommunitystringorbythetrapdescriptiontext.
Eachtrapcontainsatrapdescriptionandadditionalrelevantinformationsuchasalarm
severity,interfaceindex,timestampandadditionalparameters.
Trap Parameters
TableD3:MIBTraps(Sheet1of15)
Name
trunkStateChanged
ID
1
Severity
normal
linkUp
normal
linkDown
critical
detectIDU
normal
disconnectIDU
major
mismatchIDU
major
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
Indicatesachangeinthestateofone
oftheTDMtrunks.Raisedbyboth
sidesofthelink.Contains3
parameters:1Description:TDM
Interface%n%x2%n:Isthetrunk
number3%x:Isthealarmtype
andcanbeoneofthefollowing:
NormalAISLOSLoopback
Indicatesthattheradiolinkisup.
Containsasingleparameterwhichis
itsdescription:1Description:
RadioLinkSynconchannel%nGHz.
%nIsthechannelfrequencyinGHz.
Indicatesthattheradiolinkisdown.
RadioLinkOutofSync.Thereason
is:%s.%sIsthereason.
IndicatesthattheIDUwasdetected.
Raisedbybothsidesofthelink.
itsdescription:1Description:IDU
ofType%swasDetected.%sIsthe
typeoftheIDU.
IndicatesthattheIDUwas
disconnected.Raisedbybothsides
ofthelink.Containsasingle
parameterwhichisitsdescription:
1Description:IDUDisconnected.
Indicatesamismatchbetweenthe
IDUs.Raisedbythemasteronly.
itsdescription:1Description:IDUs
Mismatch:OneSideis%sandthe
Otheris%s.%sIsthetypeofthe
IDU.
D36
MIBTraps
Name
openedServices
ID
7
Severity
normal
closedServices
normal
incompatibleODUs
critical
incompatibleIDUs
10
major
incompatibleOduIdu
11
major
probingChannel
12
normal
radarDetected
13
normal
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
Indicatesthatserviceswereopened.
Raisedbythemasteronly.Contains
3parameters:1Description:%n2
outof%n1RequestedTDMTrunks
havebeenOpened2%n1:Isthe
requestednumberofTDMtruncks3
%n2:IstheactualnumberofTDM
trunksthatwereopened
Indicatesthatserviceswereclosed.
Raisedbythemasteronly.Contains
asingleparameterwhichisits
description:1Description:TDM
Servicehasbeenclosed.Thereason
is:%s.%sIsthereason.
IndicatesthattheODUsare
incompatible.Containsasingle
1Description:IncompatibleODUs.
IndicatesthattheIDUsare
1Description:IncompatibleIDUs.
IndicatesthattheODUandIDUare
1Description:TheIDUcouldnotbe
loaded.Thereasonis:%s.%sIsthe
incompatibilitytype.
IndicatesthattheODUismonitoring
radaractivity.Containsasingle
1Description:Monitoringforradar
activityonchannel%nGHz.%nis
thechannelfrequencyinGHz.
Indicatesthatradaractivitywas
detected.Containsasingle
1Description:Radaractivitywas
detectedin%sonchannel%nGHz.
%sIsthesitename.%nIsthe
channelfrequencyinGHz.
D37
MIBTraps
Name
transmittingOnChannel
ID Severity
14 normal
scanningChannels
15
normal
incompatiblePartner
16
critical
timeClockSet
17
normal
configurationChanged
18
normal
hssOpStateChangedToINU
19
normal
hssOpStateChangedToHSM
20
normal
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
IndicatesthattheODUis
transmittingonchannel.Containsa
singleparameterwhichisits
description:1Description:
Transmittingonchannel%nGHz.%n
IsthechannelfrequencyinGHz.
IndicatesthattheODUisscanning
channels.Containsasingle
1Description:Channelscanningin
progress.
Indicatesthatconfigurationproblem
wasdetectedandthatlink
installationisrequiredinordertofix
it.Containsasingleparameter
whichisitsdescription:1
Description:Configurationproblem
detected.Linkinstallationrequired.
IndicatesthattheODUtimeclock
wasset.Containsasingleparameter
Description:Thetimewassetto:%p.
%pIsthedateandtime.
IndicatesthattheODUrecovered
fromanerrorbutthereare
configurationchanges.Containstwo
parameters:1Description:
Configurationchanged.Errorcodeis:
%n.2%nnumber.
IndicatesthattheHSSoperatingstate
waschangedtoINUtype.Containsa
description:1Description:HSS
operatingstatewaschangedto:INU.
waschangedtoHSMtype.Contains
operatingstatewaschangedto:
HSM.
D38
MIBTraps
Name
hssOpStateChangedToHSC
ID Severity
21 normal
vlanModeActive
22
normal
spectrumAnalysis
23
normal
hbsHsuDeregisteredOffline
24
normal
hbsHsuDeregisteredSuccessfully
25
normal
hbsHsuRegisteredSuccessfully
26
normal
hbsHsuRegistrationFailed
hbsHsuViolatedState
27
28
normal
normal
hsuViolatedState
29
normal
hbsUnregisteredSynchronizedHsu
30
normal
hbsUnregisteredUnsynchronizedHsu
31
normal
cableQuality
32
normal
httpAuthentication
telnetAuthentication
tdmServiceAlarm
33 normal
34 normal
100 major
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
waschangedtoHSCtype.Contains
operatingstatewaschangedto:
HSC_DT/HSC_CT.
IndicatestononVLANPCthatafter
2minutesthesystemwillsupport
onlyVLANtagonmanagement
interface.Containsasingle
1Description:VLANModeisactive.
NonVLANtrafficwillbeblockedin2
minutes.
IndicatesthattheODUisinSpectrum
Analysismode.Containsasingle
1Description:Spectrumanalysisin
progress.
IndicatesthataHSUwas
deregisteredoffline(outoflink)
IndicatesthataHSUwas
deregisteredsuccessfully
IndicatesthataHSUwasregistered
successfully
Indicatesthatregistrationhasfailed
Indicates(ontheHBSside)thata
HSUisisviolatedstate
Indicates(ontheHSUside)thatthe
HSUisisviolatedstate
IndicatesanunregisteredHSUhas
beensynchronized.
IndicatesanunregisteredHSUlost
synchronization.
1Gbpsrateisnotsupporteddueto
badlinequality.
HTTPAuthenticationFailure.
TelnetAuthenticationFailure.
IndicatesthatTDMServiceisinalarm
state.Containsasingleparameter
Description:TDMServiceAlarm.
D39
MIBTraps
Name
ethServiceClosed
ID Severity
101 major
ethServiceNotPermitted
102 major
encryptionAlarm
103 major
changeLinkPasswordAlarm
104 major
externalAlarmInPort1Alarm
105 major
106 major
bitFailedAlarm
107 major
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
IndicatesthatEthernetServiceis
closed.Containsasingleparameter
Description:EthernetServiceis
closed.
IndicatesthatEthernetServiceisnot
permitted.Containsasingle
1Description:AvalidIDUcouldnot
bedetectedat%s.Pleasecheckyour
configuration.%sIstheLocalSite
nameorRemoteSitenameorboth
sidesoftheLink.
Indicatesanencryptionkey
mismatch.Containsasingle
1Description:EncryptionStatus
Failed.NoServicesareavailable.
Indicatesthatafailurehasoccurred
whileattemptingtochangetheLink
Password.Containsasingle
1Description:Failedtochangethe
LinkPasswordat/on:%s.%sIsthe
LocalSitenameorRemoteSitename
orbothsidesoftheLink.
Thetrapissenteverytimeanalarm
occursintheExternalAlarmInputof
port#1.Containsasingleparameter
Description:ExternalAlarm1<User
Text>Alarm.
Text>Alarm.
Thetrapissentifthereisnowayto
recoverfromthesituation.Contains
twoparameters:1Description:
ODUpowerupbuiltintestfailed.
Errorcodeis:%n2%nnumber
D40
MIBTraps
Name
wrongConfigurationLoadedAlarm
ID Severity
108 major
lanPort1DisconnectedAlarm
109 major
lanPort2DisconnectedAlarm
110 major
mngPortDisconnectedAlarm
111 major
112 major
113 major
swVersionsMismatchFullCompatibilit 114 warning

yAlarm
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
Thetrapissentifthereisawayto
recoverfromthesituation.Contains
twoparameters:1Description:
Wrongconfigurationloaded.Error
codeis:%n2%nnumber
IndicatestheLANport1status
changedtodisconnected.Containsa
description:1Description:LAN
port1statuschangedto
disconnected.
description:1Description:LAN
port2statuschangedto
disconnected.
Indicatesthemanagementport
statuschangedto
disconnected.Containsasingle
1Description:Managementport
statuschangedtodisconnected.
Text>Alarm.
Text>Alarm.
ThetrapissentifSWversions
mismatchwithfulllinkfunctionality.
Softwareversionsmismatchfulllink
functionality
D41
MIBTraps
Name
ID Severity
swVersionsMismatchRestrictedComp 115 minor
atibilityAlarm
swVersionsMismatchSoftwareUpgrad 116 major

eRequired
swVersionsIncompatible
117 critical
hssMultipleSourcesDetectedAlarm
118 major
hssSyncToProperSourceStoppedAlar
m
119 major
hssSyncPulseDetectedAlarm
120 major
tdmBackupAlarm
121 major
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
mismatchwithrestrictedlink
functionality.Containsasingle
1Description:Softwareversions
mismatchrestrictedlink
functionality
mismatchandSWupgradeis
required.Containsasingle
1Description:Softwareversions
mismatchSoftwareupgrade
required
ThetrapissentifSWversionsare
1Description:SWVersions
incompatible
Indicatesthatmultiplesyncpulse
sourcesweredetected.Containsa
multiplesyncsourcesweredetected.
Indicatesthatsynchronizationtoa
propersyncpulsesourcewas
stopped.Containsasingle
1Description:HSSsyncpulse
Down.Thereasonis:%s.%sIsthe
reasonforthesyncdown.
IndicatesthatHSSadditionalsync
pulsewasdetected.Containsa
additionalsyncpulsewasdetected.
IndicatesthattheTDMbackuplink
wasactivated.Containsasingle
1Description:TDMbackupalarm
backuplinkwasactivated.
D42
MIBTraps
Name
linkLockUnauthorizedRemoteODU
ID Severity
122 major
linkLockUnauthorizedODU
123 major
hotStandbyAlarm
124 major
sfpInsertion
126 normal
sfpPort1DisconnectedAlarm
127 major
ringRplStateActiveAlarm
desiredRatioCanNotBeAppliedAlarm
128 major
129 normal
cbwMismatch
130 major
gpsNotSynchronized
131 major
pdTooHighDueCbwLimitations
132 major
hbsEncryptionAlarm
133 major
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
IndicatesthattheremoteODUis
unauthorized.Containsasingle
1Description:Unauthorizedremote
ODUconnectionrejected.
IndicatesthattheODUis
unauthorized.Containsasingle
1Description:UnauthorizedODU
connectionrejected.
Indicatesthatthehotstandby
secondarylinkwasactivated.
SecondaryLinkIsActive.
Indicatesthatadevicewasinserted
toSFPPort
IndicatestheSFPport1status
description:1Description:SFPport
1statuschangedtodisconnected.
RPLstatechangedtoActive.
IndicatesDesiredUL/DLRAtioCan
NotBeApplied.
IndicatesthataChannelBandwidth
mismatchwasdetected.Containstwo
parameters:1Description:
ChannelBandwidthMismatch:one
sideis%n0MHzandtheotheris%n1
MHz.%n0isthelocalChannel
BandwidthvalueinMHz.%n1isthe
remoetChannelBandwidthvaluein
MHz.
IndicatesthattheGPSisnot
synchronizedwithsatellites.Pulses
areselfgenerated.
Indicatesthatlinkcannotbe
establishedbecauselinkrangeistoo
largeforchannelbandwidth.
parameterwhichisitsdescription
includingtheHSU'sname
D43
MIBTraps
Name
hbsEhServiceClosedToHsu
ID Severity
134 major
hbsUnsynchronizedHsuAlarm
135 warning
hbsInactiveHbsAlarm
incompatibleHsu
136 major
137 critical
hsuUnsupportedBeacon
138 warning
lanPortDisconnectedAlarm
139 major
poePortDisconnectedAlarm
140 major
poePowerConsumptionAlarm
141 major
hobupFaultyStateAlarm
149 major
tdmServiceClear
200 major
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
parameterwhichisitsdescription
includingtheHSU'sname
IndicatesaregisteredHSUlost
synchronization.
IndicatesHBSisInActive.
IndicatesthattheHSUisnot
compatibletoHBS.Containsasingle
1Description:IncompatibleODUs.
Indicatesanunsupportedbeacon
hasarrivedatHSU
IndicatestheLANportstatus
changedtodisconnected.
Containsasingleparameter,whichis
itsdescription:
1Description:LANportstatus
IndicatesthePOEportstatus
itsdescription:
1Description:POEportstatus
IndicatesthePOEPower
Consumptionisaboveallowed
maximum.
itsdescription:
1Description:POEconsumption
aboveallowedmaximum.port
closed.
ThisAlarmwillindicatethattheHot
Backupmoduleisinfaultystate.
1Description:HotBackupfault
detected:%sunit.
%sPrimaryOrSecondaryUnit
IndicatesthatTDMServicefaultis
cleared.Containsasingleparameter
Description:TDMServiceNormal.
D44
MIBTraps
Name
ethServiceOpened
ID Severity
201 normal
encryptionClear
203 normal
changeLinkPasswordClear
204 normal
externalAlarmInPort1Clear
205 normal
206 normal
lanPort1Clear
209 normal
lanPort2Clear
210 normal
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
IndicatesthatEthernetServicehas
beenopened.Containsasingle
1Description:EthernetServicehas
beenopened.
IndicatesthatencryptionisOK.
EncryptionStatusNormal.
IndicatesthattheLinkPasswordwas
changedsuccessfully.Containsa
description:1Description:Link
Passwordhasbeenchangedat/on:
%s.%sIstheLocalSitenameor
RemoteSitenameorbothsidesof
theLink.
ThisTrapissenteverytimean
ExternalAlarmInputfaultofport#1
iscleared.Containsasingle
1Description:ExternalAlarm1
<UserText>AlarmCleared.
changedtoconnected.Containstwo
parameters:1Description:LAN
port1statuschangedtoconnected
%s2%sIstheEth.mode(speed&
duplex)
parameters:1Description:LAN
%s.2%sIstheEth.mode(speed&
duplex).
D45
MIBTraps
Name
mngPortClear
ID Severity
211 normal
212 normal
213 normal
swVersionsMatchFullCompatibilityCle 214 normal

ar
swVersionsMatchRestrictedCompatib 215 normal

ilityClear
swVersionsMatchSoftwareUpgradeRe 216 normal

quiredClear
swVersionsCompatibleClear
217 normal
hssMultipleSourcesDisappearedClear 218 normal
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
Indicatesthemanagementport
statuschangedtoconnected.
Containstwoparameters:1
Description:Managementportstatus
changedtoconnected%s2%sIs
theEth.mode(speed&duplex)
ThetrapissentifSWversionsmatch.
SoftwareVersionscompatible
ThetrapissentifSWversionsmatch
andlinkfunctionalityisnot
restricted.Containsasingle
1Description:SoftwareVersions
compatible
ThetrapissentifSWversionsmatch
andSWupgradeissuccessful.
SoftwareVersionscompatible
compatibleContainsasingle
1Description:SoftwareVersions
compatible
Indicatesthatmultiplesyncpulse
sourcesdisappeared.Containsa
multiplesyncpulsesources
disappeared.
D46
MIBTraps
Name
ID Severity
hssSyncToProperSourceAchievedClea 219 normal
r
hssSyncPulseDisappearedClear
220 normal
tdmBackupClear
221 normal
linkLockAuthorizedRemoteODU
222 normal
linkLockAuthorizedODU
223 normal
linkAuthenticationDisabled
224 normal
hotStandbyClear
225 normal
sfpExtraction
226 normal
sfpPort1Clear
227 normal
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
Indicatesthatsynchronizationtoa
properSyncsourcewasachieved.
itsdescription:1Description:HSS
syncpulseUp.
IndicatesthatHSSadditionalsync
pulsedisappeared.Containsasingle
1Description:HSSadditionalsync
pulsewasdisappeared.
IndicatesthattheTDMmainlinkwas
activated.Containsasingle
1Description:TDMmainlinkwas
activated.
IndicatesthattheremoteODUis
authorized.Containsasingle
1Description:Authorizedremote
ODUconnectionaccepted.
IndicatesthattheODUisauthorized.
AuthorizedODUconnection
permitted.
IndicatesthattheLinkLockis
disabled.Containsasingle
1Description:LinkAuthentication
hasbeendisabled.
IndicatesthatthePrimaryLinkWas
Activated.Containsasingle
1Description:PrimaryLinkIs
Active.
Indicatesthatadevicewasextracted
fromSFPPort
IndicatestheSFPport1status
parameters:1Description:SFP
%s2%sIstheEth.mode(speed&
duplex)
D47
MIBTraps
Name
compatibleIdus
ID Severity
228 normal
desiredRatioCanNotBeAppliedClear
229 normal
cbwMatch
230 normal
switchCbwAndChannel
231 normal
ringRplStateIdle
ringEthServiceStatus
232 normal
233 normal
ringFirstRpmReceived
234 normal
ringEthernetSrviceUnblockedTO
235 normal
gpsSynchronized
236 normal
hbsEncryptionClear
237 normal
hbsEhServiceOpenedToHsu
238 normal
hbsSynchronizedHsuAlarm
239 normal
hbsActiveHbs
240 normal
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
IndicatesthattheODUhasidentified
compatibleIdusonbothsidesofthe
link.
IndicatesCurrentUL/DLRatioIs
EqualToDesiredRatio.
IndicatesthataChannelBandwidth
matchwasdetected.Containsa
description:1ChannelBandwidth
valueinMHz.
Indicatesthatthesystemisswitching
ChannelBandwidthandchannel
frequency.Containstwo
parameters:1Switchingto
ChannelBandwith%n0MHzandto
channel%n1GHz.
RPLstatechangedtoIdle.
IndicatesEthernetservice'sstate
blocked\unblocked.Containsa
singleparameter:1Description:
Ethernet'sstate(blocked\
unblocked)
Ringapplication:innonRPLlink
indicatesfirstfromaspecificRPLwas
received.Containsasingle
parameter:1Description:RPM's
VLANID
Ringapplication:innonRPLlink
Ethernetserviceisunblockeddueto
RPMtimeout.
IndicatesthattheGPSis
synchronizedwithsatellites.
itsdescriptionincludingtheHSU's
name
itsdescriptionincludingtheHSU's
name
IndicatesaregisteredHSUis
synchronized.
IndicateswhenHBShasbeen
activated.
D48
MIBTraps
Name
switchCBW
changeRatio
lanPortClear
ID
241
242
243
Severity
normal
normal
normal
poePortClear
244 normal
poePowerConsumptionClear
245 normal
incompatibleHbsHsu
246 normal
mobilityLinkOff
247 normal
enterLocalConnection
248 normal
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Description
SwitchingChannelBandwidth.
HBSTxratiohaschanged.
IndicatestheLANportstatus
changedtoconnected.
Containstwoparameters:
1Description:LANportstatus
changedtoconnected%s
2%sIstheEth.mode(speed&
duplex)
IndicatesthePOEportstatus
changedtoconnected.
1Description:POEportstatus
changedtoconnected%s
duplex)
IndicatesthePOEpower
consumptionisvalid.
1Description:POEconsumption
withinlimits.portisopened.
duplex)
IncompatibleHBS/HSUsoftware
versionsnoservice.
MobilityLinkcannotbeestablished
dueto:
1TheHBSdoesnotsupport
Mobility
2LackofresourcesintheHBSfor
HSUlevel
EnteringLocalConnection
(Broadcast)Mode.
D49
AirmuxManagerTraps
Name
hobupActiveStateFaultyClear
ID Severity
249 normal
hobupStandbyState
250 normal
Description
Thisclearalarmwillindicatethatthe
HotBackupunitisinactivestate.
itsdescription:
1Description:HotBackup%sunit
activated.
itsdescription:
1Description:HotBackupin
Standbystate:%sunit.
AirmuxManagerTraps
TheAirmuxManagerapplicationissuestrapstoindicatevariousevents.Thesetrapsare
shownintheAirmuxManagerrEventsLog.
AlistofTrapMessagesasdisplayedbytheAirmuxManagerisshowninTable105.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
D50
AppendixE:
ExternalAlarmsSpecification
ExternalAlarmsSpecification
TheIDUEandIDUsupportexternalinputandoutputalarmsthroughastandardDB25pin
femaleconnector(seepageB3forpinoutdetails).
Inputalarms
Theinputalarmsareraisedbyeventsfromexternalequipment,suchasa
firewarning,dooropenorairconditionerfailure.Theyareuserdefined.
Outputalarms
Outputalarmsaregeneratedthroughdrycontactrelaystoindicate
varioussystemeventssuchassynclossordisconnection.Analarmis
raisedifatleastoneoftheconditionsinoneofthetablesbelow,ismet.
IDUEandIDUAlarms
TableE1:IDUE and IDU - Output Alarms Description
Alarm
Output1
Output2
Description
Airinterface
Alarm
Equipment
Alarm
Airmux400UserManual
AlarmOnConditions
Linkisdown
Linkininstallation
mode
Linkauthentication
problem
AlarmOffCondition
Linkisuporequipmentalarm
isON
BuiltinTest(BIT)error
BothODUandIDUarein
Noconnectiontothe
operationalstate
ODU
Release2.8.30
E1
IDUEandIDUAlarms
TableE1:IDUE and IDU - Output Alarms Description (Continued)

Alarm
Description
AlarmOnConditions
AlarmOffCondition
Output3
ServiceAlarmat
SiteB
N/A
Permanentlyoff
LinkLossduetoPower
FailureatSiteB
Linkisupordownwithout
powerfailureindication
withinthelasttwoseconds
PowerFailureat
Output4
SiteB
TableE2:IDUE - Input Alarms Description

Alarm
Input1
Input2
Input3
Input4
Description
AlarmOn
Conditions
AlarmOff
Condition
User
Defined
External
Alarm
Voltageinrange
Voltage>0VDC
10to50VDC
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
E2
AppendixF:
SettingAntennaParameters
AntennaIssues
ThechoiceofTxPower,antennagainandcableloss(betweentheradioandtheantenna)
determinestheEIRPandisaffectedbysuchconsiderationsasradiolimitationsandregulatory
restrictions.
Beforeproceedingtoantennainstallationdetails,thefollowingbackgroundinformation
shouldbeconsidered:
AboutSingleandDualAntennas
EachAirmux400ODUhastworadiotransceivers(radios).Theradiosmakeuseofalgorithms
thatutilizebothMIMOandDiversityresultinginenhancedcapacity,rangeandlink
availability.Thenumberofantennas(i.e.radios)usedisdeterminedbyuserconfiguration
andbyautomaticsystemdecisions,explainedbelow.
DualAntennasattheBothLinkSites
Whenusingdualantennasatbothsites(singledualpoleantennaortwosinglepole
antennas)youcanchoosebetweenMIMOModeandDiversityMode.
MIMOMode
Underthismode,thesystemdoublesthelinkcapacity.Atthesametime,itkeepsthesame
rateandmodulationperradioaswasusedwithsingleantenna,thusincreasingcapacity,
rangeandavailability.
ForexamplewithadualantennaAirmux400cantransmitatmodulationof64QAMandFEC
of5/6andgetanairrateof130Mbps,comparedto65Mbpswithsingleantenna.
Toworkinthismode,eachantennaportmustbeconnectedtoanantenna,theRSSlevelin
bothreceiversshouldbebalancedandaminimalseparationbetweentheantennasmustbe
maintained.(Forexample,byusingdualpolarizationantennasacrosspolarizationseparation
isattained).
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
F1
SingleAntennasatBothSites
UponselectingAntennaTypeasDual,Airmux400automaticallyselectsthismodeand
doublestheairrates.
AirmuxManagerindicatesacaseofunbalancedRSSbetweenthetwoantennas.
DiversityMode
DiversityModeusestwoantennastoimprovethequalityandreliabilityofthelink.Often,
thereisnotaclearlineofsight(LOS)betweentransmitterandreceiver.Insteadthesignalis
reflectedalongmultiplepathsbeforefinallybeingreceived.
Eachsuchbouncecanintroducephaseshifts,timedelays,attenuations,andeven
distortionsthatcandestructivelyinterferewithoneanotherattheapertureofthereceiving
antenna.Antennadiversityisespeciallyeffectiveatmitigatingthesemultipathsituations.
Thisisbecausemultipleantennasaffordareceiverseveralrecordingsofthesamesignal.Each
antennawillbeexposedtoadifferentinterferenceenvironment.Thus,ifoneantennais
undergoingadeepfade,itislikelythatanotherhasasufficientsignal.Collectivelysucha
systemcanprovidearobustlink.
Antennadiversityrequiresantennaseparationwhichispossiblebyusingadualpolarization
antennaorbytwospatiallyseparatedantennas.
UseDiversityinsteadofMIMOinthefollowingsituations:
WhenthesystemcannotoperateinMIMOMode
Whenoneofthereceivershashighinterferencecomparedtothesecondreceiver(i.e.
thesystemisunbalanced)
WhenyouachievehighercapacityinDiversityModethaninMIMOMode
WhenhighrobustnessisofimportanceandthecapacityofDiversityModeissufficient
(upto25Mbpsfullduplex)
SingleAntennasatBothSites
Byselectingasingleantennaatbothsites,theODUsoperatewithasingleradiothatis
connectedtotheANT1connector.Thesecondradioisautomaticallyshutdown.
SingleatOneSite,DualAntennasattheOther
InthismodeoneofthesitesusestheODUwithasingleantennawhiletheothersiteusesthe
ODUwithadualantenna.
Theadvantagesinthismodeincomparisontousingasingleantennainbothsitesare
doubledtotalTxPowerandadditionalpolarizationand/orspacediversity(dependingonthe
polarizationofinstalledantennas).
Theairratesusedinthismodearesameaswhenusingsingleantennasinbothsites.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
F2
SingleatOneSite,DualAntennasattheOther
TableF1summarizesthesituation:
TableF1:MIMODiversitysettings
Numberof
Antennas
Mode
MaxFull
Duplex
Capacity
SiteA
SiteB
25Mbps
25Mbps
25Mbps
MIMO
50Mbps
Diversity
25Mbps
TheratesusedbyAirmux400areshowninTableF2below:
TableF2:Airmux400Airrates
AirRate[Mbps]
Antenna
Modulation
FEC
Single
BPSK
1/2
6.5
13.5
Single
QPSK
1/2
13
27
Single
QPSK
3/4
19.5
40.5
Single
16QAM
1/2
26
54
Single
16QAM
3/4
39
81
Single
64QAM
2/3
52
108
Single
64QAM
3/4
58.5
121.5
Single
64QAM
5/6
65
135
Dual
BPSK
1/2
13
27
Dual
QPSK
1/2
26
54
Dual
QPSK
3/4
39
81
Dual
16QAM
1/2
52
108
Dual
16QAM
3/4
78
162
Dual
64QAM
2/3
104
216
Dual
64QAM
3/4
117
243
Dual
64QAM
5/6
130
270
Airmux400UserManual
20MHz
CBW
40MHz
CBW
Release2.8.30
F3
ConsiderationsforChangingAntennaParameters
ConsiderationsforChangingAntenna
Parameters
Let:
maxAvailableTxPowerdenotethemaximumTxPowerpracticallyavailablefromanODU.(It
appearsasTxPowerperRadio.)
maxRegEIRPdenotethemaximumEIRPavailablebyregulation.Itwillbedeterminedby
threefactors:
perband/regulation
perchannelbandwidth
antennagain
maxRegTxPowerdenotethemaximumregulatoryTxPowerfortheequipment,alsohaving
regardtheabovethreepoints.
Then,thefollowingrelationshipmustbesatisfied:
maxAvailableTxPower min(maxRegEIRP
AntennaGain + CableLoss maxRegTxPower)
...(*)
TheTxPower(perradio)indicatesthepowerofeachradioinsidetheODUandisusedforLink
BudgetCalculations.TheTxPower(System)showsthetotaltransmissionpoweroftheODU
andisusedtocalculatetheEIRPaccordingtoregulations.
Notes
ToseetherelationshipbetweenTxPower(radio)andTxPower(sys
tem),notethat dBm = 10 log 10milliWatt sothatifyoudouble
thepowerinmilliWatts(fortworadios)thendBmwillincreaseby
10 log 102 3 .
TheMaxEIRPlevelwillbeautomaticallysetaccordingtothe
selectedbandandregulation.
TheEIRPlevelisthesumoftheSystemTxPowerandtheAntenna
GainminustheCableLoss.
TheMaxEIRPlevelwillbeautomaticallysetaccordingtothe
selectedbandandregulation.
TheEIRPlevelisthesumoftheSystemTxPowerandtheAntenna
GainminustheCableLoss.
Theinequality(*)aboveisalwayssatisfiedbythesysteminaccordancewiththerelevant
regulation.
Thepreciserelationshipbetweentheitemsininequality(*)isasfollows:
RequiredTxPower(perradio)willbeadjusteddowntothelesserofthevalueentered
andmaxAvailableTxPower
TxPower(system)ismaxAvailableTxPower+3(for2radios)
MaxEIRPismaxRegEIRP.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
F4
ConsiderationsforChangingAntennaParameters
EIRPismaxAvailableTxPower+AntennaGainCableLoss
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
F5
AppendixG:
RFExposure
Theantennasusedforthefollowingtransmittersmustbeinstalledsoastoprovidea
minimumseparationdistancefrombystandersasspecifiedinthefollowingtables:
TableG1:SafetyDistancesforAirmux400FCCandICProducts
Frequency
Band[GHz]
FCCID
ICID
Min.Safety
Distance[cm]
5.8
Q3KRW2058
5100ARW2054
223
5.8
Q3KRW2058
5100ARW2054
141
5.3/5.4
Q3KRW2054
5100ARW2054
20
4.9
Q3KRW2049
5100ARW2054
225
4.9
Q3KRW2049
5100ARW2054
113
2.4
Q3KRW2024
5100ARW2054
39
2.4
Q3KRW2024I
5100ARW2024I
40
2.5
Q3KRW2025
N/a
104.6
3.5
N/A
5100ARW2030
92
3.6/3.7
Q3KRW2030
5100ARW2030
86
TableG2:SafetyDistancesforAirmux400ETSIProducts
Frequency
Band[GHz]
Antenna
gain[dBi]
Min.Safety
Distance[cm]
5.8
24/28
20
5.4
23.5/28
20
5.3
23.5/28
20
2.4
19/17.5
20
3.5
25
200
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
G1
AppendixH:
RegionalNotice:French
Canadian
Procduresdescurit
Gnralits
Avantdemanipulerdumatrielconnectdesligneslectriquesoudetlcommunications,
ilestconseilldesedfairedebijouxoudetoutautreobjetmtalliquequipourraitentreren
contactavecleslmentssoustension.
Miselaterre
TouslesproduitsRADdoiventtremislaterrependantl'usagecourant.Lamiselaterre
estassureenreliantlafiched'alimentationuneprisedecourantavecuneprotectionde
terre.Enoutre:
Lacossedemassesurl'IDUEdoittreconstammentconnectelaprotectionde
terre,paruncbledediamtrede18AWGouplus.Lematrielmontsurrackdoittre
installseulementsurdesracksouarmoiresrelislaterre
UneODUdoitmiselaterreparuncbledediamtrede10AWGouplus
Ilnedoitpasyavoirdefusiblesoud'interrupteurssurlaconnectionlaterre
Deplus:
Ilfauttoujoursconnecterlaterreenpremieretladconnecterendernier
Ilnefautjamaisconnecterlescblesdetlcommunicationdumatrielnonlaterre
Ilfauts'assurerquetouslesautrescblessontdconnectsavantdedconnecterla
terre
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
H1
Protectioncontrelafoudre
Protectioncontrelafoudre
L'utilisationdedispositifsdeprotectioncontrelafoudredpenddesexigences
rglementairesetdel'utilisateurfinal.TouteslesunitsextrieuresRADsontconuesavec
descircuitsdelimitationdesurtensionafindeminimiserlesrisquesdedommagesdusla
foudre.RADconseillel'utilisationd'undispositifdeparafoudresupplmentaireafinde
protgerlematrieldecoupsdefoudreproches.
Matrielsupplmentairerequis
L'quipementrequispourl'installationdumatrielestlesuivant:
PincesertirRJ45(siuncbleprassemblODU/IDUn'estpasutilis)
Perceuse(pourlemontagesurmurseulement)
CblesdeterreIDUetODU
Clef13mm()
CbleODUIDUsinoncommand(typeextrieur,CAT5e,4pairestorsades,24AWG)
Colliersdeserrage
OrdinateurportableavecWindows2000ouWindowsXP.
PrcautionsdescuritpendantlemontagedeODU
Avantdeconnecteruncblel'ODU,laborneprotectricedemasse(visse)del'ODUdoittre
connecteunconducteurexterneprotecteurouunpylnerelilaterre.Ilnedoitpasy
avoirdefusiblesoud'interrupteurssurlaconnectionlaterre.
Seulementunpersonnelqualifiutilisantl'quipementdescuritappropridoitpouvoir
montersurlepylned'antenne.Demme,l'installationouledmontagedeODUoude
pylnesdoittreeffectueseulementpardesprofessionnelsayantsuiviuneformation.
Pourmonterl'ODU:
1.Vrifierquelessupportsdefixationdel'ODUsontcorrectementmislaterre.
2.Monterl'unitODUsurlepylneousurlemur;serfrerlaInstallationsurpylne
etmuraudessous.
3.Connecterlacbledeterreaupointdechssissurl'ODU.
4.RelierlecbleODUIDUauconnecteurODURJ45.
5.Visserlespressestoupedecblespourassurerlescellementhermtiquedesunits
ODU.
6.AttacherlecbleaupylneouauxsupportsenutilisantdescolliersclasssUV.
7.Rpterlaprocduresurlesitedistant.
Nepasseplacerenfaced'uneODUsoustension.
Prudence
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
H2
ConnecterlaterreIDUE
ConnecterlaterreIDUE
Connecteruncbledeterrede18AWGlabornedemassedel'appareil.L'appareildoittre
constammentconnectlaterre.
Prudence
Lesappareilssontprvuspourtreinstallsparunpersonneldeser
vice.
Lesappareilsdoiventtreconnectsuneprisedecourantavecune
protectiondeterre.
LecourantCCduIDUEdoittrefourniparl'intermdiaired'undis
joncteurbipolaireetlediamtreducbledoittrede14mmavecun
conduitde16mm.
Installationsurpylneetmur
L'ODUoul'OPoEpeuventtremontssurunpylneouunmur.
ContenudukitdemontageODU
LekitdemontageODUcomprendlespicessuivantes:
unegrandeclame(voirFigureH1)
unepetiteclame(voirFigureH2)
unbras(voirFigureH3)
quatrevisseshextteM8x40
deuxvisseshextteM8x70
quatrerondellesplatesM8
troisrondelleslastiquesM8
deuxcrousM8.
FigureH1:grandeclame FigureH2:petiteclame
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
FigureH3:bras
H3
Montagesurunpylne
Montagesurunpylne
FigureH4:Montagesurunpylne
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
H4
Montagesurunmur
Montagesurunmur
FigureH5:Montagesurunmur
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
H5
Montaged'uneantenneexterne
Montaged'uneantenneexterne
L'antenneexterneoptionnellepeuttremontesurunpylne.
Contenudukitdemontaged'uneantenneexterne
Lekitdemontaged'uneantenneexternecomprendlespicessuivantes
Douzerondellesplates
Huitrondelleslastiques
Huitcroushex
Quatreboulons
UnsupportenU
Unsupportpivotement
Deuxcourroiesdefixationenmtal
Pourinstalleruneantenneexternesurunpylne:
1.AttacherlesupportenUl'arriredel'antenneenutilisantquatrerondellesplates,
quatrerondelleslastiquesetquatrecroushex.
2.AttacherlesupportpivotementausupportenUenutilisanthuitrondellesplates,
quatrerondelleslastiques,quatrecroushexetquatreboulons.
3.Passerlesdeuxcourroiesdefixationparlesfentesverticalesdanslesupport
pivotement.
4.Attacherl'antenneaupylneenutilisantlesdeuxcourroiesdefixation.
Ajusterl'inclinaisonncessaireenutilisantl'chelleangulaireetserrertouslesboulonset
crouslapositionrequise.
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
H6
Index
Numerics
Index
backup,ODUsoftwaretoafile942
bands
3.X237
BRS/EBS251
A
changingfactorydefault231
changingforDFS235
accessories29
changing, higher Tx Power options and
activealarms1021
restrictions
AirInterfaceThresholds,setting1015
239
alertmessages,reverting1022
inactiveandactivemode2311
antenna
provisions for licensed 3.X and 2.5 GHz
changingnumberof,TxPower810
bands237
connectingandaligningODUswith436
regulatory,
for 3.6503.675 GHz FCC/IC
considerationsforchangingparameters
part90subpartZ238
F4
restrictedmode238
dualattheHBSandanHSUF1
Special Products or Features entering a
external,mounting426
LicenseKey235
issuesF1
splittingforETSI3.43.7GHz2310
settingparametersF1
summary
for FCC/IC and Universal 3.X
singleanddualF1
GHz2310
singleatbothsitesF2
TxPoweroptions238
singleatonesite,dualattheotherF2
switching between MIMO and Diversity Bridge,configuring923
BRS/EBS
modes812
2.5GHzbandsfor237
switchingbetweensingleanddual812
bands251
TxPower,gainandcableloss810
described251
asymmetricallocation
andCollocation618
C
andTDM619
limitationsof618
CapacityUpgrade221
availability
Persistency224
LinkBudget273
changing
QoS211,221
LinkPassword65,914
VLAN176
LogOnPassword58
TxPower94
CommunityStrings914,D2
forgotten916
invalid57
2.5GHzbandsfor,BRS/EBS237
3.X,bands237
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Index1
configuration,withTelnet944
configuring
EthernetPortsMode926
GSU146
Link81
ODUAddress97
Site91
theBridge923
VLANSettings910
CRCErrorDetectionforLANPorts927
CustomerSupport1026
Transmission143
configuring146
described141
functionality141
independentdistributedsites141
installation145
kitcontents144
Manager,mainwindow146
monitoringanddiagnostics1415
mounting145
multiple
distributed
sites
with
communication142
Overview145
preferences1415
preparingforuse145
redundancy143
SiteConfiguration147
DateandTime1412
GPSSyncUnit147
inventory1411
Management1410
Operations1413
Security1411
System147
SoftwareUpgradeforGSUs1416,185
statusbox146
Telnetsupport1415
using141
D
DateandTime,setting919
DCPoEB5
DCPowerTerminalsB5
defaultsettings
ODU511
DFS
changingbands235
E
EquipmentProtection,MHS152
Ethernet
Properties923
QoS624
Ring624,161,162
Ring,described161
service77
supportedRingTopologies164
EthernetPortsMode,configuring926
events
alsoalarmsandtraps1016
log78,1016
log,saving1020
EventsPreferences,setting1019
ExternalAlarmInputs,setting939
ExternalAlarmsSpecificationE1
F
FCC/IC5.4/5.3GHzLinks
Background192
G
grounding412
GSU
cascaded sites using Shifted Phase
Airmux400UserManual
HSS
andlinkconfiguration117,133
andRFP114
andSiteConfiguration129,1310
cablingsequence124
connectinganHSSunit121
described111,121,131
errornotification125
hardwareinstallation113,121
RadioFramePattern(RFP)with113
statusLED,IDUs117
toODUunitconnectionpinout113, 12
5,B1
totalcablelength125
unitwithfivecollocatedODUs125
usingasingleunit123
usingmorethanoneHSSUnit123
Release2.8.30
Index2
HubSiteSynchronizationseeHSS
I
IDU
(allmodels)alarmconnectorB3
agingtime925
connectingtheODU435
detection942
HSSstatusLED117
replacement,MHS159
toODUcableB1
IDUE
Installation422
incorrectIPAddress57
incorrectpassword58
Interface
loggingon294
InternalESDProtectioncircuits413
InvalidRead/WriteCommunityStrings57
inventory,displaying912
L
LANPortB2
LBC
antenna,height273
calculations272
EIRP272
ExpectedRSSandFadeMargin272
FresnelZone273
internaldata271
MinandMaxRange272
Overview271
running275
Service272
UserInput271
link
compatibility103
configurationandHSS117,133
configuring81
installation61
reinstallingandrealigning109
SiteConfiguration91
LinkBudgetCalculator,seeLBC
LinkBudget,availability273
LinkLockSecurityFeature917
LinkPassword,changing65,914
log
events1016
Airmux400UserManual
events,saving1020
monitor1010
monitor,saving1010
loggingon
errorsandcautions57
totheOvertheAirSite58
totheWebInterface294
LogOnPassword,changing58
loopback
localinternal108
localline106
remoteline107
remotereverse107
TDM104
lostorforgottenVLANID911
M
Manager28
installingapplication51
logonconcept53
mainwindow71,71,75
frequencybox77
linkdetailspane75
mainmenufunctionality72
monitorpane75
ReceivedSignalStrength(RSS)75
statusbar78
settingupanEthernetRing168
toolbar72
traps1018
MHS
AirInterfaceProtection152
described151,159
EquipmentProtection152
HotStandbyPortRJ11B2
IDUreplacement159
installationprocedure151
installing153
kitcontents153
mode,setting623
ODUreplacement1510
status,TDM938
switchingbackfromtheSecondarytothe
PrimaryLink1512
switchingfromPrimaryLinktoSecondary
Link1511
switchinglogic1511
systemoperationdescription1514
Release2.8.30
Index3
MIB
controlmethodD2
InterfaceAPID2
parametersD6
ReferenceD1,D1
Structure,privateD2
Supported Variables from the RFC 1213
MIBD5
TrapParametersD36
trapsD35
MIR
described935
setting935
ModulationRateSelection622
monitor
log1010
log,saving1010
MonitoringandDiagnostics101
mounting
externalantenna426
GSU145
lightingprotectionunit428
15
PoE
DCB5
using436
PortConnections927
Post transition freq. assignments per FCC
CFR47PART27sec.27.5
2009252
PowerOverEthernetDevicesseePoE
PreventingoverexposuretoRFenergy412
protection
mountingunit428
ProtectionagainstLightning413
protocols,enable/disable911
Q
QoS
availability211,221
disabling215
Ethernet624
Settingup212
QualityofService,seeQoS
QuickInstallMode241
QuickInstallMode,enable241
NetworkManagementSystem29
NormalMode930
RemotePowerFailIndication1023
restore
ODU,factorysetup1025
ODUA1
ODU,softwareorconfiguration943
address,configuring97
backupsoftwaretoafile942
restore,ODUsoftwarefromafile942
connectingtotheIDU435
retrievelinkinformation(GetDiagnostics)
defaultsettings511
101
mode923
RFExposureG1
mutingthealignmenttonebuzzer944
RFP
preloadingwithanIPAddress261
andHSS114
replacementforMHS1510
GeneralRadioFramePattern115
replacing1025
Ring
restoresoftwarefromafile942
Ethernet624,161,162
toHSSunitconnectionpinout113,125,
described161
B1
hardwareconsiderations166
toIDUcableB1
protectionswitching166
OnlineHelp1025
settingupwiththeManager168
Special Case 1 + 1 Ethernet
P
Redundancy167
Topologies,supported,Ethernet164
passwordincorrect58
PerformanceMonitoring1010
PerformanceMonitoring,Reporttoolbar10
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Index4
S
SafetyPractices412
SectrumView
mainwindow285
SecurityFeatures913
setting
AirInterfaceThresholds1015
DateandTime919
EventsPreferences1019
ExternalAlarmInputs939
MaximumInformationRate(MIR)935
MHSMode623
SNMPParameters1023
synclossthreshold937
TDMJitterBuffer624
Site,configuration91
SmallFormfactorPluggable(SFP)Transceiv
erC1
SNMPParameters,setting1023
SNMPv322,27,29,53,55,99,911,9
14,915,1020
SoftwareUpgrade181
described181
SomeWorkingTips293
SpecialConsiderationsWorkingwiththeWI
292
SpectrumView
changingthedisplay286
described281
informationdisplayed285
managementintegration2811
restrictingpanelstobedisplayed288
running281
savingaspectrumanalysis289
synclossthreshold,setting937
System2914
SystemRequirements,minimum51
T
TDM
E1Ports627
JitterBuffer,setting624
MHSStatus938
services(AllIDUssupportingTDM)77
servicesselection619
T1Ports630
TrunkPortsE1/T1RJ45ConnectorB2
UnbalancedModeforE1InterfaceB5
Airmux400UserManual
TechnicalBackground292
Telnet,configurationwith944
ThroughputChecking109
ToolsandMaterials411
Troubleshooting1024
typographicalconventions11
U
UnsupportedDevicemessage57
upgradinganinstalledlink181
userequipment,connecting436
UserInterfaceConsiderations292
userportconnectorsB2
V
viewing
AirInterfaceDetails94
PerformanceReports1011
RecentEvents1021
SystemDetails93
VLAN
Availability176
backgroundinformationontheWEB17
1
configurationusingtheManager177
disabling934
egressdirection174
functionality171
ingressdirection174
lostorforgottenVLANID911
managementandserviceseparation17
7
Membershipmode931
portfunctionality173
QinQ(DoubleTagging)172
Settings,configuring910
tagging171
forEthernetService928,177
ODUMode928
Overview171
tagging,IDUMode929
terminology171
untagging173
W
WebInterface
advancedconfigurations292
airinterface2916
Release2.8.30
Index5
antenna&TxPower2917
changeband2916
described292
gettingintoinstallationmode295
installationmode2916
inventory2918
management2918
operationaleffects293
prerequisites292
siteconfiguration2913
usingtheconfigurationwizard296
Airmux400UserManual
Release2.8.30
Index6
Publication No. 581-200-07/14
Order this publication by Catalog No. 803822
International Headquarters
24 Raoul Wallenberg Street
Tel Aviv 69719, Israel
Tel. 972-3-6458181
Fax 972-3-6498250, 6474436
E-mail market@rad.com
North America Headquarters

900 Corporate Drive
Mahwah, NJ 07430, USA
Tel. 201-5291100
Toll free 1-800-4447234
Fax 201-5295777
E-mail market@radusa.com
www.rad.com

Manuel Airmux-400 - Ver 2.8.3 PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Manuel Airmux-400 - Ver 2.8.3 PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

INSTALLATION AND

Installation and Operation Manual

North America Headquarters

24 Raoul Wallenberg Street

900 Corporate Drive

19882014 RAD Data Communications Ltd.

Publication No. 581-200-07/14

Installation and Operation Manual

Airmux-400 Ver. 2.8.30

Installation and Operation Manual

General Safety Instructions

This symbol may appear on the equipment or in the text. It indicates

Protective ground: the marked lug or terminal should be connected to the

Do not attempt to adjust the laser drive current.

Do not use broken or unterminated fiber-optic cables/connectors or look

Use of controls, adjustments or performing procedures other than those

Airmux-400 Ver. 2.8.30

Installation and Operation Manual

Handling Energized Products

Airmux-400 Ver. 2.8.30

Installation and Operation Manual

Connecting Data and Telecommunications Cables

V.11, V.28, V.35, V.36, RS-530, X.21,

xDSL (without feeding voltage),

TNV-1 Telecommunication Network Voltage-1:

FXS (Foreign Exchange Subscriber)

TNV-2 Telecommunication Network Voltage-2:

FXO (Foreign Exchange Office), xDSL

TNV-3 Telecommunication Network Voltage-3:

Safety Extra Low Voltage:

Airmux-400 Ver. 2.8.30

Installation and Operation Manual

Pour rduire les risques sincendie, utiliser seulement des conducteurs de

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Airmux-400 Ver. 2.8.30

Installation and Operation Manual

FCC-15 User Information

Canadian Emission Requirements

Warning per EN 55022 (CISPR-22)

This is a class A product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause

Cet appareil est un appareil de Classe A. Dans un environnement rsidentiel,

Das vorliegende Gert fllt unter die Funkstrgrenzwertklasse A. In

Airmux-400 Ver. 2.8.30

Installation and Operation Manual

Mise au rebut du produit

Instructions gnrales de scurit

Danger de choc lectrique ! Evitez tout contact avec la surface marque

Mise la terre de protection : la cosse ou la borne marque devrait tre

Airmux-400 Ver. 2.8.30

Avant la mise en marche de l'quipement, assurez-vous que le cble de

Ne tentez pas d'ajuster le courant de la commande laser.

N'utilisez pas des cbles ou connecteurs de fibre optique casss ou sans

L'usage de priphriques optiques avec l'quipement augmentera le

L'usage de contrles, ajustages ou procdures autres que celles

Manipuler des produits sous tension

Airmux-400 Ver. 2.8.30

Installation and Operation Manual

Installation and Operation Manual

Connexion au courant du secteur

Airmux-400 Ver. 2.8.30

RAD Data Communications Ltd.

24 Raoul Wallenberg St.